65+ Quick & Easy Salad Recipes That Are Mealthworthy - Foolproof Living https://foolproofliving.com/category/lunch/salads/ Tried & True Recipes ยท No Refined Sugars Fri, 24 Nov 2023 13:55:12 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.3.2 https://foolproofliving.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/cropped-icon-1-32x32.png 65+ Quick & Easy Salad Recipes That Are Mealthworthy - Foolproof Living https://foolproofliving.com/category/lunch/salads/ 32 32 Roasted Brussels Sprouts and Sweet Potatoes https://foolproofliving.com/roasted-brussels-sprouts-sweet-potatoes/ https://foolproofliving.com/roasted-brussels-sprouts-sweet-potatoes/#comments Wed, 20 Sep 2023 19:47:47 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=15280 Here at Foolproof Living, we love to roast colorful root veggies in the oven. Not only is this method quick and easy, but it’s the tastiest way to get your daily dose of nutrients. If you’re looking for more easy recipes for beautifully caramelized, tender roasted veggies, you have to make my Roasted Acorn Squash, this Maple Roasted Carrot dish, and my Baked Butternut Squash Cubes.  Ingredients We’re keeping the...

The post Roasted Brussels Sprouts and Sweet Potatoes appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
Here at Foolproof Living, we love to roast colorful root veggies in the oven. Not only is this method quick and easy, but it’s the tastiest way to get your daily dose of nutrients. If you’re looking for more easy recipes for beautifully caramelized, tender roasted veggies, you have to make my Roasted Acorn Squash, this Maple Roasted Carrot dish, and my Baked Butternut Squash Cubes

Roasted Brussel Sprouts and Sweet Potatoes in an oval plate with a spoon on the side.

Ingredients

We’re keeping the ingredient list short and simple for this roasted brussel sprout and sweet potato recipe. The veggies crisp up perfectly with just a little olive oil, and we’re adding a few additional seasonings to enhance the flavor of this dish. Here’s what you’ll need:

Ingredients for the recipe in small bowls from the top view.
  • Fresh Brussels sprouts: Rinse them under cold water and slice them in half. If you have larger sprouts, cut them into quarters.
  • Sweet potatoes: You’ll need 1 or 2 large sweet potatoes or 3-4 medium sweet potatoes. Be sure to peel them and cut them into 1-inch cubes.
  • Fresh garlic cloves: Peel garlic and mince finely. Don’t have fresh garlic on hand? Use a teaspoon of garlic powder instead.
  • Extra-virgin olive oil
  • Seasonings: You’ll need paprika (sweet or smoked), ground cumin, kosher or sea salt, and black pepper. 
  • Fresh Herbs (optional): We used fresh parsley as a garnish, but when making this dish during the holiday season, we use other fresh herbs like fresh sage, fresh thyme, or fresh rosemary.

Substitutions 

Root vegetables are ideal for roasting because the high heat allows the veggie’s natural sugars to caramelize and release a sweet flavor. Feel free to swap the sweet potatoes for your favorite root vegetable or even switch up the flavor profiles of this dish. Here are some ideas:

  • Pioneer Woman’s Brussel sprouts and sweet potatoes: The Pioneer Woman has a delicious variation of this Brussel sprouts and sweet potato recipe that uses butternut squash and onion. If you’d like to try out her version, swap the sweet potatoes for cubed butternut squash and add some diced onion (she uses yellow onion, but red onion would also work.) If you don’t know how to cube butternut squash, check out my easy How to Cut Butternut Squash guide. If you’re not a fan of butternut squash, try substituting chopped carrots. You can even make roasted yams and Brussels sprouts for another substitution. 
  • Maple roasted Brussels sprouts and sweet potatoes: Sweet and savory is such a classic combo! Balance the savory spices in this recipe by adding a sweetener like sweet maple syrup, which will also help to bring out those beautiful caramelized flavors. I recommend drizzling your oven-roasted sweet potatoes and Brussels sprouts with maple syrup (about one tablespoon), just as I did in this Maple Roasted Carrots recipe. For another sweet option, try drizzling your roasted veggies with a dash of balsamic vinegar or balsamic glaze (affiliate link.) 

How to Roast Sweet Potatoes and Brussel Sprouts?

In just 30 minutes, you can serve up this impressive, colorful vegetable dish that pairs with an endless number of main dishes. Plus, with only one bowl and a sheet pan, it makes for a super easy cleanup. Here’s how to make brussel sprouts and sweet potatoes in oven:

  1. Prep your equipment: Preheat your oven to 400 degrees F (204 degrees C). Line a large sheet pan with parchment paper or aluminum foil and set aside. 
A collage of images showing how to roast brussel sprouts and sweet potatoes.
  1. Combine the veggies and seasonings: Add the veggies, olive oil, garlic, cumin, paprika, salt, and pepper to a large or medium bowl. Toss Brussels sprouts and sweet potatoes with all the oil and seasonings until evenly coated.
  2. Transfer to the baking sheet: Transfer the seasoned veggies to the prepared baking sheet and spread them into a single layer. 
  3. Roast vegetables: Place in the center rack of the oven for 20-25 min, making sure to flip halfway through. 
  4. Serve: Transfer the roasted sweet potato and brussel sprouts to a serving bowl or plate. Sprinkle with fresh parsley or other fresh herbs, if desired. 

Variations with Optional Add-Ins

While roasted brussels sprouts and sweet potatoes are delicious as-is, they make an excellent base for salads, grain bowls, and more. Get creative by drizzling with dressings, adding lots of toppings, or adjusting the flavor profile to suit a special occasion. Here are a few suggestions:

  • Add quinoa: Turn this easy side dish into a roasted vegetable salad with cooked quinoa. For nutritious, simple, and filling lunch or dinner options, add your roasted brussels sprouts and sweet potato to this yummy Quinoa Sweet Potato Bowl or to my other delicious Quinoa Salad recipes. If you’d like to try these recipes but you are unfamiliar with cooking quinoa, I have you covered. Check out my easy guide for Cooking Quinoa on the Stove.
  • Mix with salad greens or massaged kale: Amp up the nutrients of this dish by tossing it with your favorite salad greens or kale. For a restaurant-worthy creation, finish off your sweet potato brussel sprout salad with a drizzle of Lemon and Balsamic Dressing and top it with lots of Crispy Bacon
  • Nuts and dried fruits: While you can enjoy roasted sweet potatoes and Brussels sprouts year-round, they’re especially fitting for the autumn season because of their warm, cozy flavors. If I’m making this dish for Thanksgiving, I love adding festive toppings like chopped pecans (or walnuts) and dried cranberries. Feel free to use your favorite nuts and dried fruit, such as dried figs or sliced almonds. Or, add a fun pop of color by tossing this sweet potato brussel sprout recipe with some fresh pomegranate seeds. 

How to Make Ahead, Store, & Reheat?

While sheet pan Brussel sprouts and sweet potatoes are quick and easy to throw together for a last-minute side dish, they’re also make-ahead-friendly for meal prep and storage-friendly for those yummy leftovers. Here are some make-ahead, storage, and reheating tips:

  • Make-ahead: You can make this sweet potato and brussel sprout recipe a day in advance so it’s ready to go when you are. Simply chop up the veggies, mix them together with the seasonings, garlic, and extra virgin olive oil, and store them in a plastic bag, large bowl, or airtight container in the fridge. Follow the above instructions to cook them when you’re ready to serve. 
  • Store: Bring the baked brussel sprouts and sweet potatoes to room temperature before placing them in an airtight container. They’ll stay fresh in the fridge for up to 4 days. 
  • Reheat: You can reheat your leftovers for a few seconds in the microwave or in a 300-degree F oven for about 10 minutes or until warmed through. 
A close up of the dish from the top view.

What to Serve It With?

Baked sweet potato and Brussels sprouts are a classic side that pairs with virtually any main dish. While it is one of my go-to dishes for holiday dinners, you can also enjoy this recipe as a snack, appetizer, or simple lunch! Here are a few of my serving recommendations: 

Expert Tips

When it comes to roasting Brussel sprouts and sweet potatoes, the goal is to make them tender, caramelized, and crisp rather than mushy and lifeless. Thankfully, this is easy to achieve with just a few tricks up your sleeve! Here’s what you need to know: 

  • Aim for equal-sized veggies: Cutting your veggies into fairly equally-sized pieces will help them cook evenly in the oven. I recommend chopping medium-sized sweet potatoes into 1-inch cubes and cutting the sprouts in half lengthwise. You may need to cut particularly large Brussels sprouts into quarters. 
  • Leave the outer leaves: While you can remove any loose sprout leaves before roasting, I prefer to leave them since they crisp up really well in the oven and add a nice crunch to the dish. 
  • Flip halfway through the roasting process: When roasting sweet potatoes and Brussels sprouts, flip them halfway through to ensure even cooking. They can turn from perfectly crisp and caramelized to mushy pretty quickly, so make sure to keep an eye on them after about 20 minutes (every oven is different). You’ll know they’re done when they’re fork-tender.

FAQs

Can I roast brussel sprouts and sweet potatoes together?

Yes, you can. Roast sweet potatoes and brussel sprouts in the oven for a total time of about 20-25 minutes to achieve a fork-tender texture with crisp, caramelized edges. Plus, sweet potato brussels sprouts are a savory and sweet combination that makes for the perfect side dish.

What temp to roast brussel sprouts and sweet potatoes?

You can cook sheet pan sweet potatoes and brussel sprouts in a 400-degree F oven for 20-25 minutes or until fork-tender.

Can I roast brussels sprouts and sweet potatoes in the air fryer instead?

For a quick and easy cooking option, you can make air fryer brussel sprouts and sweet potatoes instead of roasting them in the oven. I recommend roasting them in the air fryer basket at 400 degrees F for 17-20 minutes or until you achieve tender potatoes and crispy brussel sprouts.

What pairs well with brussel sprouts?

Root veggies, such as sweet potatoes, carrots, and butternut squash, pair beautifully with sprouts. Roasted root vegetables and brussel sprouts require around the same cook time, resulting in a tender texture with crisp, golden brown, and caramelized edges. It’s the perfect combination of savory and sweet.

Should I soak brussel sprouts before roasting?

There’s no need to soak your sprouts before roasting them. However, I recommend giving them a good rinse under cold running water to remove any dirt, debris, or pesticides. You can lightly dry them with a paper towel before cooking to ensure they crisp up nicely.

Other Roasted Vegetable Recipes You Might Like:

Whether you need a delicious side dish to serve with your holiday dinner or you are just looking for a healthy veggie meal for a Tuesday night dinner, we have a good collection of vegetable side dishes for you to choose from. Below are a few hand-picked recipes that we make regularly:

If you try this Roasted Sweet Potato Brussel Sprouts Recipe, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Roasted Sweet Potatoes and Brussels Sprouts on a plate with a spoon on the side.
Print

Roasted Brussels Sprouts and Sweet Potatoes Recipe

These Oven-Roasted Brussel Sprouts and Sweet Potatoes are an easy side dish that’s vegan, gluten-free, and dairy-free. Tender, perfectly caramelized, and seasoned with cumin and paprika, these veggies are just as tasty as they are nutritious. Serve this recipe as a snack or appetizer, alongside your favorite weeknight meal, or even as an accompaniment to your holiday table.
Course Side Dish
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free, Vegan
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 25 minutes
Total Time 35 minutes
Servings 4 servings (as a side dish)
Calories 271kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 pound Brussels sprouts trimmed and halved lengthwise
  • 1 pound sweet potatoes peeled and cut into 1-inch cubes
  • 2 cloves fresh garlic minced or 1 teaspoon garlic powder
  • ¼ cup olive oil
  • 1 teaspoon ground cumin
  • ½ teaspoon paprika sweet or smoked
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon black pepper
  • 1 tablespoon fresh parsley optional or other fresh herbs like fresh sage, thyme or rosemary

Instructions

  • Preheat oven to 400 degrees F (or 204 degrees C). Line a large baking sheet with parchment paper (or aluminum foil) and set aside.
  • Into a large bowl, place halved Brussels sprouts, cubed sweet potatoes, minced garlic, olive oil, ground cumin, paprika, salt, and pepper.
  • Give it a good toss to ensure that the vegetables are coated with all the seasonings and oil.
  • Transfer onto the prepared baking sheet and make sure that they are spread on a single layer.
  • Roast vegetables in the oven for 20 to 25 minutes, flipping halfway through the cooking process.
  • Transfer the now-roasted sweet potatoes and Brussels sprouts to a serving platter. Serve it with a sprinkle of fresh parsley.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe yields about 4 to 5 cups of roasted vegetables, which is ideal for serving 4 people as a side dish. The nutritional values listed below are per serving.
  • Aim for equal-sized veggies: Cutting your veggies into fairly equally-sized pieces will help them cook evenly in the oven. I recommend chopping sweet potatoes into 1-inch cubes and cutting the sprouts in half lengthwise. You may need to cut particularly large Brussels sprouts into quarters. 
  • Make-ahead: You can make this recipe a day in advance so it’s ready to go when you are. Simply chop up the veggies, mix them together with the seasonings, garlic, and extra virgin olive oil, and store them in a plastic bag, large bowl, or airtight container in the fridge. Follow the above instructions to cook them when you’re ready to serve. 
  • Store: Bring the roasted vegetables to room temperature before placing them in an airtight container. Keep them in the fridge for up to 4 days. 
  • Turn it into a salad: An earlier version of this recipe was tossed with ½ cup of cooked quinoa, 1 cup of arugula, a handful of pumpkin seeds, and pomegranate arils. It was drizzled with a homemade salad dressing. Below are the ingredients you will need to make the dressing:
    • ¼ cup orange juice freshly squeezed
    • 2 tablespoons olive oil
    • 2 tablespoons balsamic vinegar
    • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
    • ¼ teaspoon black pepper

Nutrition

Calories: 271kcal | Carbohydrates: 34g | Protein: 6g | Fat: 14g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 10g | Sodium: 674mg | Potassium: 853mg | Fiber: 8g | Sugar: 7g | Vitamin A: 17158IU | Vitamin C: 101mg | Calcium: 93mg | Iron: 3mg

The post Roasted Brussels Sprouts and Sweet Potatoes appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/roasted-brussels-sprouts-sweet-potatoes/feed/ 13
1905 Salad https://foolproofliving.com/1905-salad/ https://foolproofliving.com/1905-salad/#comments Thu, 31 Aug 2023 19:24:22 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=70366 Viral salads are all the craze these days, much like the La Scala Salad (aka Kardashian Salad) and Jen Aniston Salad. And this Columbia 1905 salad recipe has so much rich history, it’s no wonder it has taken the internet by storm. What is 1905 Salad? The 1905 salad was invented by a waiter named Tony Noriega at the Columbia Restaurant (one of the most iconic restaurants in America) in...

The post 1905 Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
Viral salads are all the craze these days, much like the La Scala Salad (aka Kardashian Salad) and Jen Aniston Salad. And this Columbia 1905 salad recipe has so much rich history, it’s no wonder it has taken the internet by storm.

Columbia restaurant salad in a bowl with a spoon on the side.

What is 1905 Salad?

The 1905 salad was invented by a waiter named Tony Noriega at the Columbia Restaurant (one of the most iconic restaurants in America) in the heart of the Ybor City neighborhood of the Tampa Bay area in Florida. He was working late at the restaurant one night and used some leftovers in the fridge to create what the restaurant now serves tableside (with some minor adjustments made to the original).

Contrary to its name, it was actually created in the 1940s and was later adapted by Columbia and added to the menu in the 1970s as an answer to the salad bar. The name of the salad, ‘1905’, was created to celebrate the year the restaurant was founded as Florida’s oldest restaurant.

Since then, the unique flavors of the 1905 salad have been considered a culinary representation of the Cuban and Spanish heritage of Ybor City and the Tampa Bay area. Because of its Cuban/Spanish origin, the salad goes by many names, including the 1905 Columbia Salad, Cuban 1905 Salad, Florida Salad, Tampa Salad, or Tony Salad.

Ingredients

The beauty of the 1905 Columbia salad recipe is that it relies on simple, yet delicious, ingredients. Yet there are details in both the dressing and salad that are important to point out. I highly recommend sticking to the below ingredients to make the original 1905 Columbia salad recipe, but I also offer plenty of substitutions to give it your own unique flavor.

Columbia Restaurant Salad Dressing

This Columbia 1905 salad dressing has become so popular over the years, that it is now sold as a salad dressing in grocery stores like Publix and even online stores like Amazon. While you can always buy a bottle, making it at home is so easy. Here’s what you will need:

1905 salad dressing recipe ingredients with text on the image.
  • Garlic: Freshly minced garlic cloves will provide the best flavor. In this case, I would not substitute it with garlic powder.
  • Dried Oregano: I used dried oregano, but you can use 1 sprig of fresh oregano for a stronger, floral flavor.
  • Worcestershire Sauce: This is the secret ingredient that gives the salad dressing that special umami flavor. Pick up a bottle of the popular Lea and Perrins Worcestershire Sauce (affiliate link) for authentic flavor.
  • Extra Virgin Olive Oil: The original recipe calls for extra-virgin Spanish olive oil, but you can use whichever olive oil you have on hand.
  • White Wine Vinegar: White wine vinegar provides a nice bit of acidity.
  • Fresh Lemon Juice: Use freshly squeezed lemon juice, which would be the juice of about 1 lemon.
  • Kosher Salt + Black Pepper

Salad Ingredients

  • Iceberg Lettuce: We need 7-8 cups of crisp lettuce, which you can get from about one large head of iceberg lettuce. The key is to slice, rinse, and then dry it really well. If you have a salad spinner, this is the time to use it.
  • Tomatoes: Ripe, juicy tomatoes are key, but any kind will do. My favorites are heirloom, beefsteak, tomatoes on the vine, cherry, or Roma tomatoes.
  • Ham Slices: We need about 4-5 slices of deli ham. Slice them into thin, julienne slices (matchstick strips) when you get home.
  • Swiss Cheese: The same goes for the Swiss cheese. We need about 5 slices, also sliced into julienne.
  • Green Olives: Use pitted green olives, roughly chopped, or even pimento-stuffed green Spanish olives if you want to take it up a notch.
  • Pecorino Romano: The original recipe uses Romano cheese, which is Pecorino Romano sold here in the United States. Pick up a box of finely grated cheese or grate a whole block at home.

Substitutions & Optional Add-Ins

While I highly recommend sticking to the original 1905 salad recipe, I wanted to make sure I provided you with a few substitutions and optional additions. 

  • Salad Greens: A good substitute for iceberg lettuce would be romaine lettuce. Just be sure to slice it as thinly as you can.
  • Celery Stalks: Add some thinly sliced celery stalks for extra crunch.
  • Black Olives: Swap out the green olives for milder black olives instead.
  • Ham Substitutions: If you are not a fan of ham, you can use thinly sliced, deli-style chicken, turkey breast, salami, or pepperoni, or try some Grilled Shrimp instead.
  • Cheese: If you don’t have Pecorino Romano, finely grated Parmesan cheese will also work.
  • Croutons: Whether store-bought or Homemade Croutons, add a handful to the top for some extra crunch.
  • Hard-Boiled Eggs: Slice or dice some hard-boiled eggs for extra protein.
  • Onion: Toss in some thinly sliced red onion or green onions for an extra savory bite.
  • Make it Vegetarian: Omit the ham and use some Baked Tofu instead, or simply add more Swiss and green olives to compensate for the lack of meaty flavor.

How to Make 1905 Salad Recipe?

The recipe for the 1905 salad follows the same basic steps as any other salad: First, whip up the salad dressing, prepare the salad ingredients, and then toss them all together. Here’s how to do it in a few easy steps:

A collage of images showing how to make Columbia restaurant salad recipe.
  1. Make the 1905 Salad Dressing: In a small bowl, whisk together the garlic, dried oregano, and Worcestershire sauce. Slowly add the olive oil while whisking constantly to form an emulsion. Stir in vinegar, lemon juice, salt, and pepper, while still whisking until smooth.
  2. Assemble the Salad: In a large salad bowl, combine lettuce, tomatoes, ham, Swiss cheese, and green olives.
  3. Toss: Toss salad ingredients with the dressing. Sprinkle with Romano cheese, taste for seasoning, and add more, if desired. Serve and enjoy!

How to Make Ahead and Store Leftovers?

The Columbia Salad can be made ahead and even stored for later if done properly. Here are my best storage tips:

  • Make Ahead: Columbia restaurant actually recommends making the dressing 1-2 days in advance, but I find it lasts up to 3 days if stored in an airtight container or mason jar in the refrigerator.
  • Storage: The dressed salad will only keep fresh for 1 day. Please be aware that as it sits, it releases all of its juices. If you plan to store the salad for longer or know you will have leftovers, refrain from tossing the salad with the dressing until the day you are going to serve. Store the prepared salad ingredients in a large airtight container with a paper towel to absorb excess moisture for 2-3 days.

What to Serve With the 1905 Salad?

This is a hearty salad all on its own, so it can be served simply with bread and butter. The Columbia Restaurant serves it with a Cuban sandwich from the menu. Here at home, I love to serve it as a side salad with any of the following:

1905 Columbia salad in a bowl with a spoon on the side.

Expert Tips

  • Authentic flavors: The reason this salad became so famous is because it is so well-balanced. I highly recommend sticking to the original recipe to bring out all those Spanish flavors. This may mean a quick trip to the store, but I promise it is worth it.
  • Take your time when making the dressing: It’s interesting to note, that The Columbia restaurant actually adds the Worcestershire sauce and lemon juice at the end so that you can taste more of the savory, bright components. But I find the ingredients marry together well when mixed into one. The key is to emulsify the dressing so that the olive oil is mixed well with the Worcestershire sauce, vinegar, and lemon juice. To do so, slowly drizzle in the olive oil and give it one more good whisk just before tossing.
  • Assembly: The salad at the Columbia restaurant is prepared tableside for all guests who order it. If you really want to stick to history, serve this salad tableside for all your family members and friends, and for extra flair.
  • Salt: I intentionally included less salt in the salad dressing since this salad contains many salty ingredients, like ham, Swiss, salty green olives, and grated cheese. Be sure to taste test once you mix the dressing with the salad. The exact measurements will be based on your personal preference.
  • Mix at the last minute: Drizzle with the dressing just before serving to keep the iceberg lettuce crisp and crunchy and the rest of the ingredients fresh.
  • Presentation: Each ingredient brings its own color, taste, and texture, so have fun with the presentation, especially if serving this salad to a crowd. For extra bonus points, serve in a chilled salad bowl to keep it super cold.

FAQs

Why is it called 1905 salad?

Although the 1905 salad was technically invented in the 1940s, it is named after the year the Columbia restaurant was founded.

Who invented the 1905 salad?

The 1905 salad was invented by waiter Tony Noriega, who pulled leftovers from the fridge one night after work to create this famous salad.

How many calories are in a 1905 Columbia Salad?

One serving of the 1905 Columbia Salad is 306 calories. This will vary based on the amount of Romano cheese you add at the end.

Other Meal-Worthy Salad Recipes You Might Also Like:

If you try this 1905 Salad recipe, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

1905 Salad from Columbia restaurant in a bowl with a spoon on the side.
Print

1905 Salad Recipe

Be a part of the viral sensation and make the famous 1905 salad right at home! Made with the iconic Columbia Restaurant’s garlic salad dressing, sweet ham, and creamy cheese, it is an easy salad you can make in 15 minutes.
Course Salad
Cuisine Cuban
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 15 minutes
Total Time 15 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 306kcal

Ingredients

For The Salad Dressing:

  • 4 garlic cloves minced
  • 2 teaspoons dried oregano
  • 2 tablespoons Worcestershire Sauce
  • ½ cup extra virgin olive oil
  • 3 tablespoons white wine vinegar
  • 4 tablespoons lemon juice
  • ½ teaspoon Kosher salt plus more to taste
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper

For The Salad:

  • 1 head iceberg lettuce sliced and rinsed (~7-8 cups)
  • 1 large ripe tomato sliced
  • ½ cup ham slices* julienned – about ¼ lb or 5 slices of ham
  • ½ cup Swiss cheese julienned – 5-6 slices
  • ½ cup green olives pitted and chopped
  • ¼ cup Pecorino Romano grated or grated Parmesan cheese

Instructions

  • To make the dressing, whisk garlic, dried oregano, and Worcestershire sauce in a bowl. Gradually add the olive oil while whisking constantly to form an emulsion. Stir in vinegar, lemon juice, salt and pepper. Whisk until thoroughly combined.
  • To assemble the Columbia restaurant salad, place iceberg lettuce, sliced tomatoes, julienned ham and Swiss cheese, and green olives in a large bowl.
  • Drizzle the salad with the dressing. Give it a toss until combined. Sprinkle it with Romano cheese.
  • Taste for seasoning, add more if necessary, and serve.

Video

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe yields a large bowl of salad (about 7-8 cups), which is ideal for 6 servings as a side dish.
  • Ham: The original recipe uses baked ham. If you have some on hand, go ahead and use it. Otherwise, deli-style ham slices are a good substitution. You can also use deli-style chicken/turkey breast or even shrimp.
  • A word on salt: I intentionally included less salt in the salad dressing since this salad contains many salty ingredients, like ham, Swiss cheese, salty green olives, and Romano cheese. Be sure to give it a taste right after mixing it and adjust it according to your taste buds.
  • Store: This salad is best on the day it is made. However, leftovers can be stored in an airtight container in the fridge for one day. Please be aware that it gets watery as it sits, so it is best to give it a good mix before serving.

Nutrition

Calories: 306kcal | Carbohydrates: 8g | Protein: 9g | Fat: 27g | Saturated Fat: 6g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 3g | Monounsaturated Fat: 17g | Cholesterol: 25mg | Sodium: 756mg | Potassium: 346mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 4g | Vitamin A: 857IU | Vitamin C: 12mg | Calcium: 173mg | Iron: 1mg

The post 1905 Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/1905-salad/feed/ 2
Cherry Tomato Salsa https://foolproofliving.com/cherry-tomato-salsa/ https://foolproofliving.com/cherry-tomato-salsa/#respond Tue, 01 Aug 2023 21:11:43 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=69426 Whether you are growing them in your garden or getting them from your local farmer’s market, if you are blessed with an abundance of cherry tomatoes, be sure to also try our Tomato Mozzarella Salad. It is a colorful, crisp, and light dish that uses juicy cherry tomatoes to bring out its garden-fresh taste. Alternatively, you can whip up my Black Eyed Peas Salad for a delicious bean salad that...

The post Cherry Tomato Salsa appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
Whether you are growing them in your garden or getting them from your local farmer’s market, if you are blessed with an abundance of cherry tomatoes, be sure to also try our Tomato Mozzarella Salad. It is a colorful, crisp, and light dish that uses juicy cherry tomatoes to bring out its garden-fresh taste. Alternatively, you can whip up my Black Eyed Peas Salad for a delicious bean salad that allows the cherry tomatoes to shine.

A bowl of cherry tomato salsa with chips on the side.

Ingredients

This cherry tomato salsa recipe only uses the most flavorful, simple ingredients to get its signature freshness. To make this tasty mix, you’ll need the following:

Ingredients for the recipe from the top level with text on each ingredient.
  • Cherry tomatoes: I prefer fresh cherry tomatoes or grape tomatoes in this recipe due to their bright, tart flavor. With very minimal difference between the two varieties, both types of tomatoes would work here. Additionally, you can make this simple recipe using any other tomato—heirloom, Roma, colorful cherry tomatoes, or beyond.
  • Onion: I use roughly-chopped white onions in my version, but you can also use red onion for a mild salsa. You can also use green onions (or a combination of both!) if you prefer a less intense flavor profile.
  • Fresh Garlic Cloves
  • Jalapeno: Jalapeno is a spicy, garden-fresh ingredient perfect for adding heat and color to this homemade salsa. If you prefer it to be less spicy, be sure to remove the seeds from your jalapeno prior to chopping.
  • Cilantro: Lemony and bright, chopped cilantro leaves is a classic ingredient in this recipe. However, if you’re not a fan of cilantro, you may either omit the ingredient or substitute it with other fresh herbs, such as parsley, oregano, or mint.
  • Lime juice: Fresh lime juice is best when making your salsa due to its brilliant, citrusy flavor. While it is not traditional, lemon juice can also be used. If you don’t have any limes (or lemons) on hand, you may also use bottled lime juice in this recipe.
  • Seasonings: Only salt and ground black pepper are necessary to give this fresh salsa recipe its rich taste. For a warmer, nuttier profile, you may also add a pinch of ground cumin.
  • Olive oil: You’ll need olive oil only if you are for making roasted cherry tomato salsa. 

How to Make Salsa with Cherry Tomatoes?

Making salsa with cherry tomatoes is a great way to add bright tomato flavor to your favorite recipes. These simple instructions will teach you how to make salsa in two ways: by hand and in the food processor.

Make it by Hand

Whether it’s your first recipe or your hundredth, preparing fresh cherry tomato salsa—also known as salsa fresca—is an easy way to add light, zesty flavor to your table. Plus, it only takes 10 minutes!

Person showing how to make homemade cherry tomato salsa in a collage of photos.
  1. Prepare the tomatoes: Place a colander in another bowl and set the two aside. Then, use a sharp knife to cut the cherry tomatoes into smaller pieces and add them to the colander. Let their juices drain while you prepare the remaining ingredients.
  2. Combine the ingredients: Transfer the cut tomatoes to a medium bowl once drained. Add the chopped onion, garlic, jalapeno, and cilantro.
  3. Add the lime: Drizzle the mixture with lime juice, and sprinkle it with salt and pepper.
  4. Mix and serve: Stir the ingredients until thoroughly combined. Taste for seasoning and add more if necessary. When ready, serve the salsa fresca with chips or on the side of your main dish.

In the Food Processor or Blender

When serving a crowd, the last thing you want to do is spend hours in the kitchen prepping your ingredients. With this simple method, you can make salsa from cherry tomatoes with little prep time.

Person showing how to make grape tomato salsa in a food processor.
  1. Blend the veggies: Add the onion, garlic, and jalapeno to the bowl of your food processor. Pulse the ingredients 6-7 times to give them a rough chop.
  2. Add the tomatoes: Place the cherry tomatoes in the food processor, along with the other ingredients, and process the mixture for 10-15 seconds, depending on your preferred texture.
  3. Drain: Place a colander over a bowl, and pour the mixture into the colander. Use the back of a spatula to remove as much excess liquid as possible.
  4. Add seasonings: Transfer the drained veggies into a medium-sized bowl. Add the lime juice, salt, and pepper, and stir until combined.

What if I Want to Roast Tomatoes?

Roasted cherry tomato salsa adds irresistibly smoky, rich undertones to traditional pico de gallo recipes. Below, I’ll show you how to make a delicious roasted salsa that comes together in no time.

  1. Heat the oven: Preheat the oven to 450 degrees F.
  2. Prep the tomatoes: Arrange the cherry tomatoes on a baking sheet, and drizzle them evenly with a tablespoon of olive oil.
  3. Bake the tomatoes: Roast the tomatoes in the preheated oven for 10-12 minutes, flipping them halfway through the cooking process. Cook until the tomatoes slightly burst. For a fire-roasted cherry tomatoes version, turn on the broiler for the last 2-3 minutes of the cooking time.
  4. Cool the tomatoes: Let the roasted tomatoes rest and cool for 15 minutes. Then, transfer them to a cutting board and chop them to your desired size.
  5. Drain the tomatoes: Place the roasted tomatoes in a colander, and set the colander in another bowl. Once the excess liquid drains away, transfer the tomatoes to a medium bowl.
  6. Add the remaining ingredients: Add the chopped onion, jalapeño, cilantro, lime juice, salt, and pepper to the chopped tomatoes. Stir until combined.
  7. Taste and serve: Taste the mixture for seasoning, adding more if preferred, then serve.
A bowl of salsa with cherry tomatoes from the top view.

How to Store the Leftovers?

It’s best to serve homemade salsa with cherry tomatoes the day of, as this condiment tends to get watery as it sits. Therefore, I recommend serving it as-is and draining any excess liquid before plating your sauce.

However, if you need to store your leftover salsa, place it in an airtight container in the fridge for up to three days. If necessary, add freshness to the mixture by draining it and adding more tomatoes and extra seasoning.

How to Serve?

Pico de gallo with cherry tomatoes is one of the most versatile condiments in my recipe book. Zesty and fresh, this salsa makes a delicious pair with everything from tacos to shrimp.

  • Chips: No one can resist a classic—especially one as simple as this! Serve up your salsa alongside your favorite tortilla chips for the ultimate crowd-ready appetizer, snack, or side dish.
  • Grilled or roasted meat and seafood: If you love grilled meats’ succulent, savory taste, these salsa-friendly recipes are for you! Serve your homemade salsa atop a tender fillet of Grilled Sockeye Salmon or marinated Shrimp Kabobs for a five-star meal perfect for the summer months. You can also add a helping of salsa with my Baked Chicken Kabobs if you’re looking for a tender, healthy meal you can make all year round.
  • Tacos: Want to make an authentic, party-ready Mexican menu with your grape tomato salsa? My Beef Brisket Tacos are packed with savory richness, while my Black Bean Quinoa Tacos recipe is a vegan-friendly and oh-so-delicious alternative.
  • Quinoa or burrito bowls: Few weeknight dinners are as hearty or flavor-packed as a traditional burrito bowl. My Mexican Quinoa (and Instant Pot Mexican Quinoa!) load your favorite fresh, Mexican ingredients into every serving. Or, for a meal better than Chipotle, whip up a Homemade Burrito Bowl that will satisfy your cravings and save money.
  • Eggs: My favorite way to serve a hearty, flavor-packed breakfast is with a side of this light homemade salsa recipe. I love adding this iconic salsa recipe to Mexican breakfast staples like Huevos Rancheros and Mexican Breakfast Casserole.
  • Soups and Chilis: Take your soup game to the next level by adding a dollop of this cherry tomato mixture. This salsa pairs beautifully with soups like Mexican Street Corn Soup and Chicken Tomatillo Soup. It also adds a robust tomato finish to hearty chili recipes like my Quinoa Chili and Easy Chicken Chili.
  • Nachos: No nacho recipe is complete without a helping of salsa. This classic salsa recipe makes a great topping for savory fan favorites like Chicken Nachos and Beef Nachos.

Expert Tips

This salsa recipe with cherry tomatoes is easy for any chef to prepare in a snap. These pro tips will ensure that your sauce comes out effortlessly delectable regardless of your experience level.

  • Don’t skip on draining: To keep your salsa from becoming too watery, it’s essential to let your chopped tomatoes rest and drain before adding them to your salsa mixture. Also, be sure to add the seasoning and lime (or lemon) juice only after you drain the mixture, which will result in a perfectly seasoned salsa.
  • Let it rest: While it is an optional step, if you do have the time, I highly recommend making your salsa a few hours in advance and letting it sit in the fridge. The resting time allows the flavors to marinate and develop into a restaurant-quality salsa recipe.
  • Adjust the texture: Salsas come in dozens of different textures, from chunky to pureed. Because the fineness of your chopping doesn’t affect the overall taste of your condiment, feel free to chop your ingredients according to your preference. I recommend a small chop or a food processor for a saucier texture. For a chunkier salsa, cut your ingredients into larger pieces.
  • Taste for seasoning: Any salsa—whether it’s a cherry tomato pico de gallo or an heirloom tomato salsa—needs salt to bring out the ingredients’ natural flavors. Don’t skimp on salt and pepper when seasoning your salsa to ensure your recipe is as flavorful, fresh, and complex as possible.

FAQs

Can you make salsa out of cherry tomatoes?

Yes! Cherry tomatoes have a bright, tart flavor that exquisitely balances the flavors of other salsa ingredients. Plus, their size makes them easy to chop to your desired thickness, resulting in a perfectly tailored mixture.

Do you need to peel cherry tomatoes for salsa?

When you use cherry tomatoes for salsa, there’s no need to peel your tomatoes before adding them to your blend. Cherry tomatoes have a thin skin, which won’t affect the overall texture of your condiment once mixed.

Can I freeze cherry tomato salsa?

Though you technically can freeze this salsa recipe, I don’t recommend it. Freezer salsa with cherry tomatoes may become mushy and watery, and it tends to lose its flavor the longer it remains in storage. However, if you freeze your salsa, place it in an airtight container before storage and thaw it in the refrigerator overnight or until it reaches your desired consistency. I also suggest draining out any excess liquid and tasting for seasoning before serving.

Can I use this recipe for cherry tomato salsa for canning

Unfortunately, this salsa recipe won’t work for canning. Canning requires that you boil your ingredients (and jars) before transferring them to mason jars, and this recipe only uses fresh and/or roasted ingredients.

Other Fresh Tomato Recipes You Might Also Like:

If you try this Cherry Tomato Salsa recipe, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

A bowl of salsa from cherry tomatoes with chips on the side.
Print

Cherry Tomato Salsa Recipe

This Homemade Cherry Tomato Salsa is the ultimate Mexican party food! This easy recipe is wonderful with chips on the side or to serve as a topping with nachos, tacos, soups, stews & more.
Course Appetizer
Cuisine Mexican
Diet Gluten Free, Vegan
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 0 minutes
Total Time 10 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 36kcal

Ingredients

  • 3 cups cherry tomatoes
  • ½ cup onion roughly chopped
  • 2 cloves garlic roughly chopped
  • 1 jalapeno seeded and roughly chopped
  • ½ cup cilantro chopped
  • 4 tablespoons lime juice
  • 1 teaspoon Kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon ground pepper

Instructions

Make it by Hand:

  • Place a colander in a bowl and set it aside. Cut up the tomatoes into smaller pieces and place them in the colander. Let the juices drain while you are working on the rest of the ingredients.
  • Drain tomatoes and then transfer them to a medium-sized bowl. Add in the chopped onion, garlic, jalapeno, and cilantro.
  • Drizzle it with lime juice and sprinkle with salt and pepper.
  • Stir to combine. Taste for seasoning and add more if necessary. Serve it with chips on the side.

Food processor version:

  • Place onion, garlic, and jalapeno in a food processor. Pulse 6-7 times to give them a rough chop.
  • Add the cherry tomatoes and process for 10-15 seconds, depending on your preferred chunkiness.
  • Pour the mixture into a colander set over a bowl. Using the back of a spatula, remove as much liquid as you can.
  • Transfer to a medium bowl; add lime juice and seasoning. Stir to combine.

Notes

  • Yield: This recipe yields around 2 cups of salsa that should be good for 4 servings as an appetizer. If you need to serve a crowd you can multiply it as many times as you need. The nutritional values below is per serving.
  • Storage of leftovers: To store your leftover salsa, place it in an airtight container in the fridge for up to three days. When ready to serve, add freshness to the mixture by draining it and adding more tomatoes and extra seasoning.
  • Texture difference: We prefer the method made by hand, but if you are serving this salsa to a large crowd you can use the food processor method. However, please be aware that, while it tastes similar, the version made in the food processor has a more liquidy texture.
  • Roasted Cherry Tomato Salsa: If you prefer to make your salsa with roasted cherry tomatoes, place them on a baking sheet and drizzle them with a tablespoon of olive oil. Roast for 10-12 minutes in a 450-degree F. preheated oven, making sure to flip them halfway through. Let them drain in a colander and follow the rest of the recipe as written.

Nutrition

Calories: 36kcal | Carbohydrates: 8g | Protein: 2g | Fat: 0.2g | Saturated Fat: 0.03g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 0.1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 0.03g | Sodium: 596mg | Potassium: 317mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 4g | Vitamin A: 728IU | Vitamin C: 37mg | Calcium: 24mg | Iron: 1mg

The post Cherry Tomato Salsa appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/cherry-tomato-salsa/feed/ 0
Breakfast Fruit Salad https://foolproofliving.com/breakfast-fruit-salad/ https://foolproofliving.com/breakfast-fruit-salad/#comments Wed, 21 Jun 2023 15:29:16 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=68420 This recipe is one of the most versatile of all the breakfast fruit ideas. Serve it by itself for a healthy, light breakfast, or serve it with my Fruit Yogurt Dip on the side for a tantalizingly creamy dish perfect for a beautiful brunch spread. You can even use your fruit mix to top off or incorporate it into your morning oatmeal (hello, Yogurt Overnight Oats)for a satisfying morning meal....

The post Breakfast Fruit Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
This recipe is one of the most versatile of all the breakfast fruit ideas. Serve it by itself for a healthy, light breakfast, or serve it with my Fruit Yogurt Dip on the side for a tantalizingly creamy dish perfect for a beautiful brunch spread. You can even use your fruit mix to top off or incorporate it into your morning oatmeal (hello, Yogurt Overnight Oats)for a satisfying morning meal.

Fruit in a large bowl from the top view.

Ingredients You’ll Need for Fruit Breakfast Salad

You only need two sets of simple ingredients for this breakfast fruit salad recipe: the fruits and the fruit salad dressing.

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view with text written on each ingredient.

Breakfast fruits: Wondering what ingredients to include when you make fruit for breakfast? This classic mix of colorful produce will brighten your table with nutritious, brilliant flavors.

  • Pineapple: Pick out a ripe pineapple that is juicy and sweet.
  • Grapes: You can use both red and yellow grapes in this recipe. However, I would recommend getting the seedless variety.
  • Berries: Nearly any berry will make this simple morning dish full of ripe, juicy flavors. My favorite fresh berries include strawberries, blackberries, and blueberries.
  • Oranges
  • Kiwis
  • Banana: I adore the creamy, sweet taste of fresh bananas. However, you can omit this ingredient if you’re not a fan of the fruit or preparing this recipe beforehand.

Fruit salad dressing:

  • Orange juice and orange zest: Be sure to use fresh orange juice and orange zest when you make fruit dishes for breakfast. Fresh oranges will give your recipe a delectable balance of tartness and sweetness guaranteed to satisfy your cravings.
  • Lime juice and lime zest: Fresh lime juice is the secret ingredient to giving this dish its zesty, bright flavor—and keeping your fruit fresh for longer! If you don’t have any limes, you can substitute this ingredient for lemon juice and zest.
  • Vanilla extract
  • Ground cinnamon
  • Sweetener: Because this dish gets natural sweetness from fruits, adding an extra sweetener is optional. If you want to enhance the sweetness of your fresh fruit breakfast, add a bit of honey (or honey syrup), maple syrup, or agave. You could also use my Honey Lime Dressing as a citrus-sweet alternative to this classic fruit dressing.

Optional Add-Ins

  • Fresh mint: Amongst all fresh herbs, I think mint is the most flavorful addition to a fruit salad. Adding a few fresh leaves will enliven every bite of your breakfast fruit recipes while adding a garden-green color.
  • Shredded coconut flakes: I love using unsweetened coconut flakes as a healthy, no added sugar topping for this sweet spread. Not only do their sweet, nutty flavors complement this simple mix, but they also add an irresistibly crunchy texture.
  • Spices: To add a warm, gourmet spice to your fruit bowl recipe, you can substitute a sprinkle of cardamom, nutmeg, or poppy seeds in place of cinnamon.

Variations Based on Season and Dietary Restrictions

The best fruits for a fruit salad match the time of year. If you want to transform this easy dish into a seasonal treat or satisfy a dietary need, you’ll love this collection of tasty fruits to use.

  • Summer: Looking to fill your morning fruit bowl with a mixture of sunny, summer-ready produce? I recommend making your summer salad with peaches, plums, raspberries, nectarines, cantaloupe, honeydew, papayas, and mango.
  • Fall: Fall produce makes some of my favorite fruit breakfasts. To make an autumn fruit salad, use apples, figs, pears, and pomegranate seeds for a dish perfect for the holiday season.
  • Winter: To make a winter fruit salad perfect for special occasions, I recommend adding tart, warm-colored fruits like Mandarin oranges, blood oranges, tangerines, grapefruit, and bananas.
  • Spring: When jumping into the garden-fresh spring season, you’ll want these fruits in your breakfast spread. Apricots and strawberries are some of the most spring-forward fruits in the produce aisle.
  • Low-sugar fruit salad: If you are in need of a healthy fruit salad recipe that has low quantities of sugar, I recommend using low-sugar fruits (as recommended by Healthline), like raspberries, strawberries, blackberries, kiwis, and grapefruit.
  • Low-calorie fruit salad: Want to cut down on your morning calorie intake? No problem! Some of the lowest-calorie fresh fruits for breakfast include apples, berries, grapefruit, passion fruit, and stone fruits (e.g., peaches, nectarines, and apricots).

Hot to Make Fruit Salad for Breakfast?

You don’t need a home garden to make a healthy breakfast. While it takes a bit of time to chop all the fruit, once you have them ready, you can prepare a breakfast or brunch fruit salad in just four simple steps:

A collage of images showing how to make breakfast or brunch fruit salad recipe.
  1. Add the fruit: Take out a large bowl, and add the fresh strawberries, pineapple, grapes, blueberries, blackberries, cut oranges, and kiwis. Add the banana if you plan to serve this dish immediately. If you’re making this dish ahead, wait to add the banana just before serving.
  2. Make the dressing: In a small bowl or mason jar, mix the orange juice, orange zest, lime juice, lime zest, vanilla extract, and cinnamon. Either whisk or vigorously shake everything until combined thoroughly. If you are using honey, be sure also to whisk that into the dressing.
  3. Add the dressing: Drizzle the dressing over the fruit salad and gently toss to combine.
  4. Serve: If using, garnish the fruit salad with fresh mint leaves and serve.

How To Make Ahead, Meal Prep, and Store?

It doesn’t matter whether you want a make fruit salad ahead for a crowd or an easy recipe for everyday meal prep. This simple guide will show you how to keep your salad fresh for a few additional days.

  • Make ahead: This recipe is one of the greatest brunch fruit ideas because it’s so easy to make ahead of time. Simply cut up your fruits and place them in a large mixing bowl. Then, just before serving, add the banana and drizzle the fruit with your prepared dressing.
  • Meal prep: Looking for easy breakfast fruit cup ideas? Divide the prepared fruit mixture into individual airtight cups or mason jars (or Weck Jars (affiliate link) as I did in the photo below), and store them in the fridge until ready to eat. Then, add the bananas right before serving and keep the dressing on the side. As long as they are stored in airtight containers, they should be fresh for up to 3 days.
  • Storage: You can store this sugar-free fruit salad in an airtight container in the fridge for up to three days. Remember that the salad will get watery after the second day but still taste delicious.
Breakfast fruit placed in glass jars from the top view.

What to Serve with Fruit Salad for Breakfast?

Want to serve fruit for a brunch buffet or make a delicious fruit bowl for breakfast? When you make this easy recipe, you’ll discover countless ways to transform seasonal produce into a filling meal. 

Expert Tips

It doesn’t matter whether you’re serving this fruit salad for lunch or want to make a kid-friendly fruit salad your children will love. The below tips will ensure your salad is as fresh and flavorful on your first try.

  • Choose fresh fruits: The key to any good fruit breakfast is selecting high-quality fruits. Ensure your produce isn’t bruised or moldy, and try to choose adequately ripe fruit. However, avoid overly ripe fruit, as these ingredients likely won’t hold their shape and become mushy in your salad mixture.
  • Visual interest: To make the best fruit salad for a special event, I recommend using fruits in a variety of colors—red, yellow, green, and beyond! This way, it will look appetizing and add a nice pop of color to your tablescape.
  • Proper cutting: I recommend cutting your fruit into equal bite-sized pieces to ensure your salad is easy to eat. If you’re serving this recipe as a breakfast fruit plate, you can slice your larger fruits, arrange them on a plate, fill the empty spaces with strawberries, and top the spread with blueberries. 
  • Wash and dry your fruit properly: It’s essential to ensure your fruit is clean and safe to eat before incorporating it into your homemade fruit salad. However, remember that some fruits bruise easily, and washing berries requires particular gentleness. Be sure to be equal parts thorough and light when washing your produce.
  • Do not skip on the lime juice or lime zest: Because of its preservational properties, a little lime or lemon juice is a great way to prevent your fruit from browning. Plus, this addition enhances the taste of the salad by balancing its sweet flavors with an irresistible tanginess.
  • Adding banana: Some people think banana has no place as seasonal fruit for summer. However, they add a creamy, mild taste to any fresh fruit salad, and they pack tons of Vitamin C and potassium to fuel you through your day. Still, you can easily omit it if you are not a fan.
  • Dress it right before serving: I recommend dressing the salad right before serving. If you drizzle on the dressing too far in advance, your salad may become overly juicy and soggy.
  • Make it kid-friendly: The below recipe as written, is a great fruit salad for kids due to its bright color, nutritious ingredients, and sweet taste. However, depending on your kids’ age, you may want to cut your fruit into smaller or bite-sized pieces.

FAQs

Is it okay to eat a fruit salad for breakfast?

Yes! Fruit salad makes one of the healthiest options for a quick morning meal due to its high vitamin and mineral content. Plus, depending on which fruits you add, you can kick-start your day with other nutrients, such as potassium, that may help maintain healthy blood pressure, reduce your risk of diabetes, and promote immunity. With that being said, it is important to consume fruit in moderation.

Is fruit salad a healthy snack?

Definitely! Doctors recommend that people eat at least 400 grams of fruit per day (or five servings of 80 grams), so eating fruit salad as a snack will help you reach your dietary goals while reducing your risk of disease, aiding weight loss, and enhancing your body’s store of essential nutrients. However, it is always best to consult your doctor and get the best advice for your dietary requirements.

Should I peel fruits when making fruit salads?

Peeling your fruit is a personal choice for this breakfast fruit bowl recipe. However, I recommend peeling off any skins that are hard to digest, such as orange, kiwi, and banana peels.

Can I use frozen fruit?

Yes, but ensure your fruits are fully thawed (room temperature is best) before adding them to your mixture.

Other Fruit Breakfast Recipes

No one can resist a sweet bowl of fruit for breakfast. If you want other ingenious ways to incorporate nutritious fruit into your morning, you’ll love these simple dishes.

  • Yogurt Parfait: If you want a recipe incorporating healthy breakfast fruit with creamy, light Greek yogurt, this dish is precisely what you need.
  • Apple Cinnamon Oatmeal: Pack all the fresh, crisp flavors of the orchard into your morning bowl with this 15-minute recipe.
  • Instant Pot Quinoa Breakfast Bowl: This vegan, gluten-free breakfast recipe comes together in less than 20 minutes and is the perfect make-ahead dish.
  • Peach Galette: Search no more for a healthy dessert. This sophisticated recipe makes for the perfect brunch dessert—especially when served with my fan favorite Honey Vanilla Ice Cream.
  • Can’t get enough? Check out all our fruity desserts.

If you try this Breakfast Fruit Salad recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Breakfast fruit salad in a bowl with a spoon on the side.
Print

Breakfast Fruit Salad Recipe

Here is a breakfast fruit salad that will help you start the day in a healthy way. Made without the use of any additional sugars, this easy fruit salad can be served by itself or as a side dish served with baked goods, eggs, or oatmeal.
Course Breakfast, Brunch
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free, Vegan
Prep Time 15 minutes
Total Time 15 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 131kcal

Ingredients

For The Fruit Salad

  • 2 cups pineapple peeled, cored, and cut into 1-inch pieces
  • 1 cup grapes rinsed and halved
  • 1 cup strawberries rinsed, hulled, and quartered
  • 1 cup blueberries rinsed
  • 1 cup blackberries rinsed
  • 1 orange peeled and cut into 1-inch pieces
  • 2 Kiwis peeled and cut into 1-inch pieces
  • 1 banana peeled and sliced – optional

For The Salad Dressing

  • ¼ cup orange juice freshly squeezed
  • 1 teaspoon orange zest
  • 2 teaspoons lime zest
  • 4 tablespoons lime juice from approximately 2 limes
  • ½ teaspoon vanilla extract
  • teaspoon ground cinnamon
  • Handful of fresh mint leaves chopped – Optional

Instructions

  • Place the pineapple, grapes, strawberries, blueberries, blackberries, cut orange, and kiwi in a large bowl. If you are serving it right away, add the banana, but if you are making it ahead of time, we recommend adding the banana right before serving.
  • To make the fruit salad dressing, combine the orange juice, orange zest, lime juice, lime zest, vanilla extract, and cinnamon* in a small bowl or mason jar. Whisk or shake vigorously to incorporate.
  • Drizzle the fruit salad with the dressing and gently toss to combine.
  • If using, garnish with fresh mint leaves and serve.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe yields approximately 8-9 cups of breakfast fruit salad. The nutritional values below are for 1 serving.
  • Sweetener*: As we were working on this recipe, we wanted it to be a healthy no-sugar-added breakfast option. However, if preferred, you can add a tablespoon (or more) of honey (or honey simple syrup) to the dressing. Honey-sweetened fruit salad is slightly sweeter but has a subtle (but welcome) honey flavor.
  • Make ahead: If you want to make it ahead, simply cut up the fruit (except the banana) and prepare the dressing. Store them in separate airtight containers. Then, just before serving, add the banana and drizzle the fruit with the prepared dressing.
  • Meal prep: Divide the prepared fruit mixture into individual airtight cups, mason, or weck jars, and store them in the fridge until ready to eat. Then, add the bananas right before serving and keep the dressing on the side. As long as they are stored in airtight containers, they should be fresh for up to 3 days.
  • Storage: The leftovers can be stored in an airtight container in the fridge for up to three days. Remember that the salad will get watery after the second day but still taste delicious.
  • Making it for a crowd? Feel free to multiply the recipe as many times as you need.

Nutrition

Calories: 131kcal | Carbohydrates: 33g | Protein: 2g | Fat: 1g | Saturated Fat: 0.1g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 0.3g | Monounsaturated Fat: 0.1g | Sodium: 4mg | Potassium: 407mg | Fiber: 5g | Sugar: 22g | Vitamin A: 232IU | Vitamin C: 93mg | Calcium: 46mg | Iron: 1mg

The post Breakfast Fruit Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/breakfast-fruit-salad/feed/ 2
Red Skin Potato Salad https://foolproofliving.com/red-skin-potato-salad/ https://foolproofliving.com/red-skin-potato-salad/#comments Tue, 20 Jun 2023 16:27:30 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=68332 After you make this classic red potato salad recipe, you won’t be able to resist making dozens of other crowd-pleasing sides. Whip up a Deviled Egg Potato Salad for a healthy alternative to traditional deviled egg dishes, or prepare a Caper Potato Salad for a gourmet version of this iconic dish. Want to complete your dinner spread? Any of my Summer Salads will enliven your table with crisp, colorful, and...

The post Red Skin Potato Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
After you make this classic red potato salad recipe, you won’t be able to resist making dozens of other crowd-pleasing sides. Whip up a Deviled Egg Potato Salad for a healthy alternative to traditional deviled egg dishes, or prepare a Caper Potato Salad for a gourmet version of this iconic dish. Want to complete your dinner spread? Any of my Summer Salads will enliven your table with crisp, colorful, and garden-fresh flavors.

Red potato salad with bacon and eggs in a bowl from the top view.

Ingredients

This easy red potato salad recipe uses a handful of simple ingredients to achieve its creamy texture and irresistible taste:

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.
  • Red potatoes (aka Red Bliss Potatoes): This recipe requires about three pounds of red skin potatoes. Though you can cook your potatoes whole, I recommend cutting them into one-inch cubes to help them cook faster and to eliminate the need to cut your potatoes post-boiling. I also prefer to leave the skin on, though you can remove the skin before cooking if desired.
  • Bacon: Inspired by the fan-favorite German potato salad, we are adding a generous amount of bacon to the savory salad mixture. I use oven-baked turkey bacon for this dish, though you can also prepare it with my Air-Fried Turkey Bacon recipe to reduce cooking time. You can also make your red-skinned potato salad with regular baked bacon if you prefer something other than turkey bacon.
  • Mayonnaise: You can use whatever quality mayo brand you like for your potato side. However, you can also use vegan mayo to accommodate various dietary lifestyles.
  • Apple cider vinegar
  • Dijon mustard: Though I prefer the tangy, sharp taste of Dijon mustard in my homemade red potato salad, grainy mustard will also work in this recipe.
  • Seasonings: You only need Kosher salt and black pepper to season this dish.
  • Fresh dill: Fresh dill gives this recipe its light, garden-fresh overtones. You can also use one tablespoon of dried dill if you don’t have fresh dill on hand.
  • Celery stalks: Bu sure to chop them finely.
  • Scallions: I recommend using the white and green parts of your green onions to give your salad a delectable balance of robust and mild flavors.
  • Hard-boiled eggs: You can prepare your creamy red potato salad with egg or without egg. If you choose to include boiled eggs, I recommend using a process that I think is the best way to cook hard-boiled eggs. Once cooked, cut the eggs into ½-inch cubes and use them to top your side dish.
  • Dill pickles: Adding a few tablespoons of chopped dill pickles gives this dill red potato salad a deliciously pickled flavor. For a milder taste, you may omit this ingredient.

Substitutions and Variations

  • Potatoes: If you prefer not to use red-skin potatoes, you can use red new potatoes or baby red potatoes. If you use baby red potatoes, be sure that they are of equal size before boiling. You could also use other waxy potatoes that will hold their shape during cooking, such as Yukon Gold or Yellow Finn. Though keep in my that other potatoes, like russet potatoes, will fall apart while boiling.
  • Greek yogurt: For a lighter, tangier version of this potato salad, use ½ cup of Greek yogurt and ½ cup of mayonnaise to make the creamy dressing.
  • Sour cream: Mix ½ cup of mayonnaise with ½ cup of sour cream to make a classic Southern red potato salad. This red skin sour cream potato salad will have a slightly brighter, tarter flavor.
  • Fresh herbs: Don’t want to make red potato salad with dill? You can omit this ingredient or substitute it with other fresh herbs, such as fresh parsley or chives.
  • Vinegar or lemon juice: If you don’t have any apple cider vinegar in your pantry, you can make a red potato vinegar salad with red wine vinegar or white wine vinegar. You may also use fresh lemon juice to make this recipe without vinegar.
  • Red onion: To make this dish milder, substitute the scallions with Pickled Red Onions for a tangier taste or Roasted Red Onions for a more caramelized flavor.
  • Sweet relish or sweet pickles: You can make your red bliss potato salad less briny by swapping the dill pickles for a sweeter alternative, like sweet relish, dill pickle relish, or sweet pickles. Or you can also use briney black or green olives.
  • Garlic: Recipes for old-fashioned red-skin potato salad generally include one teaspoon of garlic powder for bolder undertones. However, you could also make this version with one fresh garlic clove.

How to Make Red Skin Potato Salad

The best part about this recipe is how simple it is. These easy instructions will teach you how to cook red potatoes and prepare a delicious dressing that brings every ingredient to life.

  1. Prepare the potatoes: Place the cubed red-skinned potatoes in a large pot. Fill the pan with enough cold water to cover the potatoes, plus an extra inch of the pot. Cover it with a lid. Transfer the pot to the stove and bring the water to a boil over high heat. Once boiling, reduce the heat to medium so the water maintains a gentle boil.
Person showing how to make potato salad with red potatoes in a collage of images.
  1. Cook the potatoes: Lightly boil the red-skin potatoes for about 7-8 minutes until fork tender. When done, you should be able to spear the potatoes easily with a sharp knife. The cubes should be tender but not falling apart.
  2. Drain: Remove the pot from the heat and drain it so that only the potatoes remain. Place potatoes in a large mixing bowl and let them cool slightly on the counter.
  3. Cook the bacon: If you are new to cooking baking in the oven, be sure to check out my recipe for Baked Turkey Bacon for step-by-step instructions. However, in a nutshell, these are the steps to cook bacon. Preheat the oven to 400 degrees F. and line a baking sheet tray with parchment paper or aluminum foil. Add a wire rack atop the lined tray. Place four strips of turkey bacon on top of the rack, ensuring the strips don’t overlap. Transfer the turkey bacon to the preheated oven. Cook for 10 minutes, flip the strips, and cook them for another 5 minutes. Let them cool for five minutes before roughly chopping them into bite-sized pieces.
  4. Prepare the dressing: Take out a small bowl while the potatoes and bacon cook. Add the mayonnaise, apple cider vinegar, Dijon mustard, Kosher salt, and pepper, and whisk the ingredients. Once combined, add the chopped dill and whisk again.
A collage of images showing how to assemble red skin potato salad.
  1. Assemble the red potato potato salad: Add the chopped celery, scallions, dill pickles, and turkey bacon into the large bowl where you put the potatoes earlier.
  2. Add the dressing: Drizzle the potato mixture with dressing and toss it gently so that it coats all ingredients equally.
  3. Serve: If using, sprinkle the chopped hard-boiled eggs on top of the red potato salad. Serve the dish immediately or cover it with saran wrap and refrigerate until ready to serve.

How to Make Ahead and Store Leftovers?

Red-skinned potato salad is a must-have recipe for hassle-free prep time. Prepare it ahead for effortless potluck preparation, or save your leftovers to enjoy days later.

  • Make ahead: You can prepare this delicious recipe one day in advance. However, if you plan to include eggs, I recommend adding them to the mixture just before serving.
  • Storage: Store your leftovers in an airtight container in the fridge, and they will stay fresh for up to 1-2 days. Because the flavors may settle or change during storage, I recommend stirring the mixture before serving and tasting it so that you can adjust its seasoning as necessary.

What to Serve with Red Potato Salad?

You’ll have countless pairable meals for any occasion when you make potato salad with red potatoes. This collection has everything from summer cookout menu ideas to weekday sandwiches.

Person mixing red bliss potato salad in a bowl.

Expert Tips

There’s no secret to making a deliciously savory and tender bacon red potato salad. Everyone can whip up this fan-favorite side using my beginner-friendly cooking suggestions.

  • Cooking potatoes: The trick to making the best red potato salad recipe ever is correctly cooking the potatoes. Begin by filling your pan with cold water and letting your potatoes heat up in the pot. Doing so allows the potatoes to cook in gentle heat resulting in more evenly cooked creamy potatoes. Additionally, this soaking process will reduce boiling time and ensure your potatoes have a tender texture.
  • Dress properly: I recommend letting your potatoes reach a lukewarm temperature before adding the additional ingredients. If your potatoes are too hot, they will absorb the added liquid, which may result in a mushy potato salad. However, the temperature at which you add your ingredients is entirely up to your preference.
  • Presentation tips: One of the biggest complaints about potato salad is that it looks bland. My solution is to reserve some of the ingredients used in the recipe and sprinkle them on top when mixed with the dressing. A redskin potato salad topped off with bacon bits, fresh herbs, and bright veggies is a treat for the eye.
  • Let it rest: While optional, I recommend letting your potato salad rest for 30 minutes to an hour before serving. This resting time will allow your ingredients to mix their flavors thoroughly so that every bite tastes perfectly balanced.
  • Eggs: When you make this red potato salad with eggs, it’s up to you how you prefer to mix them. I like adding the eggs as a topping to keep them from getting buried in the mix. However, you could also add them along with your other dressing ingredients so that they appear evenly throughout the potato salad.
  • Serve warm, at room temperature, or cold: As it is with most potato salads, this red potato and egg salad can be served lukewarm, at room temperature, or cold. However, if you are serving it as a part of your summer barbecue menu on a hot day, it is advised to place it above a bowl filled with icy water to maintain its coolness.

FAQs

Wondering whether red potatoes are good for potato salad or how to prepare your veggies? This handy guide answers all your questions about this delicious potato salad recipe.

Can you make potato salad with red potatoes?

Yes! Not only can you make potato salad with red potatoes, but I also highly recommend it. Red potatoes hold their shape better than other potatoes during the boiling process, and they bring a sweet, buttery flavor to your potato salad.

How long to boil red potatoes for potato salad?

The time it takes to cook red potatoes may vary depending on their sizes. However, after cutting them into one-inch cubes and letting your water boil, your potatoes should only need to cook for 7-8 minutes until they are fork-tender. Keep in mind that there is a direct correlation between the size of your potato cubes and cooking time. To check for doneness, insert a knife into the center of a potato piece. If it enters and exits easily, your potatoes are ready.

Do I need to peel the skin of red potatoes when making potato salad?

Not at all! I prefer to leave the skin on when I make this red potato salad recipe with bacon. Not only does this add color to the potato salad, but it also ensures you keep the nutrients present in the red potato skin. However, you can peel your potatoes first if you’d prefer not to include the skin.

Are red or white potatoes better for potato salad?

Whether you use red or white potatoes in your potato salad is up to personal preference. I love making this recipe with red potatoes because of their rich, sweet flavor. However, you can use any potato you prefer as long as they are waxy potatoes that can hold their shape during the boiling process, such as Yukon Gold potatoes.

Other Potato Recipes You Might Like

Whether you are a Pioneer Woman’s Potato Salad fan or have always made your cherished family recipe, I hope you try our red skin potato salad recipe. And if you happened to have any leftover potatoes, here are a few other potato recipes you might also like:

If you try this Red Skin Potato Salad recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Red skinned potato salad with bacon in a bowl from the top view.
Print

Red Skin Potato Salad Recipe

This Red Potato Salad recipe is packed with creamy potatoes, crispy bacon, crunchy celery, and earthy fresh herbs and then drizzled with a creamy salad dressing. It is the perfect side dish for summer BBQs, picnics, potlucks, and more.
Course Salad
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Resting time (optional) 30 minutes
Total Time 1 hour
Servings 8 servings
Calories 364kcal

Ingredients

  • 3 pounds red potatoes cleaned and cut into 1-inch cubes
  • 6 strips turkey bacon* roughly chopped – or regular bacon
  • 1 cup mayonnaise
  • 3 tablespoons apple cider vinegar
  • 2 tablespoon Dijon mustard
  • 1 teaspoon Kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon ground black pepper
  • 2 tablespoons fresh dill chopped
  • 2 stalks celery chopped
  • ¼ cup scallions thinly sliced or red onions
  • 2 hard-boiled eggs cut into ½ inch cubes – optional
  • 3 tablespoons chopped dill pickles – optional

Instructions

  • To cook the potatoes: Place the cubed potatoes in a large pan and fill them with cold water, making sure that the water covers the potatoes plus an additional inch. Cover the pan.
  • Place the pan on the stove and bring to a boil over high heat. Turn down the heat to medium and let it simmer for 7-8 minutes* or until fork tender (but not falling apart.)
  • Remove from the heat and drain. Transfer it to a large salad bowl and let it cool slightly.
  • To cook the turkey bacon: Preheat the oven to 400 degrees F. Line a baking sheet tray with parchment paper or aluminum foil. Place a wire rack on top of the lined tray. Place the strips of turkey bacon on the wire rack, ensuring the strips do not overlap.
  • Bake for 10 minutes, then flip and cook for an additional 5 minutes. Let them cool slightly, and then cut them into bite-sized pieces.
  • While the potatoes and bacon are cooking, make the dressing. In a small bowl, whisk together the mayonnaise, apple cider vinegar, Dijon mustard, Kosher salt, and pepper. Add the chopped dill and give it a good whisk.
  • To assemble the red potato salad: Add chopped celery, scallions, dill pickles (if using), and turkey bacon into the bowl with the boiled potatoes.
  • Drizzle them with the dressing and gently toss them, ensuring that the dressing is distributed throughout.
  • If using, add the hard-boiled eggs on top*. Serve right away or cover with stretch film and refrigerate until ready to serve.

Video

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes about 6-7 cups of salad if you cut your potatoes into 1-inch cubes. The nutritional values below are per serving.
  • Cook time for potatoes: Please keep in mind that there is a direct correlation between the size of your potatoes and cooking time. The best time to check doneness is by inserting a sharp knife into a potato cube.  If it comes in and out easily, it should be cooked.
  • Bacon: I used turkey bacon, but regular bacon can be used. If you are new to cooking bacon in the oven, be sure to check out my detailed post on Baked Turkey Bacon.
  • Eggs: If you are using eggs, you can place them on top at the end or chop them up and incorporate them into the salad with the rest of the ingredients.
  • Make ahead instructions: You can prepare this salad one day in advance. However, if you plan to include eggs, I recommend adding them to the mixture just before serving.
  • Storage: Store your leftovers in an airtight container in the fridge, and they will stay fresh for up to 1-2 days. Because the flavors may settle or change during storage, I recommend stirring the mixture before serving and tasting it so that you can adjust its seasoning as necessary.

Nutrition

Calories: 364kcal | Carbohydrates: 30g | Protein: 8g | Fat: 23g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 2g | Cholesterol: 57mg | Sodium: 824mg | Potassium: 861mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 3g | Vitamin A: 134IU | Vitamin C: 15mg | Calcium: 34mg | Iron: 2mg

The post Red Skin Potato Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/red-skin-potato-salad/feed/ 2
Ina Garten’s Roasted Shrimp Salad https://foolproofliving.com/roasted-shrimp-salad/ https://foolproofliving.com/roasted-shrimp-salad/#comments Thu, 15 Jun 2023 17:48:10 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=2239 A true Barefoot Contessa classic, this roasted shrimp salad is the same one Ina Garten herself sold in stores. Much like her Orzo with Shrimp and Feta Cheese, this recipe comes together in no time at all. And if you are a serious shrimp lover, be sure to make Shrimp Scampi and BBQ Shrimp Skewers, too. Ingredients Ina Garten’s shrimp salad is a mix of pantry and fresh ingredients that...

The post Ina Garten’s Roasted Shrimp Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
A true Barefoot Contessa classic, this roasted shrimp salad is the same one Ina Garten herself sold in stores. Much like her Orzo with Shrimp and Feta Cheese, this recipe comes together in no time at all.

And if you are a serious shrimp lover, be sure to make Shrimp Scampi and BBQ Shrimp Skewers, too.

Barefoot Contessa's roasted shrimp salad with mayonnaise from the top view.

Ingredients

Ina Garten’s shrimp salad is a mix of pantry and fresh ingredients that are easy to find at the grocery store. Here are my best tips when shopping for this roasted shrimp salad recipe:

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.
  • Shrimp: Buy whole shrimp labeled 16-20 or 21-25 (this is an indication of the size and number of shrimp per pound). You can peel and devein them yourself or purchase deveined shrimp to save yourself some time. If using frozen shrimp, thaw completely by placing the bag in a bowl of cold water for about 30 minutes.
  • Olive oil: Use good olive oil, preferably extra virgin olive oil if you have it on hand.
  • Mayonnaise: When first testing this recipe, we found the original 1 cup mayo Ina Garten used was too much, so I reduced it to ½ cup. As always, taste and adjust based on your desired preference.
  • Orange zest and orange juice: Orange zest and orange juice are the key ingredients that make this recipe so delicious and unforgettable. Lemon zest and lemon juice can be used in its place, but I highly recommend making it with orange.
  • Vinegar: The recipe uses white wine vinegar, but apple cider vinegar, red wine vinegar, or whatever you have on hand will work.
  • Fresh dill: While fresh dill is very classic and delicious, fresh herbs like fresh parsley would be great, too.
  • Capers: Make sure the capers are drained before adding to the salad. Not a fan? Use dill pickles or omit them altogether.
  • Red onion: Raw red onion adds a nice savory crunch. Replace it with Pickled Red Onions or Roasted Red Onions for a mild onion flavor. Or you can also use an equal amount of chopped scallions.

Optional Add-Ins and Variations

Although not included in the original recipe, here are some fun and creative add-ins to make this shrimp recipe your own:

  • Seasoning: While the shrimp is seasoned simply with Kosher salt and black pepper, you can add some nice flavor with 1 teaspoon of Old Bay seasoning, blackened seasoning, or a pinch of red pepper flakes for some heat.
  • Savory: One teaspoon of Dijon mustard or Worcestershire sauce mixed into the dressing would add a welcome savory bite.
  • Avocado: Add one cubed ripe avocado to the salad for some extra creaminess.
  • Salad greens: Serve it over a bed of mixed greens or thinly sliced romaine lettuce for some extra crunch.
  • Other veggies: Add additional fresh, crisp vegetables like diced English cucumbers, halved red cherry tomatoes, or diced bell peppers.

How to Make Barefoot Contessa’s Shrimp Salad?

This Ina Garten Shrimp Salad recipe is so easy to make and can be ready to serve in just about 1 hour, thanks to the shrimp’s quick cooking time. Here’s how to do it in a few easy steps:

  1. Preheat Oven: Preheat the oven to 400 degrees Fahrenheit.
A collage of images showing how to cook the prawns.
  1. Prep Shrimp: Pat the shrimp dry with paper towels. Spread into one single layer on a baking sheet, drizzle with olive oil, and season with salt and pepper. Toss gently to ensure the shrimp is coated with the oil and seasonings.
  2. Roast Shrimp: Roast the shrimp for 6-8 minutes, flipping them halfway through, until pink, pearly, and slightly curled into a ‘C’. Remove from the oven and let it cool for a few minutes. Transfer to a large bowl and set aside.
A collage of images showing how to mix the roasted shrimp with the mayo dressing.
  1. Make Dressing: While the shrimp is roasting, whisk together the mayonnaise, orange zest, orange juice, and vinegar in a large mixing bowl. Add the dill, capers, and red onion and mix until combined.
  2. Toss: Pour the dressing over the shrimp and toss to combine. Cover with plastic wrap and set aside for 30 minutes before serving.

How to Make Ahead and Store

Ina Garten’s shrimp salad is a wonderful make-ahead recipe and keeps well in the refrigerator. To do so, simply:

  • Make Ahead: Make this shrimp salad up to 1 day in advance. Allow to cool to room temperature, then cover and store in the fridge. Remove from the fridge 30 minutes prior to serving.
  • Storage: Leftover shrimp salad will keep in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 2 days. The sauce will sink to the bottom over time, so give it a good stir before serving.

What to Serve With This Recipe?

A fabulous Barefoot Contessa shrimp salad can be served in a number of elegant and sophisticated ways. Some of my favorites include:

Roasted shrimp salad in a bowl with bread and wine on the side.

Expert Tips

  • Use good quality ingredients. Your favorite brand of mayonnaise and olive oil will make the shrimp salad taste that much better.
  • A note on frozen shrimp: If you are using frozen shrimp, make sure it is fully thawed before cooking. According to Bon Appetit, frozen shrimp is better than fresh shrimp. But as always, shop for shrimp that is easily available to you.
  • Shrimp cooks very quickly. It is easy to overcook shrimp, so pay attention to the cooking time. Because it cooks so fast, I do not recommend using parchment paper, as the hot heat from the sheet pan does a better job of cooking the shrimp evenly.
  • Allow the shrimp to cool slightly before tossing with the sauce. You want warm shrimp, not piping hot. The gentle warmth will better absorb the dressing.
  • Put the sauce in the shrimp. Just as Ina Garten notes on the Food Network, add the sauce to the shrimp rather than adding the shrimp to the sauce. This way, you can moderate the amount of sauce you want tossed with the shrimp.
  • Let it rest before serving. Once Ina’s shrimp salad is prepared, cover it and allow it to rest for 30 minutes at room temperature to allow the flavors to marry together. Or, just as Ina Garten recommends in her cookbook, set it in the fridge for up to 6 hours before serving.

Other Shrimp Salad Recipes You Might Also Like:

If you try this Ina Garten’s Roasted Shrimp Salad recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Adapted from Ina Garten’s  Barefoot Contessa, How Easy Is That? cookbook – Roasted Shrimp Salad recipe.

Ina Garten's roasted shrimp salad recipe in a bowl from the top view.
Print

Ina Garten’s Roasted Shrimp Salad Recipe

Ina Garten’s roasted shrimp salad is a deli-style salad perfect for BBQs, picnics, potlucks, and holidays all year round. Surprisingly delicious, thanks to the addition of orange juice and orange zest, once you try this easy recipe, you will never buy roasted shrimp salad from the store again.
Course Lunch, Seafood Salad
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 8 minutes
Resting time 30 minutes
Total Time 48 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 276kcal

Ingredients

For The Roasted Shrimp:

  • 2 lbs shrimp 16-20 or 21-25 peeled and deveined
  • 1 tablespoon olive oil
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper

For The Dressing:

  • ½ cup mayonnaise
  • 1 tablespoon orange zest from 2 oranges
  • 2 tablespoons orange juice freshly squeezed
  • 1 tablespoon white wine vinegar or apple cider vinegar
  • ¼ cup chopped fresh dill
  • 2 tablespoons capers drained
  • 2 tablespoons red onion small diced

Instructions

  • Preheat Oven: Preheat the oven to 400 degrees Fahrenheit.
  • Prepare Shrimp: Using a sheet of paper towel, pat dry the shrimp on both sides. Transfer onto a sheet pan. Spread the shrimp on a single layer, drizzle with olive oil, and sprinkle with salt and pepper. Toss together to ensure that the shrimp is evenly coated with oil and seasoning.
  • Roast Shrimp: Roast for 6-8 minutes, flipping them halfway through roasting. Remove from the oven and let it cool for a few minutes. Transfer to a large bowl and set it aside.
  • Make the salad dressing: Meanwhile, make the dressing by whisking together the mayonnaise, orange zest, orange juice, and vinegar in a mixing bowl. Add the dill, capers, and red onion and mix to combine.
  • Toss, rest and serve: Pour the dressing over the shrimp and toss to combine. Cover with stretch film and let it rest at room temperature for 30 minutes before serving.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes 4-5 cups of salad, good for approximately 6 (appetizer) servings. The approximate nutritional values below are per serving.
  • Make Ahead: Make it up to 1 day in advance. Allow to cool to room temperature, then cover and store in the fridge. Remove from the fridge 30 minutes prior to serving.
  • Storage: Leftover shrimp salad will keep in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 2 days. The sauce will sink to the bottom over time, so give it a good stir before serving.

Nutrition

Calories: 276kcal | Carbohydrates: 3g | Protein: 31g | Fat: 15g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 0.5g | Monounsaturated Fat: 2g | Trans Fat: 0.01g | Cholesterol: 243mg | Sodium: 556mg | Potassium: 435mg | Fiber: 0.3g | Sugar: 1g | Vitamin A: 171IU | Vitamin C: 6mg | Calcium: 106mg | Iron: 1mg

The post Ina Garten’s Roasted Shrimp Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/roasted-shrimp-salad/feed/ 8
Greek Yogurt Cucumber Salad https://foolproofliving.com/creamy-cucumber-salad/ https://foolproofliving.com/creamy-cucumber-salad/#comments Mon, 29 May 2023 20:06:18 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=19835 The best thing about this cucumber Greek yogurt salad is that it is easy to make with the most delicious yogurt salad dressing. Plus, it is made with a handful of ingredients you probably already have in your pantry. If you are a fan of similar easy Greek yogurt-based recipes, check out our Tzatziki (aka Greek cucumber salad dressing), Greek Yogurt Coleslaw, and Greek Yogurt Chicken Salad recipes. Ingredients You’ll...

The post Greek Yogurt Cucumber Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
The best thing about this cucumber Greek yogurt salad is that it is easy to make with the most delicious yogurt salad dressing. Plus, it is made with a handful of ingredients you probably already have in your pantry.

If you are a fan of similar easy Greek yogurt-based recipes, check out our Tzatziki (aka Greek cucumber salad dressing), Greek Yogurt Coleslaw, and Greek Yogurt Chicken Salad recipes.

Greek cucumber salad recipe with greek yogurt dressing in a bowl from the top view.

Ingredients You’ll Need:

You only need a few basic ingredients and a few pantry staples to make this cucumber yogurt salad. The ingredients list has two parts:

Ingredients for cucumber yogurt salad recipe from the top view.

For the Greek yogurt salad dressing, you will need the following:

  • Greek yogurt: I recommend using full-fat plain Greek yogurt for the most creamy Greek cucumber salad. However, low-fat Greek yogurt or plain yogurt would also work.
  • Garlic cloves: Be sure to mince them finely to easily incorporate them into the dressing.
  • Lemon juice: Freshly squeezed lemon juice is the best. 
  • Extra virgin olive oil: A drizzle of olive oil deepens the flavors of this yogurt dill cucumber salad, but it is an optional ingredient.
  • Vinegar: All you need is a splash of red wine vinegar to brighten up the yogurt salad dressing. I used red wine vinegar, but white wine vinegar, rice vinegar, or even apple cider vinegar would also work.
  • Fresh Dill: A small amount of chopped fresh dill is a classic ingredient for any Mediterranean cucumber yogurt salad recipe, and this one is no exception. If you find the flavors of fresh dill too strong, you can use a teaspoon of dried dill instead.
  • Kosher Salt and Pepper

For The Salad, you will need:

  • Cucumbers: I used English cucumbers (aka seedless cucumbers) as they have fewer seeds than most other types of cucumbers. However, Persian cucumbers (aka Lebanese cucumbers) and garden cucumbers (the most popular type you find in US grocery stores) would all work. Removing and peeling the seeds is optional and depends on the type of cucumber you use. 
  • Onion: A small amount of sliced red onion pairs beautifully with all the other flavors of this creamy cucumber dill salad. However, scallions can be used as a substitute.

Optional Add-ins and Substitutions:

  • Sour cream: Not a fan of yogurt? Use sour cream instead. I recommend using a lesser amount, about ½ cup. If you are a fan of mayo, you can add a few tablespoons to make it a bit more tangy and flavorful.
  • Fresh herbs: If fresh dill is not your favorite, substitute it with fresh mint and fresh parsley. While you can omit fresh herbs altogether, I love the burst of fresh flavor they bring to this summer salad.
  • Seasoning: Add a teaspoon of my Mediterranean seasoning blend to the creamy yogurt dressing for an even more authentic flavor.
  • Honey: You can add a teaspoon of honey to the tzatziki sauce salad dressing if you want your yogurt cucumber dill salad to taste slightly sweet.
  • Lemon Zest: I find that a small amount of lemon zest helps enhance the flavor of the creamy dressing and make it even more citrusy, but it is optional.
  • Ranch Dressing: If you are a fan of ranch flavors and don’t mind a different flavor profile (with a more American twist), you can use our yogurt ranch dressing instead of the yogurt sauce in the recipe below.

How To Make Cucumber Greek Yogurt Salad?

Making cucumber salad with yogurt dressing cannot be easier. If you have 10 minutes, you can make this recipe. Here are the steps:

A collage of images showing how to make cucumber salad with Greek yogurt.
  1. Make the yogurt dressing: In a small mixing bowl, whisk together Greek yogurt, garlic, lemon juice, olive oil, vinegar, fresh dill (if using), kosher salt, and black pepper until creamy.
  2. Slice the cucumbers: If preferred, peel the cucumbers. Using a mandoline slicer or a sharp knife, slice them in ¼-inch thickness. Transfer to a large bowl along with sliced red onions.
  3. Dress the cucumbers: Drizzle the vegetables with the creamy yogurt dressing and gently toss to ensure all of the cucumbers are evenly coated. 
  4. Taste for seasoning & serve: Give it a taste and add more if necessary. Serve.

How to Make Ahead and Store Leftovers?

When it comes to summer cookouts, planning, and meal prepping are key. Thankfully, with just a few steps, you can make this creamy cucumber salad a day ahead and put it together in minutes. Here is how I do it:

  • To Make Ahead: Make the creamy Greek yogurt dressing up to 3 days in advance and store it in a jar with a tight-fitting lid. Slice cucumbers and red onion a day in advance and store them in separate containers. When ready, assemble the salad as directed in the recipe card below.
  • To Store Leftovers: Place the leftover Greek cucumber yogurt salad in an airtight container and store it in the fridge for up to 3 days. Please be aware that cucumber slices will release their juices as they sit. You can drain the excess liquid or add a few tablespoons of Greek yogurt to thicken the dressing. Regardless of which method you choose, be sure to give it a toss before serving.

What To Serve It With?

This easy cucumber salad pairs beautifully with various of main dishes and similar salads. Here are some suggestions for pairing:

Expert Tips:

While this creamy cucumber salad with Greek yogurt is pretty straightforward, there are a few things to pay attention to for the best results. Here are a few tips I learned during my recipe testing:

  • Use a mandolin slicer: If you have a mandolin slicer, this is the time to use it, as thinly sliced cucumbers make for a more aesthetically pleasing and delicate salad. Not to mention, it makes the process of making this yogurt and cucumber dish much faster.
  • Salt cucumbers: The cucumbers will inevitably release their juices as they sit. However, if you have the time, you can place the sliced cucumbers in a bowl fitted with a colander and sprinkle them with half a teaspoon of salt. Give them a toss and let the juices drain for 15-30 minutes. Doing so will draw the water out of the cucumbers and ensure that your cucumber yogurt dill salad remains crisp rather than becoming watery. 
  • Chill before serving: This salad can be served right away, but letting it sit in the fridge for 30 minutes to an hour allows all the flavors to blend and intensify, resulting in an even more refreshing yogurt cucumber salad. 
  • Taste for seasoning: Be sure to give it a taste before serving and add more seasoning if necessary.
Greek Yogurt Cucumber salad in a bowl with spoons on the side.

FAQs

Is Greek yogurt and cucumber good for you?

According to Healthline, Greek yogurt is high in many nutrients and a good source of protein, fat, and carbohydrate source. Conversely, cucumber is a nutritious and low-calorie fruit that is high in water content and provides many essential nutrients and vitamins. So, consuming yogurt and cucumber together, as we do in this healthy cucumber salad, can be good for you.

How do you keep cucumbers crisp in a salad?

You can keep cucumbers crisp by salting them for 15-30 minutes before assembling the salad. Place cucumber slices in a colander set in a bowl. They should release their juices as they sit. Drain and use them in your salad.

How to thicken a cucumber salad?

You can thicken your cucumber salad by adding and tossing a few tablespoons of extra Greek yogurt into the salad.

Other Cucumber Salad Recipes You Might Also Like:

If you try this Greek Yogurt Cucumber Salad recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Greek yogurt cucumber salad in a bowl from the top view.
Print

Greek Yogurt Cucumber Salad Recipe

This Greek Yogurt Cucumber Salad is a refreshing and healthy side dish you can make in 10 minutes. Tossed in a tangy, tzatziki-inspired Greek yogurt dressing, it is a lighter and healthier alternative to mayo or sour cream-based cucumber salads.
Course Side Dish
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 10 minutes
Total Time 10 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 76kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 cup plain Greek yogurt full fat
  • 2 cloves garlic ~ 2 teaspoons, minced
  • cup lemon juice freshly squeezed – from 2 lemons
  • 1 teaspoon extra virgin olive oil
  • 1 tablespoon red wine vinegar or apple cider vinegar
  • ¼ cup chopped fresh dill optional
  • 1 teaspoon Kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • 1 English cucumber* sliced in 1/4 inch slices (peeling is optional)
  • ¼ cup thinly sliced red onion or scallions – optional

Instructions

  • To make the yogurt dressing, whisk together yogurt, garlic, lemon juice, olive oil, vinegar, dill (if using), salt, and black pepper.
  • Place cucumber and red onion slices in a large salad bowl.
  • Drizzle the cucumber salad with the Greek yogurt dressing. Give it a gentle toss.
  • Taste for seasoning and add more if necessary. Serve.

Notes

  • Yields: This cucumber salad yields approximately 4 cups of salad (with 1 ¼ cup yogurt dressing). It is ideal for 4 servings if you are serving it as a side dish. If you are serving it to a larger crowd, you can multiply the recipe as many times as you need.
  • Cucumber: I used an English cucumber, but yu can also use 4-5 (smaller) Persian cucumbers. 
  • To Make Ahead: Make the yogurt dressing up to 3 days in advance and store it in a jar. Slice cucumbers and red onion a day in advance and store them in separate containers. When ready to serve, place cucumber and onion slices in a bowl, drizzle with the dressing and toss to combine.
  • To Store Leftovers: Place the leftover cucumber salad in an airtight container and store it in the fridge for up to 3 days. Please be aware that cucumber slices will release their juices as they sit. You can drain the excess liquid or add a few additional tablespoons of Greek yogurt to thicken the dressing. Be sure to toss before serving.

Nutrition

Calories: 76kcal | Carbohydrates: 8g | Protein: 7g | Fat: 2g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 0.1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 3mg | Sodium: 609mg | Potassium: 177mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 4g | Vitamin A: 340IU | Vitamin C: 14mg | Calcium: 92mg | Iron: 1mg

The post Greek Yogurt Cucumber Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/creamy-cucumber-salad/feed/ 29
Burrata Caprese https://foolproofliving.com/burrata-caprese/ https://foolproofliving.com/burrata-caprese/#comments Sun, 28 May 2023 16:17:29 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=67454 Nothing says summer more than ripe, juicy tomatoes, and this one celebrates tomato season in style. And if you are looking for more ways to use your summer tomatoes, be sure to check out Mozzarella Cucumber Tomato Salad, Turkish Bean Salad, and Caprese Pasta Salad. Ingredients Caprese burrata salad is a cinch to make and requires just a few key ingredients from the grocery store or farmer’s market. You will...

The post Burrata Caprese appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
Nothing says summer more than ripe, juicy tomatoes, and this one celebrates tomato season in style. And if you are looking for more ways to use your summer tomatoes, be sure to check out Mozzarella Cucumber Tomato Salad, Turkish Bean Salad, and Caprese Pasta Salad.

Burrata Caprese styled on a plate from the top view.

Ingredients

Caprese burrata salad is a cinch to make and requires just a few key ingredients from the grocery store or farmer’s market. You will need:

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.
  • Burrata: Fresh burrata cheese is a soft Italian cheese similar in taste and appearance to fresh mozzarella cheese but with a creamy center. Look for a ball of burrata in smaller Italian markets, cheese shops, or in the cheese section of your local grocery store.
  • Tomatoes: I use a combination of large heirloom tomatoes and cherry tomatoes. Juicy heirloom tomatoes are best for their steak-like quality, and the cherry tomatoes add a sweet bite. Feel free to use any tomatoes, including Roma tomatoes, beefsteak tomatoes, tomatoes on the vine, or grape tomatoes.
  • Fresh basil leaves: Finish with whole basil leaves or tear them gently with your hands.
  • Balsamic vinegar
  • Extra virgin olive oil
  • Seasonings: Keep it simple with kosher salt and freshly cracked black pepper. A final sprinkle of flaky salt adds a nice, salty crunch.

Optional Add-Ins and Substitutions

  • Balsamic reduction: Balsamic reduction – affiliate link – (also known as sweet balsamic glaze) is reduced balsamic vinegar that is sticky and sweet and can add just another level of flavor to this burrata caprese salad recipe. Simply drizzle your burrata salad with balsamic glaze at the very end for a robust and tangy finish.
  • Dressing: Take it up a notch with a simple basil dressing for Caprese salad, like Basil Vinaigrette, or go for Balsamic and Lemon Dressing.
  • Avocado: Although untraditional, a ripe avocado adds another layer of creaminess and color to this tomato burrata salad.
  • Mozzarella: If you can’t get your hands on burrata, you can use fresh mozzarella balls instead.

How to Make this Burrata Caprese Recipe?

The combination of burrata, tomato, and basil is just as delicious here as a traditional Caprese salad. But the best part – it’s ready in less than 10 minutes after a few easy steps. Here’s how to make this burrata caprese:

A collage of images showing how to make burrata Caprese recipe.
  1. Prepare tomatoes: Slice tomatoes with a serrated knife into ⅓-inch thick slices. Arrange them on a serving platter and season with ½ teaspoon kosher salt.
  2. Add burrata: Place burrata balls in the center of the serving platter. Alternatively, gently cut them into smaller pieces with a sharp paring knife and scatter the chunks over the sliced tomatoes.
  3. Season: Sprinkle the tomatoes and burrata with the rest of the salt and black pepper. Finish with a generous drizzle of olive oil and balsamic vinegar. Garnish with basil leaves. Enjoy!

How to Store Leftovers

Leftover tomato caprese with fresh burrata will keep for 2-3 days in an airtight container in the fridge. However, keep in mind the buratta’s cream will solidify and lose its viscosity over time, so it will not be as creamy on days two and three.

Expert Tips

  • Use good quality ingredients: Since this is a salad with such minimal ingredients, use ingredients that taste good to you. I like to seek out good olive oil and aged balsamic vinegar for the best flavor.
  • Season tomatoes liberally: Don’t skip on the salt when it comes to tomatoes; they benefit from a good sprinkle. As always, opt for the juiciest, freshest tomatoes you can find.
  • Serve at room temperature: Burrata tastes best when served at room temperature or just above, as the creamy center is soft and spreadable. Tomatoes also turn mealy and lose their flavor if stored in the fridge.
  • Presentation is key: This is a showstopping salad that will become the talk of the table. Be creative – assemble the tomatoes somewhat haphazardly and whimsical. Allow the burrata to shine in the center or be scattered into pieces.
  • Double the recipe or halve it for a small crowd: The recipe below serves four, but I could honestly eat the whole thing myself. Double or triple the recipe for a large party, or halve it when serving for one or two.

What to Serve It With?

When you put this Caprese salad with burrata on the table, I think we can all agree that it will be the star of the show. Make it a part of your Memorial Day Menu or 4th of July celebrations! Here are some pairing and serving suggestions:

Person cutting the burrata in burrata caprese salad from the top view.

FAQs

Where does caprese salad come from?

Also referred to as “Insalata Caprese”, Caprese has its roots in Campania, Italy at the Hotel Quisisana on the island of Capri. The salad was a tribute to Italy, as the ingredients represent the color of the Italian flag.

What is burrata?

Creamy burrata cheese is an Italian cow’s milk cheese that features an outer shell of fresh mozzarella wrapped around a soft-center of stracciatella (cheese curds and cream).

Where does burrata cheese come from?

Burrata originated in Puglia, Italy at the Castel del Monte and since has become a global sensation around the world.

What’s the difference between burrata and Caprese?

Burrata is a soft cheese ball with a creamy center, whereas caprese is a simple Italian salad that can be made with either burrata or fresh mozzarella.

What is the difference between burrata and mozzarella?

Burrata and mozzarella are both creamy, white, semi-soft Italian cheeses very similar in appearance. However, burrata is made with an outer layer of fresh mozzarella and filled with soft, stringy curd and cream known as stracciatella (the cheese, not the gelato). As a result, it has a super creamy texture and taste. Mozzarella is made from cow or water buffalo milk that is firm and bouncy.

How do you eat burrata?

Burrata is typically first sliced with a knife to reveal its creamy soft center, drizzled with olive oil and flakey sea salt, then eaten just as is with a fork, summer produce, or toasted bread.

Who sells burrata cheese?

You can find burrata in Italian markets, specialty cheese shops, or in the cheese section of large grocery stores. It is most often sold in plastic deli containers with some water or brine to keep the moisture intact.

Other Caprese Recipes You Might Also Like:

Whether you simply love the combination of tomato-basil-burrata or have been a huge fan of the cult-favorite Carabba’s Caprese salad or just cannot get enough of the flavors of caprese, here are a few Caprese-inspired recipes you might like:

If you try this Burrata Caprese recipe, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Burrata Caprese placed on a plate from the top view.
Print

Burrata Caprese Recipe

Put your fresh summer tomatoes to good use with this Burrata Caprese recipe that you can make in 10 minutes.This easy summer salad combines the classic Italian flavors we all love, but uses Burrata instead of mozzarella cheese.
Course Salad
Cuisine Italian
Diet Gluten Free, Vegetarian
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 0 minutes
Total Time 10 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 93kcal

Ingredients

  • 4-5 large tomatoes
  • ¾ teaspoon kosher salt or flaky sea salt
  • 2 balls burrata 8 ounces in total
  • ¼ cup fresh basil leaves torn
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper freshly ground
  • 2 tablespoons extra virgin olive oil plus more for finishing
  • 2 tablespoons balsamic vinegar or reduced balsamic vinegar

Instructions

  • Slice tomatoes into ⅓-inch thick slices. Arrange them on a serving platter. Sprinkle tomato slices with ½ teaspoon salt.
  • Arrange burrata balls in the middle or gently break them with a sharp pairing knife and scatter the chunks over the sliced tomatoes.
  • Sprinkle everything with the rest of the salt and freshly ground black pepper. Drizzle with olive oil and balsamic vinegar.
  • Garnish it with basil leaves. Serve!

Video

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe serves 4 generously. I usually serve one ball of burrata and two medium-sized tomatoes for 2 people. If you are serving a larger crowd, you can multiply this recipe using this ratio.
  • You can serve burrata as a whole or gently break it to reveal the creamy center. This way, your guests can easily serve themselves.
  • Storage: Leftover burrata caprese will keep for 2-3 days in an airtight container in the fridge. However, keep in mind the buratta’s cream will solidify and lose its viscosity over time, so it will not be as creamy on days two and three.

Nutrition

Calories: 93kcal | Carbohydrates: 6g | Protein: 1g | Fat: 7g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 5g | Cholesterol: 0.4mg | Sodium: 444mg | Potassium: 307mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 4g | Vitamin A: 1108IU | Vitamin C: 17mg | Calcium: 21mg | Iron: 0.5mg

The post Burrata Caprese appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/burrata-caprese/feed/ 2
Watermelon Cucumber Salad https://foolproofliving.com/minted-watermelon-salad-bulgur/ https://foolproofliving.com/minted-watermelon-salad-bulgur/#comments Thu, 11 May 2023 16:51:46 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=9222 Easy to make, this cucumber watermelon feta salad is inspired by my Watermelon Avocado Salad. Similarly, it can be served as a light meal by itself or as a visually impressive colorful side dish. If you are looking for more cucumber recipes, be sure to also check out our Greek Yogurt Cucumber Salad, Cucumber Mozzarella Salad, and Watermelon Cucumber Smoothie. Ingredients This summer watermelon salad with feta and cucumber starts...

The post Watermelon Cucumber Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
Easy to make, this cucumber watermelon feta salad is inspired by my Watermelon Avocado Salad. Similarly, it can be served as a light meal by itself or as a visually impressive colorful side dish.

If you are looking for more cucumber recipes, be sure to also check out our Greek Yogurt Cucumber Salad, Cucumber Mozzarella Salad, and Watermelon Cucumber Smoothie.

Watermelon cucumber salad in a bowl being stirred by a woman from the top view.

Ingredients

This summer watermelon salad with feta and cucumber starts off with an easy honey-lime dressing and a short list of ingredients. Here’s a look at what we need:

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.
  • Olive oil: We recommend using a brand of extra virgin olive oil that you like.
  • Lime juice: Freshly squeezed lime juice works best for this watermelon salad dressing, but you can use bottled juice in a pinch. The flavors would be slightly different, but freshly squeezed lemon juice can also be used when making the dressing.
  • Kosher salt
  • Honey
  • A small watermelon: Seedless watermelon is preferable for this watermelon cucumber mint salad. However, if a regular watermelon is all that is available, pick out the watermelon seeds as you go.
  • Cucumbers: Persian cucumbers have a great crunch, but regular cucumbers or English cucumbers can be substituted. It is optional, but you can remove the seeds if you like.
  • Herbs: A handful of fresh mint leaves is all you need. However, fresh basil would be a great substitute.
  • Feta cheese: Crumble a whole block of feta cheese rather than buying pre-crumbled feta.

Substitutions & Optional Add-Ins

Looking to truly make this cucumber watermelon salad recipe your own? Swap out one ingredient for another or simply omit it altogether.

  • Dressing: Whenever I want to switch it up, I use Lemon Balsamic Dressing in place of the honey-lime dressing. Watermelon cucumber salad with balsamic vinaigrette is just as delicious and tangy. Alternatively, you can also use balsamic reduction as a drizzle at the end right before serving.
  • Cheese: Prefer a watermelon salad without feta cheese? Omit the feta completely for a light, refreshing salad full of fresh summer produce. Or substitute it for goat cheese or even queso fresco.
  • Without mint: If you prefer your watermelon salad with mint, you can double up on the basil and omit the mint entirely.
  • Onion: Add a savory bite with sliced fresh red onions, Pickled Red Onions, or Roasted Red Onions. Or, you can add in a handful of chopped scallions.
  • Vegan: Make it vegan by omitting the cheese, or try your hand at vegan feta. Also, make sure to swap out the honey for maple syrup instead.

How to Make Watermelon Salad with Cucumber?

This watermelon and cucumber salad recipe comes together in 15 minutes, start-to-finish! Here’s how to do it in just a few easy steps:

A collage of images showing how to make watermelon salad.
  1. Make the dressing: In a mason jar or small bowl, add olive oil, fresh lime juice, salt, and honey. Shake or whisk vigorously until emulsified.
  2. Assemble the salad: In a large bowl, add diced watermelon, cucumber, mint, and basil.
  3. Drizzle with the dressing: Just before serving, pour the dressing over the salad and toss gently.
  4. Finish with feta: Finish with salty feta cheese, mix once more, and serve in your favorite serving bowl. A final sprinkle of sea salt is optional but a great addition!

How to Make Ahead and Store?

If you are planning to make this watermelon cucumber feta salad recipe ahead of time, here are my best tips:

  • Make Ahead: Cut the watermelon, slice the cucumbers, crumble the feta, and make the dressing. Store each component in separate containers with a tight-fitting lid. Assemble the watermelon salad right before serving.
  • Storage: Leftover watermelon cucumber salad will keep in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 2 days. However, be aware that the watermelon mixture will collect water as it sits. Simply drain, sprinkle salad with fresh herbs, and mix with a touch more dressing to bring it back to life before serving.

What to Serve with Watermelon Salad?

There are so many options when it comes to serving this watermelon salad with feta and mint. While I usually make it for lunch and serve it by itself, you can easily pair it with meats and vegetables for your summer meals. Some of my favorite ways to serve include:

A close up of watermelon feta basil balsamic salad in a bowl.

Expert Tips

Making this watermelon feta cucumber salad is easy, but I’d love to share a few helpful tips to help you as you make it in your own kitchen:

  • Choose a good watermelon: Look for a ripe watermelon that is heavy for its size with a large yellow spot on one side (this is the field spot that indicates ripeness).
  • Properly cut watermelon and cucumber: Dice watermelon into bite-sized pieces, or use a melon baller if you want to make it look pretty. For the cucumber, peeling is optional, but I recommend cutting it into thin slices or equal size cubes.
  • Do not skip on salt: Although adding salt to sweet watermelon may sound strange, do not skip this step. The salt brings out the natural sweetness and freshness of the watermelon and cucumber.
  • Serve it chilled: This salad is best eaten cold. I like to keep the watermelon, cucumber, and feta in the refrigerator before and after prepping. This way, all components of this recipe are cold (and super refreshing) just before serving.
  • Assemble at the last minute: Combine watermelon, cucumber, and mint with the dressing just before serving. This keeps the integrity and texture of the watermelon and cucumber intact.
  • Be gentle when mixing: Use gentle hands when mixing to keep the shape and structure of the delicate ingredients.

FAQ’s

What is watermelon salad?

Watermelon salad can be whatever you like it to be, but this version is a simple mix of watermelon, cucumber, mint leaves, basil leaves and feta cheese, all mixed gently in a lemon or lime dressing.

Does watermelon and cucumber taste good together?

Yes, watermelon and cucumber are exceptionally delicious when paired together. The juicy watermelon is the perfect balance to the crisp cucumber.

What is watermelon salad made of?

Watermelon salad consists of watermelon, cucumber, fresh mint, fresh basil, and feta cheese tossed in a lime or balsamic vinegar-based dressing.

How do you cut watermelon to make a salad?

Dice the watermelon into small, 1-inch pieces or cubes. For a special presentation, you can also use a melon baller.

Other Savory Fruit Salads You Might Also Like:

If you try this Watermelon Cucumber Salad recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to give it a star rating and leave a short comment about your experience. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Watermelon and cucumber salad in a bowl with two spoons in the bowl.
Print

Watermelon Cucumber Salad Recipe

This Watermelon cucumber salad is an incredibly refreshing savory fruit salad that is flavored with honey lime dressing. Ready in 10 minutes, it is the perfect summer salad you can serve for lunch or take with you to summer potlucks, picnics, and BBQ parties.
Course Lunch
Cuisine Mediterranean
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 15 minutes
Total Time 15 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 290kcal

Ingredients

For the Honey Lime Dressing:

  • 4 tablespoons extra virgin olive oil
  • 3 tablespoons fresh lime juice from 1 lime
  • ¼ teaspoon kosher salt
  • 1 tablespoon honey

For The Salad:

  • 8 cups fresh watermelon cut into 1-inch cubes ~ 5 to 6 lbs – preferably seedless
  • 2 Persian cucumbers peeled and sliced ¼ inch thick, or English cucumbers
  • 3 tablespoons fresh mint roughly torn
  • 2 tablespoons fresh basil roughly torn
  • ½ cup crumbled feta cheese or goat cheese

Instructions

  • Mix olive oil, fresh lime juice, salt, and honey in a mason jar and shake vigorously. Set aside.
  • Place watermelon cubes, sliced cucumber, fresh mint, and basil in a large salad bowl.
  • Right before serving, drizzle the dressing over the salad. Give it a gentle toss being careful not to bruise or break the watermelon chunks.
  • Sprinkle the feta cheese on top, taste for seasoning, and add more if necessary. Serve.

Notes

  • Yield: This recipe yields about 6-8 cups of cucumber watermelon salad.
  • You can use a melon baller to scoop out the watermelon for a special presentation.
  • Serve it chilled. This salad is best when served cold. I like to keep each ingredient in the refrigerator before and after prepping. This way, all the salad is perfectly chill (and super refreshing) before serving.
  • Assemble at the last minute: Toss all the ingredients with the dressing just before serving. This keeps the integrity and texture of the watermelon and cucumber intact.
  • Be gentle while tossing: Use gentle hands to keep the delicate ingredients’ shape and structure.
  • Make Ahead: Prepare all the ingredients and store them in separate containers. You can also make the dressing 3 days in advance and keep it in a mason jar in the fridge. Toss it all together just before serving.
  • Storage: Leftovers of this salad will keep fresh in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 2 days. However, be aware that the watermelon mixture will collect water as it sits. Simply drain, sprinkle salad with fresh herbs, and toss with a touch more the honey lime dressing to bring it back to life before serving.
  • Balsamic glaze: A light drizzle of balsamic glaze is optional but highly recommended if you have some in your fridge.
  • Short on time? The most time-consuming part of this recipe is the cutting of the watermelon. If you want to make it even quicker, you can buy pre-cut watermelon when you are at the store.

Nutrition

Calories: 290kcal | Carbohydrates: 31g | Protein: 5g | Fat: 19g | Saturated Fat: 4g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 11g | Cholesterol: 17mg | Sodium: 365mg | Potassium: 434mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 24g | Vitamin A: 2056IU | Vitamin C: 30mg | Calcium: 131mg | Iron: 1mg

The post Watermelon Cucumber Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/minted-watermelon-salad-bulgur/feed/ 6
Honey Lime Dressing https://foolproofliving.com/honey-lime-dressing/ https://foolproofliving.com/honey-lime-dressing/#respond Thu, 11 May 2023 16:00:50 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=67142 I know it is convenient to buy salad dressing from the store, but once you learn to make your own, you will never want to spend money on dressings that are usually made with low-quality ingredients. Plus, most homemade dressings can also be used as a marinade for meat and vegetables, and this honey lime vinaigrette dressing is no exception. The good news is that our recipe archives have so...

The post Honey Lime Dressing appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
I know it is convenient to buy salad dressing from the store, but once you learn to make your own, you will never want to spend money on dressings that are usually made with low-quality ingredients. Plus, most homemade dressings can also be used as a marinade for meat and vegetables, and this honey lime vinaigrette dressing is no exception.

The good news is that our recipe archives have so many dressings to choose from. For a simple yet satisfying option, try our Lemon Olive Oil Dressing, or indulge in the rich flavors of Balsamic Lemon Vinaigrette for a more elevated taste experience. And if you like spicy food, our Chili Lime Dressing is a must-try!

Person holding a jar of honey lime vinaigrette in her hand with fresh lime around it.

Ingredients

All you need is 5 simple ingredients for this honey lime dressing. And guess what? You probably already have everything in your pantry. Below is what you’ll need:

Ingredients for lime dressing for salad from the top view.
  • Extra virgin olive oil: Olive oil is the base of this honey-lime vinaigrette. However, a neutral oil like avocado oil can also be used.
  • Fresh lime juice and lime zest: Every dressing needs an acid! For the best lime vinaigrette recipe, be sure to use fresh lime. Keep in mind that it is best to zest the lime before squeezing it.  
  • Honey: Honey is the perfect way to balance the tartness of the lime. However, for a vegan version, you can use maple syrup instead.
  • Kosher Salt: A pinch of salt will bring out these wonderful flavors.

Optional Add-Ins

While the basic honey lime dressing recipe has more neutral flavors ideal for sweet fruity salads, adding just a few basic ingredients can easily turn it into a dressing (or sauce) for savory salads, grain bowls, and more. Below are a few add-ins to give your sweet, savory, and spicy dishes a pop of flavor:

  • Garlic: One small fresh garlic clove would be a nice addition to any savory salad. However, in a pinch, garlic powder would also work.
  • Shallot: A small shallot or a quarter cup of thinly sliced red onion adds another layer of flavor.
  • Fresh herbs: Fresh cilantro is a great addition to any Mexican-style dressing; this one is no exception. Add a teaspoon of chopped fresh cilantro to turn this into a delectable honey lime cilantro dressing (just like I did in my Black Bean and Quinoa Salad) to use in any of your favorite Southwest-flavored salads. Or, use a few fresh mint leaves for a refreshing flavor twist when incorporating it into your favorite fruit salad.
  • Spices: Add a small amount of ground cumin and/or chili powder to enhance the depth of flavor and add warmth and complexity to any of your favorite Mexican salads with lime dressing.
  • Balsamic vinegar: Add a splash of balsamic vinegar for an additional layer of flavor! Thanks to balsamic vinegar’s rich, sweet, and tangy taste, balsamic lime dressing is a luxurious version of this basic lime juice salad dressing perfect for your next summer or winter fruit salad.
  • Dijon Mustard: Not only is it a natural emulsifier, but adding a small amount (½ to 1 teaspoon) of Dijon mustard can help balance the sweetness from honey and the acidity of the lime juice in the dressing.

How To Make Honey Lime Dressing?

You can make a jar of this simple honey lime dressing with only 5 minutes of hands-on time. Juice, zest, whisk, and pour. Here is how to make lime vinaigrette in just 4 simple steps:

Two photos side by side showing how to make the recipe.
  1. Combine: Lime zest, lime juice, honey, and salt in a small bowl and whisk together. If you decide to use garlic, shallot, or ground cumin, you can add it here. 
  2. Emulsify until creamy: Slowly pour in the extra virgin olive oil and constantly whisk until emulsified.
  3. Season: Give it a taste and adjust it to your liking.
  4. Pour: Drizzle it over your favorite fresh salad or store it in a mason jar and refrigerate for later.

How To Make Ahead and Store?

The best part of this honey lime vinaigrette recipe is that it keeps well in the fridge, so you can make it ahead and refrigerate it until you are ready to use it. 

To store, pour the lime honey dressing into a mason jar (or an airtight container) and keep it in the fridge for up to one week.

How To Use Lime Honey Dressing

Wake up your taste buds with the many ways to use this recipe. Try fruit salad with honey lime dressing or marinade chicken before grilling for some mouth-watering goodness. Here are a few ways to use it:

  • Fruit Salads: This dressing is my favorite way to bring together a brunch side dish like summer fruit salad with strawberries, blueberries, pineapple, red grapes, kiwi, or other tropical fruit you like. 
  • Savory Salads: This honey lime salad dressing is the perfect compliment whether your salad is the main course or the side. Pour it over leafy greens like spring mix, butter lettuce, arugula, or kale for a natural sweetness with a kick of citrus. Mix with nuts, cheese, and beans for a sweet and savory combination. It’s my first choice when making Mexican-inspired salads and the ultimate last step for my Southwest Chicken Salad and Corn and Black Bean Salad.
  • Grain Bowls: Another way to use this flavorful honey and lime juice recipe is for grain bowls. It perfectly soaks into couscous, bulgur, and quinoa mixed in with roasted veggies and proteins. You’ve got to try it on my Southwest Quinoa Bowl or even this Caribbean Jerk Chicken Bowl!
  • Marinades: This recipe has more intent than just honey lime dressing for salad. I also use it for marinating chicken, pork, beef, and seafood. The acid from the lime tenderizes the meat, and the honey will caramelize it when cooked. This dressing is one of my go-to recipes when I make Grilled Mahi Mahi and Grilled Shrimp Skewers. I like playing with the ingredients by adding paprika for the Mahi Mahi Marinade and parsley for the Shrimp Marinade.  
Person drizzling a watermelon salad with honey lime dressing from the top view.

Expert Tips 

Check out some of these tips to nail this delicious salad dressing recipe the first time. Here are a few expert tips for the best results:

  • Use fresh ingredients: As with any recipe that uses minimal ingredients, prioritizing using fresh, high-quality ingredients is crucial to achieving great results. You’ll create the best honey-lime dressing that stands out by squeezing fresh limes and using high-quality olive oil.
  • Seasoning: Salt is an important addition to bring out the citrusy and sweet flavors of lime and honey, so do not skip using it (even if you are using this honey lime sauce in a fruit salad.) Additionally, as it is with any recipe, it is best to give it a taste and adjust the amount of seasoning based on your taste buds and the recipe you are using it in.
  • Change it up according to your recipe: This basic Mexican lime dressing can easily be adapted to complement the flavors of the recipe you are using it in. So, take advantage of the use of optional add-ins and make it your own.
  • Emulsify the dressing: While it is convenient to combine all the ingredients in a mason jar and give it a shake, the secret to making an ultra-creamy honey lime dressing lies in the two-step process we are using here. Slowly pouring olive oil into the lime and honey mixture while constantly mixing it ensures perfect emulsification resulting in a smooth dressing. If you skip this step, the salad dressing will not be as creamy.
  • Use a blender or food processor: If you are making a large quantity of this recipe, you can use a blender or food processor.
  • Let it marinate: For maximum flavor, let it marinate for a minimum of 30 minutes to a few hours. I like to let it sit overnight to allow everything to sink in. 
  • Shake well: Dressings separate with time, so if you decide to make it ahead of time, give it a solid shake before using. 

Other Salad Dressings You Might Like

It is no secret that a salad is as delicious as its dressing. If you agree, you will love our collection of salad dressing recipes below:

If you try this Honey Lime Dressing recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

A batch of freshly made honey lime salad dressing in a jar from the top view.
Print

Honey Lime Dressing Recipe

This honey lime dressing recipe is a versatile savory vinaigrette you can make with just a few basic ingredients. Endlessly customizable with a number of optional add-ins, it can be used as a drizzle for fruit or savory salads or as a marinade for meats.
Course Salad Dressing
Cuisine American
Diet Vegan
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 0 minutes
Total Time 5 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 161kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 teaspoon lime zest
  • ¼ cup lime juice ~ 2 limes (freshly squeezed)
  • 2 tablespoons honey
  • ½ teaspoon Kosher salt
  • ¼ cup extra virgin olive oil

Optional Add-Ins:

  • 1 clove garlic minced
  • 1 small shallot or ¼ cup thinly sliced red onion
  • ¼ teaspoon ground cumin

Instructions

  • Whisk together lime zest, lime juice, honey, and salt in a small bowl. If using, add in the garlic, shallot, and ground cumin.
  • Slowly pour in the extra virgin olive oil while whisking constantly until emulsified.
  • Taste for seasoning and add in, if necessary.
  • Use it right away or store it in a mason jar in the refrigerator up to a week.

Notes

  • Yield: This recipe yields approximately 1/2 cup of honey lime dressing.
  • Storage: You can store the dressing in the fridge for up to 7 days.
  • Taste for seasoning: Be sure to give it a taste and add more if necessary before using it in your recipe. 
  • If you make it ahead, be sure to give it a good shake before using it.
  • While it is convenient to combine all the ingredients in a mason jar and give it a shake, the secret to making an ultra-creamy honey lime dressing lies in the two-step process we are using here. Slowly pouring olive oil into the lime and honey mixture while constantly mixing it ensures perfect emulsification resulting in a smooth dressing. So, for the most creamy dressing, do not skip this part.

Nutrition

Calories: 161kcal | Carbohydrates: 11g | Protein: 0.3g | Fat: 14g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 10g | Sodium: 293mg | Potassium: 50mg | Fiber: 0.3g | Sugar: 9g | Vitamin A: 10IU | Vitamin C: 5mg | Calcium: 8mg | Iron: 0.3mg

The post Honey Lime Dressing appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/honey-lime-dressing/feed/ 0
Chickpea Salad with Tuna https://foolproofliving.com/chickpea-tuna-salad/ https://foolproofliving.com/chickpea-tuna-salad/#comments Wed, 03 May 2023 16:46:38 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=18721 If you never thought of making your tuna salad with chickpeas, then I have got you covered with an exceptional recipe that you will find yourself making over and over again. Protein-rich tuna and fiber-rich chickpeas flavored with homemade salad dressing is the perfect quick lunch recipe. Whether you want to turn it into a Tuna Chickpea Sandwich or keep it light over a bed of greens, there are so...

The post Chickpea Salad with Tuna appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
If you never thought of making your tuna salad with chickpeas, then I have got you covered with an exceptional recipe that you will find yourself making over and over again. Protein-rich tuna and fiber-rich chickpeas flavored with homemade salad dressing is the perfect quick lunch recipe.

Whether you want to turn it into a Tuna Chickpea Sandwich or keep it light over a bed of greens, there are so many possibilities. If you are a tuna fan, be sure to check out this Tuna Melt Sandwich and Tuna Steak Salad to incorporate more seafood into your life, too.

Chickpea Tuna Salad in a bowl from the top view.

Ingredients

I like to think of this garbanzo bean tuna salad as a nice mix of pantry staples and fresh ingredients from the grocery store. The list of ingredients has been broken down into the dressing and the salad for ease.

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.

To make the salad dressing, you will need:

  • Mayonnaise: I like to use vegan mayo made with avocado oil (affiliate link.) However, feel free to use a brand you like.
  • Extra virgin olive oil
  • Dijon mustard: You can use Dijon mustard, stone ground, or whole grain mustard.
  • Lemon juice: As it is in any other salad recipe, freshly squeezed lemon juice provides the best flavor, and this garbanzo tuna salad is no exception.
  • Red wine vinegar: A splash of vinegar helps with brightening up the flavors. You can also use apple cider vinegar or white wine vinegar.
  • Fresh garlic cloves: When making salad dressing, I prefer chopped fresh garlic, but in a pinch, garlic powder would also work.
  • Kosher salt + black pepper

To assemble the salad, you will need:

  • Chickpeas: I used canned chickpeas as they are convenient. Of course, you can cook your own chickpeas for this recipe. If you used canned beans, make sure to drain and rinse beforehand.
  • Canned tuna: When buying tuna, look for sustainably sourced wild-caught tuna in water. This has exceptional flavor, and the tuna will naturally flake when mixing the salad. Keep in mind if you use tuna packed in olive oil, you will have to adjust the quantity of olive oil in the recipe.
  • Tomatoes: You can use grape, Roma, or cherry tomatoes.
  • Celery stalks
  • Green onions: Alternatively, you can also use a thinly sliced small red onion, or Pickled Red Onions would also work.
  • Yellow bell pepper: I used yellow peppers, but any color of bell peppers would work in this recipe.
  • Cucumber: Persian cucumber has a great crunch and holds up well, but a regular cucumber or English cucumber can also be used.

Substitutions & Optional Add-Ins

  • Mayo substitutes: Not a fan of Mayo? Try an equal amount of Greek yogurt, mashed avocado (or a few tablespoons of Creamy Avocado Dressing), or store-bought pesto. A few tablespoons of this Pesto Salad Dressing could be a wonderful substitution too. If none of those work for you, use my all-purpose Lemon Dressing or Lemon Balsamic Vinaigrette instead.
  • Add hard-boiled eggs: Incorporating a few eggs into this recipe is a great way to increase the protein content. The addition of eggs also gives it another layer of texture. When preparing them for the salad, be sure to dice them into bite-sized pieces.
  • Add vegetables: Add a handful of sweet vegetables, like cooked corn or green peas, or make it a Mediterranean chickpea tuna salad with drained and rinsed artichoke hearts.
  • Fresh herbs: Finish it with a sprinkle of fresh dill, fresh parsley, fresh basil, or a combination of all three.
  • Cheese (optional): Adding a small amount of crumbled feta cheese would give it a nice creamy flavor. 
  • Dill pickle relish (optional): The briny flavors of pickled relish, whether it is dill pickles or chopped Kalamata olives, or pickled red cabbage, would brighten up the flavors of the overall salad.
  • Salad greens (optional): Adding a handful of arugula, baby spinach, and spring mix or serving the salad on a bed of lettuce is an easy way to up the nutritional value of this simple salad.

How to Make Chickpea Tuna Salad?

This tuna garbanzo bean salad recipe is made in a few easy steps. Simply:

A collage of images showing how to make Tuna and chickpea salad.
  1. Make the dressing: Whisk mayonnaise, extra virgin olive oil, Dijon mustard, lemon juice, vinegar, garlic, salt, and pepper in a small bowl or measuring cup.
  2. Prepare the salad: Place the chickpeas, tuna, tomatoes, celery, scallions ( or sliced red onion), bell pepper, cucumber, and tomatoes in a large salad bowl.
  3. Toss: Drizzle over the dressing and gently toss to combine. 
  4. Serve: If you have the time, marinate for at least 30 minutes before serving.

How to Make Ahead and Store Leftovers

This simple chickpea tuna salad is the perfect lunch salad that you can incorporate into your weekly meal plan. I’d like to make it over the weekend as it stores well. Here’s how I like to do it:

  • Make Ahead: Prepare the tuna salad as directed. If it is a part of your weekly meal prep lunches, divide it amongst small single-serve airtight containers and keep them in the fridge until ready to eat. With that being said, I usually do not keep tuna past the 3-day mark to avoid spoilage. 
  • Storage: Leftover tuna salad with garbanzo beans will keep in an airtight container with a tight-fitting lid for 2-3 days. If you are making this salad using greens, keep in mind that greens such as butter lettuce, and spring mix will wilt quicker than more sturdy greens such as arugula or kale.

What to Serve It With?

Tuna chickpea salad is wonderful all its own, but it can easily be elevated to the next level by serving it in any of the following ways:

  • Bread: Serve it with crusty bread, like Olive Bread, or turn it into a crostini platter with toasted French baguette, cheese, and fruit. I also love it with soft pita bread or pita chips for scooping.
  • Serve it with Grains: Make it the main dish by serving it with a side dish of cooked Quinoa or Bulgur wheat.
  • Make it a side dish with a bowl of soup: Enjoy it throughout the summer months alongside a bowl of Basil Tomato Soup or Cold Cucumber Soup.
  • Turn it into a Sandwich: Layer it between a few slices of your favorite bread (I like pita bread or brioche) or stuff it into a pita bread to make Tuna Chickpea Sandwich, along with green leaf lettuce and a tomato slice.
Tuna chickpea salad placed in small bowls from the top view.

Expert Tips

While this recipe requires only a few steps and a handful of pantry ingredients, we wanted to share a few expert tips to help you make the best chickpea tuna salad recipe on your first try:

  • Good quality tuna: Look for a high quality (preferably wild caught), sustainably sourced can of tuna in water. This has exceptional flavor and texture.
  • Rinse chickpeas: Make sure to drain and rinse the can of chickpeas to get rid of preservatives and excess salt (or purchase a can with no salt if watching your salt content). 
  • Mash chickpeas: Alternatively, you can mash the chickpeas with a potato masher for a richer and creamy consistency.
  • Taste the dressing for seasoning. The dressing is not too heavy on the salt, so be sure to taste test first and adjust it to your liking.
  • Let it marinate. I highly recommend marinating the salad for at least 30 minutes before serving, either at room temperature or in the fridge, as this helps the ingredients to marry together.

FAQs

Which canned tuna is best for tuna salad?

I suggest using sustainably sourced, wild-caught tuna packed in water for the best flavor.

Why is chickpea salad good for you?

A simple chickpea salad like this one is good for you because it is packed with healthy fats, protein-rich chickpeas and tuna, and fiber-rich vegetables. Not to mention, it is super filling and easy to make.

Other Lunch Salads You Might Also Like:

Need more inspiration for creative lunch salads that are also on the healthier side and packed with protein? Here are a few more ideas:

If you try this Chickpea Salad with Tuna recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Chickpea Salad with tuna in a bowl with a spoon on the side.
Print

Chickpea Salad with Tuna Recipe

This Chickpea Salad with Tuna recipe is the perfect weekday lunch. Made with canned tuna and packed with veggies, this is a quick and easy to make salad recipe that is also meal prep friendly.
Course Salad
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 15 minutes
Resting time (optional) 30 minutes
Total Time 15 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 267kcal

Ingredients

For The Dressing

  • ¼ cup mayonnaise or Greek Yogurt
  • 1 tablespoons extra virgin olive oil
  • 1 teaspoons Dijon mustard
  • cup freshly squeezed lemon juice
  • 1 tablespoon red wine vinegar
  • 4 cloves garlic minced
  • 1 teaspoon Kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon ground black pepper

For The Salad

  • 1 can chickpeas 15 ounces – drained and rinsed
  • 1 can solid packed Tuna in water 5-ounces – drained
  • 1 cup tomatoes – grape or cherry; approximately 5 ounces – halved
  • 3 tablespoons chopped celery about 1 stalk
  • 2 tablespoons chopped scallions or sliced red onions
  • 1 small yellow bell pepper chopped
  • 2 Persian cucumbers sliced and quartered

Optional Add Ins:

  • 1 tablespoon dill pickle relish or olives- roughly chopped
  • 1 cup canned artichokes quartered
  • 1 avocado sliced
  • 2 cups salad greens such as arugula or spring mix – loosely packed

Instructions

  • Prepare the dressing: In a bowl or large measuring cup, whisk mayonnaise, extra virgin olive oil, Dijon mustard, lemon juice, vinegar, garlic, and salt and pepper. Taste for seasoning and add more if needed. Set aside while preparing the salad.
  • Prepare the salad: Place the chickpeas, tuna, tomatoes, celery, scallions, bell pepper, cucumber, and tomatoes.
  • Add the dressing and toss to combine.

Video

Notes

  • Make Ahead: Prepare the recipe as written. If it is a part of your weekly meal prep lunches, divide it amongst small single-serve airtight containers and keep them in the fridge until ready to eat. With that being said, I usually do not keep tuna past the 3-day mark to avoid spoilage.
  • Storage: Leftover tuna and chickpea salad will keep in an airtight container with a tight-fitting lid for 2-3 days. If you are making this salad using greens, keep in mind that greens such as butter lettuce, and spring mix will wilt quicker than more sturdy greens such as arugula or kale.

Nutrition

Calories: 267kcal | Carbohydrates: 7g | Protein: 11g | Fat: 21g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 8g | Cholesterol: 18mg | Sodium: 869mg | Potassium: 315mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 2g | Vitamin A: 391IU | Vitamin C: 49mg | Calcium: 27mg | Iron: 1mg

The post Chickpea Salad with Tuna appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/chickpea-tuna-salad/feed/ 40
Beet Salad with Goat Cheese https://foolproofliving.com/roasted-beet-goat-cheese-salad/ https://foolproofliving.com/roasted-beet-goat-cheese-salad/#comments Wed, 08 Feb 2023 16:24:54 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=11948 Goat cheese is the perfect addition to this beets salad because it provides a mild, tangy flavor and a creamy, rich texture. Not only is this cheese a perfect complement to salad recipes, but it’s also a star ingredient in sweet and savory recipes alike. If you agree, you’ll love my other Goat Cheese Recipes.  The recipe inspiration doesn’t stop there! If you love to surprise your family and friends...

The post Beet Salad with Goat Cheese appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
Goat cheese is the perfect addition to this beets salad because it provides a mild, tangy flavor and a creamy, rich texture. Not only is this cheese a perfect complement to salad recipes, but it’s also a star ingredient in sweet and savory recipes alike. If you agree, you’ll love my other Goat Cheese Recipes

The recipe inspiration doesn’t stop there! If you love to surprise your family and friends with 5-star salads like this roasted beet salad with goat cheese, then you need to try my other fancy salad recipes. My favorites are this Goat Cheese Salad, the famous Kardashian Salad, and the Original Caesar Salad

A close-up of a salad with cheese, walnuts, and beets with a fork on the side.

Ingredients

The beet salad ingredients are all common pantry or fridge staples, so you likely already have many of them on hand. If not, you only need a quick trip to the grocery store!

To make things easy, we broke the ingredients into three sets: one for the beets, another for the dressing, and a final set for the salad itself. 

Ingredients for roasting beets in bowls from the top view.
  • For the oven-cooked beets, gather four medium-sized whole beets, olive oil, salt, and pepper. 
Ingredients for salad dressing for beetroot salad in bowls from the top view.
  • To make the dressing for beet goat cheese salad, you’ll need maple syrup, Dijon mustard, minced garlic, balsamic vinegar, extra virgin olive oil, kosher salt, and black pepper. 
Ingredients for a salad with beets, cheese, and nuts from the top view.
  • For the beet salad with goat cheese and walnuts, gather a shallot, baby arugula, spring mix, chopped walnuts, and crumbled goat’s cheese. 

Helpful Notes and Substitutions

The beauty of beet salad recipes is that they’re typically substitution-friendly, so don’t stress if you don’t have all the ingredients. You can also make swaps for the nuts, cheese, greens, and other ingredients to suit your preferences. Here are a few suggestions: 

  • Beets: I chose classic red beets for this roasted beet and goat cheese salad with balsamic dressing, as I love their vibrant color and sweet flavor. However, you could also use golden beets or pink Chioggia beets instead. Pink Chioggia beets are especially fun because they have a beautiful pink and white pattern on the inside. 
  • Sweetener for the goat cheese and beet salad dressing: The recipe calls for maple syrup as the sweetener for the salad dressing, but you can also use honey for a similar flavor. Alternatively, if you’d like to omit a sweetener, you can add chopped apples or pears to your roasted beet goat cheese salad for some natural sweetness. 
  • Vinegar: I used balsamic vinegar because I like the tanginess and acidity it adds, but you can also use red wine vinegar instead. If you’re in a pinch and need a super simple salad dressing, try my Lemon Vinaigrette
  • Nuts: Plain, chopped walnuts give the goat cheese beet salad a crunchy texture and a nutty flavor, but you could take it a step further and make some yummy Honey Glazed Walnuts for extra sweetness. If walnuts aren’t your thing, you could also make a beet goat cheese pistachio salad or add some pecans instead. 
  • Salad greens: I love the combination of peppery arugula and spring mix, but feel free to use any earthy, leafy green. You could use only fresh arugula or spring mix instead of combining the two, or use baby spinach to make a spinach beet goat cheese salad. 
  • Onion: I prefer to use a shallot in my dressing for beet and goat cheese salad because it has a sweet, mild flavor, but you could also use a red onion for a more sharp flavor. 
  • Cheese: If you’re not a big fan of goat’s cheese, you can rest assured that other cheeses would pair nicely with this fresh beet salad recipe. I recommend using feta cheese, but any type of soft cheese would work. 

How to Make Beet Salad? 

With just a little bit of prep and some baking time, you can have this stunning, restaurant-quality beetroot salad with goat’s cheese and walnuts on the table and ready to enjoy. 

Just as we broke the ingredients into three sections, we’re also breaking the instructions into three sections:

How to Roast Beets for Salad

To prepare beets for salad, we roasted them in the oven to bring out their sweetness and make them easier to eat. However, there are various other ways you can roast your beets. If you’re in a rush, you can roast beets in the air fryer. You can also use your pressure cooker to make Instant Pot Beets or fire up the grill to make Grilled Beets (a grilled beet salad would be great for summer). 

Cooking beets for a salad couldn’t be easier. Here’s how to do it:

  1. Preheat the oven: Set your oven temperature to 400 degrees F.  
A person wrapping beets in foil to prepare for roasting in the oven.
  1. Prep the beets for baking: Cut a sheet of aluminum foil into four 8-10 inch squares. Place a beet in the center of the square, drizzle it with ½ tablespoon of olive oil, and sprinkle it with a few pinches of salt and pepper. 
  2. Cover with foil: Tightly wrap the foil around the beet and repeat with the remaining ones. 
  3. Bake: Place the foil-wrapped beets in a single layer on a baking sheet lined with parchment paper. Bake for 25-30 minutes or until tender (a knife should slide in and out easily). 
A person preparing beets for salad by slicing them and placing in a bowl.
  1. Cool: Remove the beets from the oven, unwrap them, and let them cool for about 10 minutes on the counter. Carefully peel off the skins (use a vegetable peeler if needed) and slice them into wedges. 

Make the Dressing for Beet Salad

In my opinion, this is the best salad dressing for beets. It’s sweet, tangy, and garlicky! Here’s how to make it:

A person shaking salad dressing ingredients in a mason jar.
  1. Make the dressing: To a mason jar, add the maple syrup, Dijon mustard, garlic, balsamic vinegar, olive oil, salt, and pepper. Tightly secure the lid on the jar and shake to combine the ingredients. You can also combine the ingredients in a small bowl with a whisk. Taste and add another pinch of salt or pepper as needed. 

Assemble the Salad

Once you roast the beets and make the dressing, the roasted beets and goat cheese salad comes together in a flash. Simply:

A person tossing greens in dressing and adding beets and cheese to the salad.
  1. Assemble the salad: Add the greens and shallot to a large salad bowl. 
  2. Add the dressing: Drizzle the vinaigrette for beet salad over the greens and toss to combine. 
  3. Add the beets and nuts: Toss in the cooked beet wedges and chopped walnuts. 
  4. Garnish and serve: Top the sliced beet salad with the crumbled cheese and serve in a large bowl or on salad plates. 

How to Make Ahead and Store Leftovers

Since roasting the beets is the most time-consuming part of the recipe, you can roast the beets and prepare some of the other components ahead of time. When you’re ready to serve, all you’ll have to do is assemble the salad! Here are some tips:

  • Make ahead: You can follow the instructions above to roast the beets and make the dressing ahead of time. For best results, I recommend storing the beets and the dressing in separate airtight containers in the fridge for up to two days before serving. When you’re ready to serve, simply assemble the roasted beets salad with goat cheese. 
  • Store: Store your leftover salad in an airtight container or in a large bowl covered with plastic wrap. It will stay fresh in the fridge for a day or two. I don’t recommend storing it any longer than that, as the greens will wilt and become limp. 
A salad with cheese, nuts, and beets in a bowl from the top view.

What to Serve with Beet Salad

This fancy beet salad makes for a great light lunch or dinner, but it’s also the perfect side dish to accompany soups and main dishes. Below, I’ve put together a few of my favorite pairings to take the guesswork out of your meal planning. If you’re wondering what goes with beet salad, here’s what I recommend: 

  • Serve it with soup: Soup and salad is a classic pairing that’s always so light and satisfying. The flavor profile of this roasted beet salad recipe beautifully complements my Butternut Squash Soup and this Sweet Potato Soup
  • Make it a Thanksgiving beet salad: Why not add a new salad recipe to your Thanksgiving spread? A golden beet salad with goat cheese would perfectly capture those warm Thanksgiving colors (simply swap the red beets for golden beets). You can serve your salad alongside a classic Thanksgiving side dish like Garlic Rosemary Mashed Potatoes, Sweet Potato Souffle, or Butter Garlic Green Beans
  • Pair a restaurant-quality main course with your fine dining beet salad: Instead of serving this salad cold, make it a warm beet salad with goat cheese to pair with classic, restaurant-style comfort food. Make this Baked Ziti with Meat Sauce or my Pasta Bolognese Recipe if you’re in the mood for Italian, or serve your warm winter beet salad with a decadent Reverse Seared Beef Tenderloin. These options are all great for your next dinner party!

FAQs

What goes well with beets in a salad?

Beets are a wonderful addition to a salad because they add a pop of bright color and a hint of sweet flavor. Beets pair especially well with earthy greens and nuts, and you can even make a homemade salad dressing for beetroot by combining olive oil, balsamic vinegar, maple syrup, mustard, and garlic.

What cheese goes with beets?

Most soft cheeses pair nicely with beets. We used soft goat cheese for this easy beet salad recipe because we like the tangy flavor the cheese provides, but you can also use feta cheese, gorgonzola, or brie instead.

Other Must-Try Salad Recipes

If you’d like to incorporate more greens into your diet, salads are a great way to do so. They don’t have to be boring, either! Here on the blog, we always pack our salads with yummy toppings and drizzle them with delicious homemade dressings. If you’re in need of a new salad recipe, look no further than the links below: 

If you try this Roasted Beet Salad with Goat Cheese and Walnuts or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Beet Salad with Goat Cheese and walnuts with utensils on the side.
Print

Beet Salad with Goat Cheese Recipe

This Beet Salad with Goat Cheese is a restaurant-quality dish that's perfect for any occasion. With roasted beets, crunchy walnuts, tangy goat cheese, and a homemade dressing, this salad is a sure crowd-pleaser. Serve it warm or cold with soup, sides, or your favorite entree.
Course Salad
Cuisine American Vegetarian
Diet Gluten Free, Vegetarian
Prep Time 20 minutes
Cook Time 30 minutes
Total Time 50 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 414kcal

Ingredients

For The Beets

  • 4 medium size beets
  • 2 tablespoons olive oil
  • Salt & pepper

For The Dressing

  • 2 tablespoons maple syrup
  • 1 tablespoon Dijon mustard
  • 1 clove of garlic minced
  • 2 tablespoons balsamic vinegar
  • ¼ cup olive oil
  • ½ teaspoon Kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper

For The Salad

  • 1 small shallot chopped
  • 6 cups arugula and spring mix 80 gr – arugula + 100 gr spring mix
  • ½ cup walnuts chopped
  • 4 oz. goat cheese crumbled

Instructions

To roast beets for salad:

  • Preheat the oven to 400 degrees F.
  • Cut four 8-10-inch square aluminum foils. Place a beet in the middle, drizzle with ½ tablespoon olive oil, and sprinkle it with salt and pepper.
  • Cover it tightly with aluminum foil. Repeat the same process with the rest of the beets.
  • Place covered beets on the prepared baking sheet and bake for 25-30 minutes or until they are easily pierced with the tip of a knife.
  • Unwrap the beets and let them cool for 10 minutes on the kitchen counter. Gently remove the skins and cut them into wedges.

To make the dressing:

  • Place maple syrup, Dijon mustard, garlic, balsamic vinegar, olive oil, salt, and pepper in a mason jar. Put the lid on and give it a vigorous shake to combine.

To assemble the salad:

  • Place the salad greens and the chopped shallot into a large salad bowl.
  • Drizzle it with the dressing and gently toss to ensure all salad greens are evenly coated with the vinaigrette.
  • Add in cooked beets and walnuts and toss to combine.
  • Garnish with crumbled goat cheese and serve.

Notes

  • Make ahead: You can follow the instructions above to roast the beets and make the dressing ahead of time. For best results, I recommend storing the beets and the dressing in separate airtight containers in the fridge for up to two days before serving. When you’re ready to serve, simply assemble the salad.
  • Store: Store your leftover salad in an airtight container or in a large bowl covered with plastic wrap. It will stay fresh in the fridge for a day or two. I don’t recommend storing it any longer than that, as the greens will wilt and become limp.
  • Air Fryer BeetsIf you have an air fryer, you can cook the beets in the air fryer in about 15 minutes.

Nutrition

Serving: 1g | Calories: 414kcal | Carbohydrates: 32g | Protein: 15g | Fat: 27g | Saturated Fat: 5g | Cholesterol: 9mg | Sodium: 322mg | Potassium: 734mg | Fiber: 7g | Sugar: 11g | Vitamin A: 752IU | Vitamin C: 31mg | Calcium: 99mg | Iron: 4mg

The post Beet Salad with Goat Cheese appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/roasted-beet-goat-cheese-salad/feed/ 42
Broccoli Cauliflower Salad Recipe https://foolproofliving.com/broccoli-cauliflower-salad/ https://foolproofliving.com/broccoli-cauliflower-salad/#comments Mon, 30 Jan 2023 17:45:37 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=40264 Made with simple ingredients, this Raw Broccoli and Cauliflower Salad recipe requires minimal cooking and can be ready to enjoy cold after a quick chill in the refrigerator. It is also a colorful make-ahead meal that tastes better the longer it sits and makes the perfect side dish or low carb lunch. Drizzled with an easy-to-make creamy dressing and flavored with crispy bacon pieces, and crunchy sunflower seeds, this broccoli...

The post Broccoli Cauliflower Salad Recipe appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
Made with simple ingredients, this Raw Broccoli and Cauliflower Salad recipe requires minimal cooking and can be ready to enjoy cold after a quick chill in the refrigerator. It is also a colorful make-ahead meal that tastes better the longer it sits and makes the perfect side dish or low carb lunch.

Drizzled with an easy-to-make creamy dressing and flavored with crispy bacon pieces, and crunchy sunflower seeds, this broccoli cauliflower salad is just as versatile as my Greek Yogurt Coleslaw and No Mayo Coleslaw. Make a batch, and store it in meal prep containers for an irresistible salad you can enjoy throughout the week.

Broccoli Cauliflower Salad in a bowl with two spoons on the side top view.

Ingredients

The cauliflower broccoli salad ingredients come together in two parts:

Ingredients for cauliflower and broccoli salad from top view
  • For The Cauliflower Broccoli Salad Dressing: Gather together mayonnaise, whole milk Greek yogurt, honey, red wine vinegar, lemon juice, salt, and pepper.
Cauliflower salad ingredients are placed in bowls on a white backdrop.
  • For The Broccoli Salad Ingredients: All you need is raw broccoli florets and raw cauliflower florets, red onion, sunflower seeds, raisins, bacon, and shredded Cheddar cheese.

Substitution Ideas

What I love the most about this easy salad recipe is that it is easy to make your own with numerous ingredient substitutions. So, do not worry if you are missing an ingredient or two; simply use the ingredients substitutions below to make your own delicious salad:

  • Mayo: I used my favorite light mayonnaise, vegan mayo (affiliate link), (made with avocado oil), but any mayo would work here.
  • Vinegar: Any vinegar would work – raw apple cider vinegar or white wine vinegar can be substituted in place of red wine vinegar.
  • Sweetener: In my version of the broccoli cauliflower salad dressing, I used honey as the sweetener, but maple syrup would also work.
  • Seeds: I love the crunch of sunflower seeds. Pumpkin seeds would be a good substitute and keep this recipe nut-free. That being said, sliced almonds or chopped walnuts, or pecans are great if nuts are not an issue.
  • Dried Fruit: Raisins add that special pop of sweetness, but dried cranberries or super tart dried cherries would be exceptional, too.
  • Fresh fruit: You can use fresh fruit, such as an apple or pear, instead of dried fruit in this recipe. I especially love making a broccoli apple salad using this exact recipe and swapping raisins with a thinly sliced apple.
  • Cheese: I used shredded sharp Cheddar cheese, but mozzarella cheese, Colby Jack or Monterey Jack would also work.
  • Bacon: I am currently obsessed with baked turkey bacon, but regular bacon cooked on the stove top can also be used for all bacon lovers! Go for a sugar-free version when shopping for bacon.

How to Make Broccoli Cauliflower Salad?

When making this cauliflower broccoli salad recipe, most of the work involves chopping up the raw veggies, but other than that, it is easy and quick. To be efficient, I like to do that while the bacon is cooking in the oven.

A person is whisking the dressing for broccoli cauliflower salad in a small mixing bowl.
  1. To make the dressing for broccoli cauliflower salad: Place all ingredients in a small bowl and whisk together until thoroughly combined and super creamy.
Person showing the steps for preparing bacon for this easy salad recipe.
  1. To cook the bacon: Preheat the oven to 400 F degrees. Place each slice on a sheet pan—Bake for 15 minutes. Flip the bacon and cook for another 2 minutes or until it is crispy. Allow them to cool, and cut them into small pieces. If you are new to baking turkey bacon in the oven, be sure to check out my How to cook turkey bacon in the oven post. And if you have an air fryer, you can try cooking turkey bacon in the air fryer as well.
A person is assembling the salad in a large mixing bowl from the top view in a collage of images.
  1. Assemble the salad: Place fresh broccoli florets, cauliflower florets, red onion, sunflower seeds, raisins, and bacon bits in a large bowl. Drizzle with the salad dressing, cover it with plastic wrap, and let it rest in the fridge for 30 minutes or up to 4 hours.
  2. Serve: Sprinkle with the cheese and serve.

Variations:

All it takes is a few simple swaps to have a different broccoli cauliflower recipe any time the craving strikes:

  • Broccoli and Cauliflower Salad without Bacon: Simply omit the bacon, and you have a creamy and colorful vegetarian meal.
  • Cauliflower Salad with Greek Yogurt (no mayo): I like the flavor combo of mayo and Greek yogurt, but feel free to omit the mayo and make the dressing entirely with Greek yogurt instead. If you are a fan of yogurt dressings, be sure to check out my Yogurt Salad Dressing recipe.
  • Amish Broccoli Salad: Some people refer to this salad as Amish Broccoli Cauliflower Salad because Amish cooks and gardeners are known for being avid cultivators of broccoli and cauliflower. Their version is made with sour cream instead of Greek yogurt but is still very similar to this one.
  • Make it a Keto Cauliflower Broccoli Salad: If you are on a keto diet, you can still enjoy this salad with a few ingredient adjustments. Simply swap honey with a keto-friendly sweetener such as Swerve and omit raisins. The rest of the ingredients should be okay to use.

How to Make Ahead and Store Leftovers?

What I love the most about this broccoli cauliflower bacon salad recipe is that it stores well, which makes it ideal for weekly meal prep or for when you need a salad you can make a few days in advance. Here is how I do it:

  • To Make ahead: Chop all the veggies, prepare the rest of the salad ingredients, and cook bacon. Store everything in individual airtight containers. Make the simple homemade dressing and keep it in a mason jar. When ready to assemble, place all the salad ingredients in a large mixing bowl and pour the dressing over it. Add the cheese on top, toss it, let it rest in the fridge (if you have the time), and serve.
  • To Store leftover salad: Place the leftovers in an airtight container and store them in the fridge for up to 4 days.

Expert Tips:

Having been making this easy broccoli salad for over 5 years, I learned a thing or two to help you succeed on your first try. Here are a few helpful tips:

  • Cut broccoli & cauliflower into bite-size pieces: I find that it is much easier to eat when the large vegetables are cut into small pieces that are bite-sized. It is a bit of chopping work but totally worth it.
  • Add the cheese at the end. If planning to make it a few days ahead, I recommend assembling the salad without the cheese, as the ingredients tend to get soggy. When ready to serve, sprinkle the cheese, toss, and enjoy!
  • Shred or cube the cheese. Speaking of cheese – I prefer the texture of shredded cheese, but small cubes would work, too.
  • Let it rest for the best results: I think this broccoli cauliflower raisin salad tastes better the longer it sits, so I recommend resting the salad in the fridge for at least 30 minutes before serving. This also allows the broccoli and cauliflower to soften up a bit while sitting in the dressing.
Person drizzling broccoli cauliflower salad with bacon with dressing.

FAQs:

Can you make broccoli cauliflower salad ahead of time?

You sure can. As a matter of fact, I recommend making it a day in advance. The longer the ingredients have time to soak up the sweet, tangy dressing, the better this salad becomes. Thirty minutes is plenty of time if you’re short on time, but this sweet broccoli cauliflower salad sure tastes better the next day.

Can you freeze broccoli cauliflower salad?

I do not recommend freezing this salad.

How long does broccoli cauliflower salad last?

As long as it is kept in an airtight container in the fridge, this broccoli salad should last up to 4 days.

How many carbs are in broccoli and cauliflower salad?

A serving of this salad has 29 grams of carbs.

Other Veggie Packed Salad Recipes You Might Also Like:

If you made and enjoyed this easy broccoli cauliflower salad recipe, it would be wonderful if you could give it a star rating and share your experience with a few words. Doing so helps the readers who are thinking about making it. And if you have a moment, take a picture and share it with me (using #foolprooeats) on Instagram so that I can share it with everyone.

Broccoli & cauliflower salad in a bowl with two spoons on the side.
Print

Broccoli Cauliflower Salad Recipe

This Broccoli and Cauliflower Salad recipe is flavored with a lighter yogurt-based salad dressing, cheese and sunflower seeds, and bacon. It is the perfect side dish or a satisfying and healthy lunch. Take it with you to any potlucks, family gatherings, BBQ parties, or picnics.
Course Salad
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 17 minutes
Resting Time 30 minutes
Total Time 32 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 305kcal

Ingredients

For the Salad Dressing:

  • ½ cups mayonnaise
  • ¾ cup whole milk yogurt
  • 2 tablespoons honey
  • 2 tablespoons red wine vinegar white wine vinegar would also work
  • 2 teaspoon lemon juice
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt more to taste
  • ¼ teaspoon ground black pepper

For The Salad:

  • 4 cups broccoli florets cut into small bite size pieces
  • 4 cups cauliflower florets cut into small bite size pieces
  • ½ cup red onion chopped
  • 1/2 cup sunflower seeds
  • ½ cup raisins
  • 6-8 slices bacon I used turkey bacon but regular bacon would also work
  • 1 cup sharp cheddar cheese shredded or cubed

Instructions

  • To make the dressing, place all salad dressing ingredients in a bowl and whisk together until fully combined.
  • Preheat the oven to 400 F degrees. To cook the bacon, place each slice on a sheet pan. Bake for 12 minutes. Flip the bacon and cook for another 5 minutes or until it is crispy. Allow them to cool and cut into small pieces.
  • To assemble the salad, place broccoli, cauliflower, red onion, sunflower seeds, raisins, and bacon in a large bowl. Drizzle with the dressing, cover it with plastic wrap, and let it rest in the fridge for 30 minutes or upto 4 hours.
  • Sprinkle with the cheese and serve.

Video

Notes

  • How To Store: The salad keeps very well stored in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 4 days, which makes it a wonderful meal prep recipe for the week. I do not recommend freezing the salad.
  • Cut broccoli & cauliflower into bite-size pieces: I find that it is much easier to eat when the large vegetables are cut into smaller pieces. It is a bit of chopping work but totally worth it.
  • To Make ahead: Chop all the veggies, prepare the rest of the salad ingredients, and cook bacon. Store everything in individual airtight containers. Make the simple homemade dressing and keep it in a mason jar. When ready to assemble, place all the salad ingredients in a large mixing bowl and pour the dressing over it. Add the cheese on top, toss it, let it rest in the fridge (if you have the time), and serve.
  • Add the cheese at the end. If planning to make it a few days ahead, I recommend assembling the salad without the cheese, as the ingredients tend to get soggy. When ready to serve, sprinkle the cheese, toss and enjoy!
  • Shred or cube the cheese. Speaking of cheese – I prefer the texture of shredded cheese, but small cubes would work, too.

Nutrition

Calories: 305kcal | Carbohydrates: 29g | Protein: 7g | Fat: 19g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Cholesterol: 4mg | Sodium: 360mg | Potassium: 638mg | Fiber: 5g | Sugar: 10g | Vitamin A: 415IU | Vitamin C: 89mg | Calcium: 97mg | Iron: 2mg

The post Broccoli Cauliflower Salad Recipe appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/broccoli-cauliflower-salad/feed/ 16
Baked Goat Cheese Salad https://foolproofliving.com/baked-goat-cheese-salad/ https://foolproofliving.com/baked-goat-cheese-salad/#comments Thu, 22 Dec 2022 22:13:10 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=534 Creamy, earthy, and fresh, this warmed goat cheese salad is a restaurant-quality dish that comes together easily. If you can’t get enough goat cheese recipes like this, you’ll adore my other goat cheese-inspired dishes, such as Goat Cheese and Spinach Stuffed Chicken and Goat Cheese Quiche. Ingredients To make this recipe for goat cheese salad, you’ll need two sets of ingredients: How to Make Warm Goat Cheese Salad No one...

The post Baked Goat Cheese Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>

Creamy, earthy, and fresh, this warmed goat cheese salad is a restaurant-quality dish that comes together easily. If you can’t get enough goat cheese recipes like this, you’ll adore my other goat cheese-inspired dishes, such as Goat Cheese and Spinach Stuffed Chicken and Goat Cheese Quiche.

Green salad topped off with warm goat cheese rounds from the top view.

Ingredients

To make this recipe for goat cheese salad, you’ll need two sets of ingredients:

Ingredients for the recipe in small portions from the top view.
  • Goat cheese disks (or balls): For the goat cheese croutons, gather fresh thyme, parsley, panko breadcrumbs, garlic powder, an egg, Dijon mustard, kosher salt, black pepper, and an 8-oz. log of fresh goat cheese.
  • For the Salad and the vinaigrette: For the salad and warm goat cheese salad dressing, gather mixed salad greens, olive oil, red wine vinegar, Dijon mustard, shallot, kosher salt, and black pepper.

How to Slice Goat Cheese with Dental Floss?

If you’ve ever tried to cut goat cheese with a knife, you know how difficult it can be. Instead, I recommend using dental floss or kitchen twine to cut perfect, mess-free slices every time. Just be sure to use unflavored dental floss to avoid giving it an unwanted taste. Also, it is best to do this while it is still cold, as goat cheese that is at room temperature will be hard to slice.

Person showing how to slice a log of goat cheese with dental floss.
  1. Line up dental floss: Slide a piece of dental floss under the goat cheese log and line it up to where you want to make your first slice. Remember that this recipe calls for eight equal pieces of an 8-oz. goat cheese log.
  2. Lift and twist: Holding the ends of the dental floss with either hand, pull the string straight up and cross them in the center to cut through the cheese log.

How to Make Warm Goat Cheese Salad

No one can resist baked goat cheese recipes as easy as this one. Equal parts effortless and tasty, this salad recipe comes together in just 30 minutes (plus the resting time.)

  1. Prepare the baking sheet: Line a small baking sheet with parchment paper, and set it aside.
Dipping station for baked chevre balls with small bowls.
  1. Prep the dipping station: Place the fresh herbs on a small, shallow plate, and mix them until thoroughly combined. Then, combine panko crumbs and garlic powder in a shallow bowl. Whisk together the egg, mustard, salt, and black pepper in a separate small bowl. Set all three mixtures aside.
person making goat cheese medallions dipped in herbs, egg and panko breadcrumbs.
  1. Make the cheese balls: Roll each of your eight goat cheese medallions into a small disk (or ball). Then, roll each one into the herb mixture, evenly coating their exteriors. Then, roll the balls into the egg-mustard mixture and let the excess liquid drip. Finally, roll the balls into the panko mixture. Gently press the bread crumbs into the balls to ensure an even coating.
  2. Freeze the goat cheese: Transfer the breadcrumb-coated goat cheese to the prepared baking sheet, and place it in the freezer for 30 minutes. 
a collage of images showing how to make baked goat cheese salad.
  1. Mix the salad dressing: In a small mixing bowl, whisk together the olive oil, red wine vinegar, shallot, salt, and black pepper.
  2. Make the baked chevre: Preheat the oven to 400 degrees F. Once heated, transfer the tray of goat cheese balls from the freezer to the oven, and bake for 8-10 minutes.
  3. Mix the salad: Place the salad greens in a large bowl, drizzle them with the prepared dressing, and toss until evenly mixed.
  4. Serve: Divide the salad among four salad plates. Place two baked goat cheese rounds on top of each salad.

How to Make Ahead and Store Leftovers?

Making this recipe ahead of time is the easiest way to make busy weeknights a breeze. With such simple prep and storage, it’s no wonder why warm goat cheese salad is a fan-favorite side.

  • Make ahead: You can make this salad recipe up to one week in advance. Simply roll the goat cheese balls, coat them in the herb, egg, and breadcrumb mixtures, and arrange them on a sheet pan. Then, cover them with plastic wrap and place them in the freezer for about 30 minutes. Once frozen, place goat cheese rounds in a freezer-safe Ziploc bag. Remove as much air as possible, then place the bag back in the freezer. Remove the balls just before serving, and bake them in a 400-degree F. oven for 10-12 minutes.
  • Store: To store your baked goat cheese salad, transfer your leftovers into an airtight container in the fridge. I recommend warming the goat cheese balls (not the salad greens!) just before eating your leftovers. However, you can also enjoy your salad cold.
Salad placed on two small plates and served with wine on the side.

Expert Tips

This restaurant-quality salad is as easy to make as it is delicious to eat. With these foolproof pointers, you can make it without hassle or stress—just like a master chef!

  • Let excess egg drip: Only one egg is necessary to coat all eight of your goat cheese balls—as long as you let the excess egg mixture drip after rolling each ball in it. However, if you need more dipping mixture, you may add another egg.
  • Bake right before serving: I recommend baking your goat cheese balls just before serving them. This way, the insides of your rounds will be creamy and warm. If you wait too long before serving, the goat cheese will solidify and lose its creaminess.
  • Broil until golden brown: To give your goat cheese rounds extra crispiness, broil them for one minute or until golden brown. Just be sure to keep an eye on them so that they don’t burn.

What Goes Well With Goat Cheese Salad?

Almost any of my foolproof main dishes would make a delectable pair with this warm goat cheese appetizer. Below are a few of my favorites to serve alongside this five-star side.

  • Roast Beef Tenderloin: Tender beef and toasted goat cheese is a match made in heaven. Serve it as a side salad for a photo-ready spread for any special occasion.
  • Turkey Tenderloin: Pair this goat cheese salad recipe with juicy turkey tenderloin, and you’ll have a mouthwatering menu ready for anything, from a Friendsgiving potluck to a weeknight meal.
  • Cream of Chestnut Soup: If you’d rather have a vegetarian meal, serve it with soup on the side. This French Cuisine-inspired chestnut soup would pair beautifully with this simple chevre salad for a delicious and visually impressive lunch or dinner.

FAQs

How long do you bake goat’s cheese for?

I recommend baking goat’s cheese for 10-12 minutes at 400 degrees F.

Can you bake goat cheese?

Yes! Baking goat cheese is a great idea because it is hard enough to hold its shape in the oven when baked on its own. However, you could also mix this traditional cheese with other cheeses, like Parmesan, cheddar cheese, and cream cheese, to make delicious recipes like my Baked Goat Cheese Dip.

Should I serve this salad warm or cold?

The best goat cheese for this salad comes straight from the oven, as the cheese balls will be the creamiest at this point. However, you can also serve this salad cold if you prefer your goat cheese to have a firmer texture.

What is the best cheese for salads?

Because of their rich and robust flavors, the best cheeses for salads include feta cheese, goat cheese, blue cheese, and Parmesan cheese.

Other Restaurant Quality Salad Recipes You Might Like:

If you try this recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Baked goat cheese salad on a small plate with a fork on the side.
Print

Baked Goat Cheese Salad Recipe

This Baked Goat Cheese Salad is a French-bistro style salad that is ideal as a light lunch or a side salad with the main dish. Served warm, most of the components of this recipe can be made ahead and then it can be assembled right before serving.
Course Salad
Cuisine American/French
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 10 minutes
Resting time 30 minutes
Total Time 55 minutes
Servings 4 Servings
Calories 175kcal

Ingredients

For The Baked Goat Cheese Rounds

  • 1 tablespoon fresh thyme chopped
  • 2 tablespoons fresh parsley chopped
  • ¾ cup panko breadcrumbs
  • 1 teaspoon garlic powder
  • 1 large egg
  • 1 teaspoon Dijon mustard
  • ¼ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • 1 log goat cheese 8oz. – sliced into 8 pieces

For The Salad & Salad Dressing

  • 3 tablespoons extra-virgin olive oil
  • 1 tablespoon red wine vinegar
  • ½ teaspoon dijon mustard
  • 1 small shallot chopped (about 2 tablespoons)
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • 6 cup mixed salad greens 7 oz.

Instructions

  • Line a small baking sheet with parchment paper and set it aside.
  • Prep your dipping station: First, place fresh herbs on a small shallow plate and mix to combine. Second, place panko and garlic powder in a shallow bowl. Stir to combine. And third, whisk egg, mustard, salt, and pepper in a small bowl and set aside.
  • Divide goat cheese into 8 equal portions. You can use a knife, but I find that it is easier to use dental floss or kitchen twine. To do so, slide a piece of dental floss under the goat cheese log and line it up to where you want to make your first slice. Holding the ends of the dental floss with either hand, pull the string straight up and cross them in the center to cut through the cheese log. Roll each piece into a small disk (or a ball).
  • Roll each goat cheese ball in the herb mixture, ensuring it is coated on all sides. Next, roll them in the egg mixture (allowing the excess liquid to drip), followed by the panko mixture pressing gently to ensure that it is fully coated with the panko breadcrumbs.
  • Transfer the goat cheese balls onto the parchment-lined baking sheet. Place in the freezer for 30 minutes.
  • Meanwhile, make the salad dressing by whisking together olive oil, red wine vinegar, shallot, and salt and pepper.
  • Preheat the oven to 400 degrees F. Remove the cheese from the freezer and bake in the oven for 8-10 minutes.
  • To assemble the salad, place salad greens in a salad bowl and drizzle them with the dressing. Give it a big toss.
  • Divide the salad amongst four salad plates and top each plate with two baked goat cheese balls.

Notes

  • Let excess egg drip: Only one egg is necessary to coat all eight of your goat cheese balls—as long as you let the excess egg mixture drip after rolling each ball in it. However, if you need more dipping mixture, you may add another egg.
  • Bake right before serving: I recommend baking your goat cheese balls just before serving them. This way, the insides of your rounds will be creamy and warm. If you wait too long before serving, the goat cheese will solidify and lose its creaminess.
  • Broil until golden brown: If you want, you can broil them for one minute or until golden brown. Just be sure to keep an eye on them so that they don’t burn.
  • Make ahead: You can make this salad recipe up to one week in advance. Simply roll the goat cheese balls, coat them in the herb, egg, and breadcrumb mixtures, and arrange them on a sheet pan. Then, cover them with plastic wrap and place them in the freezer for about 30 minutes. Once frozen, place goat cheese rounds in a freezer-safe Ziploc bag. Remove as much air as possible, then place the bag back in the freezer. Remove the balls just before serving, and bake them in a 400-degree F. oven for 10-12 minutes.
  • Store: To store the leftovers, transfer them into an airtight container in the fridge. I recommend warming the goat cheese balls (not the salad greens!) just before eating your leftovers. However, you can also enjoy your salad cold.

Nutrition

Serving: 1g | Calories: 175kcal | Carbohydrates: 13g | Protein: 4g | Fat: 12g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 8g | Trans Fat: 0.01g | Cholesterol: 41mg | Sodium: 574mg | Potassium: 200mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 1g | Vitamin A: 998IU | Vitamin C: 20mg | Calcium: 51mg | Iron: 2mg

The post Baked Goat Cheese Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/baked-goat-cheese-salad/feed/ 1
La Scala Chopped Salad https://foolproofliving.com/la-scala-chopped-salad/ https://foolproofliving.com/la-scala-chopped-salad/#comments Wed, 14 Dec 2022 14:56:40 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=63002 Leon eventually shared his famous salad recipe with the world, which the Los Angeles Times published in 1989. The LA Times recipe has many renditions today, so you may see it referred to as the “Beverly Hills Salad,” the “Kardashian La Scala Salad,” or even the “Kim Kardashian Salad.” Whatever you choose to call it, celebrity salad recipes like the La Scala Salad go viral for a reason. They’re flavorful,...

The post La Scala Chopped Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>

Leon eventually shared his famous salad recipe with the world, which the Los Angeles Times published in 1989. The LA Times recipe has many renditions today, so you may see it referred to as the “Beverly Hills Salad,” the “Kardashian La Scala Salad,” or even the “Kim Kardashian Salad.”

Whatever you choose to call it, celebrity salad recipes like the La Scala Salad go viral for a reason. They’re flavorful, easy to recreate, and are usually made up of wholesome ingredients. If you love to jump on the celebrity salad recipe bandwagon, you’ll also love the famous Jennifer Aniston Salad and Columbia 1905 salad.

An Italian salad in a bowl with forks from the top view.

Ingredients

This famous chopped salad has a truly international flavor, with Italian-inspired ingredients like pecorino romano and mozzarella. The La Scala dressing, also known as the “Leon dressing,” contains French-style ingredients like dry mustard. It may sound fancy, but chances are you already have many of the ingredients on hand. Here’s what you’ll need:

Ingredients for an Italian chopped salad in bowls from the top view.
  • For the salad, gather a head of iceberg lettuce, a head of romaine lettuce, a can of garbanzo beans (also known as chickpeas), Italian salami, and mozzarella cheese. 
  • To make the La Scala Salad dressing, you’ll need extra-virgin olive oil, red wine vinegar, dry mustard (or Dijon mustard), kosher salt, black pepper, and pecorino romano (or parmesan). 

Substitutions and Optional Add-Ins

While this recipe uses many basic ingredients, a few are more specialized and may be difficult to find at your local grocery store. Thankfully, you can easily substitute without significantly affecting the flavor. The salad is also a great base for add-ins of your choice. Here are some suggestions: 

  • Italian salami: If you can’t find specifically Italian salami at the store, feel free to use pepperoni, beef salami, or turkey salami instead. If you’re not a fan of salami in a salad, you can also use Baked Turkey Bacon
  • Dry mustard: The original La Scala Leon dressing recipe uses dry mustard, which is essentially ground mustard seeds. If you can’t find dry mustard or don’t have any on hand, you can easily substitute two teaspoons of Dijon mustard. 
  • Pecorino romano: It sounds fancy, but pecorino romano is simply an Italian cheese that’s similar to parmesan. If it’s not available, use shaved parmesan cheese instead. 
  • Optional add-ins: With just a few ingredients, this chickpea salami salad provides a great base for other Italian-inspired additions, which many have used to customize their celebrity chopped salad recipe. I recommend adding a small jar of drained artichoke hearts, fresh tomatoes or sun-dried tomatoes, cherry tomatoes, or roasted red bell peppers. I also love to add a minced clove of garlic to the chopped salad dressing for extra flavor. Feel free to get creative and use what you have on hand. 
  • Make it vegetarian: If you’re one of my vegetarian friends, you can easily transform this salad with salami into a vegetarian recipe by omitting it. In its place, I recommend adding Baked Shiitake Mushrooms for that “meaty” texture. You can also add chopped boiled eggs to add more protein if you wish.

How to Make La Scala Chopped Salad Recipe?

This La Scala chickpea salad requires a little bit of chopping, as the recipe name suggests, but it’s a breeze to throw together once the prep work is done. Drizzle it with the homemade dressing, and you’ll be able to enjoy a restaurant-quality salad without having to leave your home! Here’s how to make it:

A person showing how to make a salad with homemade dressing from the top view.
  1. Add salad ingredients to a bowl: Add the romaine, iceberg lettuce, chickpeas, salami, and mozzarella to a large bowl and set aside. 
  2. Make the dressing for the chopped salad: In a small bowl, combine the salad dressing ingredients, including the extra virgin olive oil, red wine vinegar, mustard, salt, and black pepper, with a whisk. Taste and add more salt or pepper if needed. Stir in the pecorino romano. 
  3. Add the dressing and toss: Pour the dressing over the salad and toss well to combine. 
  4. Serve: Garnish the salad with additional cheese and serve. 

How to Meal Prep & Store Leftovers?

If you want to make this Tiktok viral chopped salad super quick and easy to throw together on a busy weekday, you can easily meal-prep it in advance. Leftovers are a breeze to store, too. Here are some tips: 

  • Meal prep: To meal prep this Italian salad with salami and mozzarella, chop up all the ingredients and store them in an airtight container. You can also prep the dressing in advance, but be sure to store it in a separate container (so the salad won’t get soggy). Both will keep for up to 2-3 days in the fridge. 
  • Store: If you have leftovers, store the rest of the salad in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 1-2 days. 

What to Serve It With?

Packed with meat, cheese, and chickpeas, this chopped iceberg salad can definitely stand alone as a light lunch or dinner. If you’re craving something a bit more filling, feel free to pair it with your favorite Italian entrees. Here are some of my favorites: 

  • Serve it with chicken breast: Sticking to the Italian theme, serve this famous Italian chopped salad with Panko Chicken Parmesan for a 5-star meal. Or, keep things simple and whip up my juicy Greek Yogurt Chicken
  • Make it a vegetarian meal: Since this is a chopped salad with salami, you’ll want to omit the meat to make it vegetarian. Serve your now-vegetarian salad with this Easy Eggplant Involtini or classic Eggplant Pomodoro Pasta for a delicious Italian spread. 

Expert Tips

This iceberg chopped salad is easy for even a beginner chef to throw together, so detailed tips aren’t necessary for this recipe. However, I included a few notes below that you may find helpful along the way:

  • Double the dressing: This La Scala Chopped Salad Dressing recipe is so simple and yummy that it likely pairs well with many of your favorite salads. Since you’re already making the dressing, why not double the recipe so you’ll have extra to drizzle on your next salad?
  • Marinate the chickpeas: If you have the time, I recommend marinating the chickpeas in the tangy dressing to give the salad extra flavor. After draining and rinsing the chickpeas, soak them in the dressing for a few minutes while you prep the rest of the ingredients.

FAQs

What is La Scala Chopped Salad?

The La Scala Chopped Salad, also known as the “Beverly Hills Chopped Salad” or the “Kardashian Salad Recipe,” is an Italian salad with salami that was first served at the La Scala Boutique restaurant in Beverly Hills, CA. The simple salad combines salami, mozzarella, chickpeas, iceberg lettuce, and romaine, all topped off with a simple red wine vinaigrette.

Who invented La Scala Salad recipe?

Chef Jean Leon, a restaurateur who is the owner of the La Scala restaurant in Beverly Hills, CA, invented the La Scala Salad, also known as the “Kardashian Chopped Salad,” in the ‘50s. This salad was popular among his business and high-profile clients, such as Elizabeth Taylor, Julia Roberts, and JFK, and the restaurant is still a hot spot for celebrities today.

What is a chopped salad?

A recipe for chopped salad, as the name suggests, contains ingredients that have been chopped into a uniform size. The salad is usually tossed together in a dressing for an easily consumable meal with well-incorporated ingredients.

Other Famous Restaurant Salad Recipes You Might Like

Have you ever visited a restaurant and wished you could recreate a meal you had there? From the La Scala Chopped Salad in LA to the famous Eccolo Chopped Salad in New York, these yummy restaurant dishes go viral all the time. Well, thanks to the Internet, there are many viral recipes out there that you don’t need a restaurant reservation to enjoy. 

Since we’re on the topic of salads, here are a few famous salad recipes to try:

If you try this La Scala Salad recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

A salad with cheese and salami in a bowl from the top view.
Print

La Scala Chopped Salad Recipe

The La Scala Chopped Salad is an Italian-inspired salad invented by the owner of the La Scala restaurant in Beverly Hills. This delicious salad, loaded with salami, chickpeas, cheese, and a mustard-based dressing, went viral on social media thanks to some celebrity influence. Serve it as the perfect lunch, light dinner, or starter for an Italian meal.
Course Salad
Cuisine American/Italian
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 15 minutes
Total Time 15 minutes
Servings 6
Calories 244kcal

Ingredients

For the Salad:

  • 1 head iceberg lettuce chopped
  • 1 head Romaine roughly chopped
  • 1 can chickpeas aka Garbanzo beans, (15 oz) drained and rinsed
  • 1/4 pound Italian salami chopped or julienned
  • 1/4 pound mozzarella cheese shredded

For the Dressing:

  • ¼ cup olive oil
  • 2 tablespoons red wine vinegar
  • 2 teaspoons Dijon mustard or 1 teaspoon dry mustard
  • ½ teaspoon Kosher Salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • 1/4 cup grated pecorino romano or Parmesan cheese- plus more as garnish

Instructions

  • Add salad ingredients to a bowl: Place iceberg lettuce, romaine, chickpeas, Italian salami, and mozzarella cheese in a large salad bowl. Set it aside.
  • Make the dressing: To make the dressing, whisk together olive oil, red wine vinegar, mustard, salt, and pepper in a measuring cup or a small bowl. Stir in the Pecorino romano.
  • Add the dressing and toss: Drizzle the dressing over the salad. Give it a toss.
  • Serve: Serve with more pecorino romano on top.

Notes

  • Meal prep: To prepare this salad ahead of time, chop up all the ingredients and store them in an airtight container. You can also prep the dressing in advance, but be sure to store it in a separate container (so the salad won’t get soggy). Both will keep for up to 2-3 days in the fridge.
  • Store: If you have leftovers, store the rest of the salad in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 1-2 days.
  • To make it vegetarian, swap salami with roasted shiitake mushrooms.
  • Optional add-ins: While this salad is great by itself, you can jazz it up by adding other ingredients, such as a small jar of drained artichoke hearts, fresh tomatoes or sun-dried tomatoes, cherry tomatoes, or roasted red bell peppers. I also love to add a minced clove of garlic to the chopped salad dressing for extra flavor. Feel free to get creative and use what you have on hand. 

Nutrition

Calories: 244kcal | Carbohydrates: 4g | Protein: 11g | Fat: 21g | Saturated Fat: 7g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 11g | Cholesterol: 34mg | Sodium: 809mg | Potassium: 232mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 2g | Vitamin A: 1004IU | Vitamin C: 3mg | Calcium: 161mg | Iron: 1mg

The post La Scala Chopped Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/la-scala-chopped-salad/feed/ 12
Greek Yogurt Ranch Dip https://foolproofliving.com/greek-yogurt-ranch-dip/ https://foolproofliving.com/greek-yogurt-ranch-dip/#respond Wed, 07 Dec 2022 16:43:55 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=62683 I always keep a tub of Greek yogurt stocked in my fridge, but not only for breakfast! Greek yogurt makes the perfect thick, creamy, and healthy base for countless delicious dips and dressings. No wonder why my Yogurt Salad Dressing is one of the most popular recipes on the blog! If you like healthy dip recipes with Greek yogurt, you’ll love my Greek Yogurt Fruit Dip, Blue Cheese Dressing Without...

The post Greek Yogurt Ranch Dip appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>

I always keep a tub of Greek yogurt stocked in my fridge, but not only for breakfast! Greek yogurt makes the perfect thick, creamy, and healthy base for countless delicious dips and dressings. No wonder why my Yogurt Salad Dressing is one of the most popular recipes on the blog!

If you like healthy dip recipes with Greek yogurt, you’ll love my Greek Yogurt Fruit Dip, Blue Cheese Dressing Without Sour Cream, Yogurt Tahini Sauce, Tzatziki Sauce, and Turkish Aubergine Dip

A dip with a greek yogurt base served with veggies from the top view.

Ingredients

You don’t need a lot of fancy ingredients to make this homemade Greek yogurt ranch dip recipe. In fact, you likely already have the ingredients stocked in your fridge and spice cabinet. We’re using a combination of garlic and onion powder to achieve that classic ranch flavor, and adding a hint of lemon juice ramps up the tang. 

Ingredients for homemade greek yogurt ranch in bowls from the top view.

To make this Greek yogurt dip, you’ll need plain Greek yogurt, garlic powder, onion powder, kosher salt, lemon juice, and freshly chopped chives (or chopped green onion). 

Ingredient Substitutions

If you don’t have all the ingredients, don’t run to the store just yet. This yogurt veggie dip is very forgiving when it comes to substitutions, so feel free to swap similar ingredients to make it your own. Here are a few suggestions: 

  • Yogurt: I prefer to use low-fat or non-fat Greek yogurt to make a guilt-free and low calorie dip for veggies. You can also make a plain yogurt dip by swapping the Greek yogurt for low-fat or non-fat plain yogurt, but keep in mind that it will have a thinner (but just as tasty) consistency. I sometimes use plain yogurt in my Yogurt Dill Sauce for a lower-calorie version, which turns out great. 
  • Ranch seasoning: Our homemade ranch seasoning with Greek yogurt combines garlic powder, onion powder, and salt. You can stick to this recipe to keep it super basic or throw in some dried herbs (or fresh herbs) to amp up the flavor. I recommend adding ¼ teaspoon each of dried chives, dried dill, and dried parsley per cup of ranch Greek yogurt dip. 
  • 2-ingredient option: While the homemade ranch seasoning is a healthy, preservative-free, and low-sodium alternative to traditional ranch seasoning, you can still use a premade seasoning mix, such as a Hidden Valley ranch packet, if you’re in a pinch. To make a Hidden Valley ranch dip with Greek yogurt, I recommend using 2 teaspoons of seasoning per cup of yogurt. 
  • Chives: Chives add a mild, onion-like flavor that complements this healthy ranch dip, but they can be hard to find at the grocery store. If you can’t find fresh chives, you can use freshly chopped green onions or fresh dill instead.
  • Add a drizzle of olive oil: For a special presentation, add a drizzle of olive oil to top off your healthy veggie dip. 

How to Make Ranch Dip with Greek Yogurt

You’ll never need to buy ranch dressing from the store once you learn how quick and easy it is to whip it up at home. Plus, this low fat veggie dip is healthy, inexpensive, and (in my opinion) tastier than any store-bought dip. To make this Greek yogurt dip, simply: 

A person making ranch yogurt dip in a bowl from the top view.
  1. Add ingredients to a bowl: In a small bowl, add Greek yogurt, garlic powder, onion powder, salt, and lemon juice. 
  2. Combine and serve: Use a whisk to mix the ingredients until smooth and fully combined. Garnish your easy Greek yogurt dip with freshly chopped chives or green onions, and serve. 

How to Serve

You can serve this homemade ranch dip with Greek yogurt anywhere you’d normally serve ranch dip. It’s the perfect accompaniment to a colorful veggie tray for a healthy snack, but it’s just as delicious when paired with fun, handheld party foods. Feel free to get creative, but here are some serving suggestions: 

  • Serve it with your favorite veggies: Ranch dip and fresh veggies? A match made in heaven! Whip up a large bowl of this vegetable dip as a healthy dip for carrots, cucumbers, celery sticks, and peppers. This recipe also makes the perfect Greek yogurt chip dip for all your favorite potato chips.
  • Make it a part of your cheese board: Serve it as a part of your meat and cheese board, along with pita bread or crackers.
  • Pair it with party foods: From chicken wings to burgers, this low-calorie ranch dip is the ideal accompaniment to all your favorite Game Day Foods. If you’re looking for recipe ideas, these Slow Roasted Chicken Wings are always a hit at parties, and this Spinach Cheese Quesadilla is a true crowd-pleaser. You also can’t go wrong with serving it as a dipping sauce for fries (especially if you have kids). 
A person dipping a cucumber into a veggie dip from the side view.

How to Store?

If you have leftover ranch yogurt dip or wish to make it ahead of time, you can easily store it in an airtight glass or plastic container in the fridge for up to 3-4 days. 

Just make sure to give it a stir before serving, as the ingredients tend to separate as they sit. If your yogurt dip for vegetables appears too watery after stirring, you can add a tablespoon or two of Greek yogurt to return it to a creamy consistency.

FAQs

What is the difference between yogurt and Greek yogurt?

The main difference between regular yogurt and Greek yogurt is its consistency. Greek yogurt is strained to remove the liquid remains of milk (also known as whey), which gives it a thick consistency. Regular yogurt contains whey and has a thinner consistency.

Can I substitute yogurt for sour cream in ranch dressing?

Yes, you can. Yogurt is a great substitute for sour cream in Greek yogurt-based dips because it provides a similar creaminess but is lower in calories and total fat. You can make a delicious, homemade Greek ranch dip by combining Greek yogurt with a half teaspoon of onion powder, a tablespoon of garlic powder, and a little sea salt and lemon juice.

How can I turn this Greek yogurt dip into a salad dressing?

To turn it into a homemade Greek yogurt ranch dressing, you can add 2 tablespoons of olive oil and 2 tablespoons of lemon juice. If need be, you can thin it out (to make it pourable) by whisking in a few tablespoons of water. Be sure to taste it for seasoning and add more if necessary.

Other Greek Yogurt Recipes You Might Like

Greek yogurt is a staple ingredient in many of my recipes because it’s healthy, delicious, and versatile. From sweet to savory recipes, Greek yogurt does it all! If you’re a yogurt fanatic like me, or if you’re trying to finish off that tub of yogurt in your fridge, you need to try these easy recipes:

If you try this Veggie Dip with Greek Yogurt recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

A dip with yogurt and spices in a bowl from the top view.
Print

Greek Yogurt Ranch Dip Recipe

This Greek Yogurt Ranch Dip is made with a few simple, healthy ingredients for a "skinny" version of the classic, store-bought ranch dressing. Serve this creamy, zesty dip with veggies for a healthy snack, or bring it to your next Game Day party as a dip for chips, wings, or any of your favorite party foods.
Course Condiment – Dip
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 2 minutes
Total Time 2 minutes
Servings 1 cup
Calories 205kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 cup Plain Greek Yogurt*
  • 1 tablespoon garlic powder
  • ½ teaspoon onion powder
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • 1 tablespoon lemon juice freshly squeezed
  • ½ teaspoon chives or chopped green onion

Instructions

  • Add ingredients to a bowl: Place Greek yogurt, garlic powder, onion powder, kosher salt and lemon juice in a bowl.
  • Combine: Whisk until fully combined. Taste for seasoning and add in if necessary.
  • Serve: Transfer into a bowl and garnish with chives (or scallions). Serve.

Notes

  • Yogurt: This healthy Greek yogurt ranch recipe would work with any type of plain Greek yogurt, including full-fat, low-fat, or non-fat varieties. You can also use plain yogurt, but be aware that it will have a thinner consistency. 
  • Storage: You can store leftovers of this yogurt dip in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 3-4 days. Be sure to stir it before serving. If it is too thin, you can stir in a tablespoon of Greek yogurt to thicken it.
  • Make it a salad dressing: You can turn this dip into a yogurt ranch salad dressing by adding 2 tablespoons of olive oil and 2 (additional) tablespoons of lemon juice.  If need be, you can thin it out (to make it pourable) by whisking in a few tablespoons of water. Be sure to taste it for seasoning and adjust as necessary.

Nutrition

Calories: 205kcal | Carbohydrates: 17g | Protein: 24g | Fat: 5g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 0.01g | Monounsaturated Fat: 0.01g | Cholesterol: 13mg | Sodium: 1261mg | Potassium: 124mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 10g | Vitamin A: 142IU | Vitamin C: 6mg | Calcium: 277mg | Iron: 1mg

The post Greek Yogurt Ranch Dip appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/greek-yogurt-ranch-dip/feed/ 0
15 Best Fall Salad Recipes https://foolproofliving.com/fall-salad-recipes/ https://foolproofliving.com/fall-salad-recipes/#respond Tue, 04 Oct 2022 17:08:25 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=60555 It is no secret that here in Foolproof Living HQ we love salads. We have already shared our favorite Spring Salads and Summer Salads. In today’s post, we are here with the best fall salads that we think you will like. Whether you are looking for inspiration for your upcoming Thanksgiving or Christmas menu or are in need of ideas to put the bounty of the season to good use,...

The post 15 Best Fall Salad Recipes appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>

It is no secret that here in Foolproof Living HQ we love salads. We have already shared our favorite Spring Salads and Summer Salads. In today’s post, we are here with the best fall salads that we think you will like.

Whether you are looking for inspiration for your upcoming Thanksgiving or Christmas menu or are in need of ideas to put the bounty of the season to good use, here are over 15 of our favorite autumn salads we make over and over again.

Fall Harvest Salad

Fall Harvest Salad in a bowl with two spoons on the side

This easy fall salad is one of my ultimate go-to recipes for seasonal flavor. Iconic autumn ingredients—tangy goat cheese, dried figs, toasted pecans, and homemade maple dijon vinaigrette—make for a salad everyone will love. Serve this tasty kale salad as a hearty main meal or a side green salad for Thanksgiving dinner, and you won’t believe how many compliments you get!


Wild Rice Salad

Wild Rice Salad being served by a woman from the top view.

Vegan, nutritious, and brimming with tart pomegranate arils, this colorful salad makes a great addition to any holiday table. It’s no surprise why this recipe is one of my favorite warm fall salads. Zesty orange vinaigrette perfectly balances this dish’s earthy wild rice, nutty pecans, and sweet grapes. Plus, once you check out my foolproof guide on how to cook wild rice, this delicious salad will be one of your go-to easy fall salads. Guaranteed.


Butternut Squash Salad

Butternut squash salad with arugula with utensils on the side.

Out of all my fall salads, this simple recipe is one of the most colorful. Roasted butternut squash cubes make a sweet pair with leafy arugula, and warm apple cider vinaigrette takes this fall-themed salad to the next level. This hearty salad transforms fresh greens into a festive comfort food that’s as eye-catching as it is finger-licking.


Kale Brussels Sprout Salad

Kale Brussels Sprout Salad in a bowl with spoons on the side.

If you’re looking for healthy fall salads that will tantalize your tastebuds with seasonal flavor, you’ve come to the right place. Inspired by some of the best fall salads on the internet, this autumn salad will make a delicious addition to your Thanksgiving table and your collection of healthy meals for weeknight dinners. You can even use my guide on how to massage kale to give this simple green salad tender, flavorful leaves.


Apple Salad

A bowl of Apple September salad with serving utensils on the side.

Who can say no to tart apples, fresh baby spinach, and tangy yogurt dressing? Not me! This 15-minute recipe is one of my favorite apple salads because it packs all the flavor of an apple orchard with barely any prep time. It is our favorite salad as soon as the leaves start turning their colors, which is why I also call it my go-to September Salad. Whether you put this on your Thanksgiving or Christmas dinner menu or serve it as a quick sweet-and-savory dinner side, your tastebuds will thank you.


Shredded Brussel Sprout Salad

Brussels sprouts salad in a bowl with serving utensils in the bowl.

This delectable Shaved Brussels sprouts salad is the ultimate fall salad for vegetarians. Tart apples, dried cranberries, and toasted hazelnuts are just a few of this dish’s fall-forward ingredients. This recipe also comes with a zesty autumn salad dressing that brings all its flavors to life. One bite of this autumnal salad, and you’ll want it every day of the week, from September to November.


Pear Salad

A bowl of pear salad with spoons on the side.

Ready in under thirty minutes, this delicious fall salad uses some of the best produce to turn your dinner table into a bountiful harvest. Pure maple syrup infuses roasted pears with warm sweetness, while juicy pomegranate seeds and creamy goat cheese give your leafy greens complex flavor. Top this fall salad recipe with my go-to green salad dressing, like my Lemon Vinaigrette, and you won’t be lost for fall-inspired salads ever again.


Acorn Squash Salad

Acorn squash salad in an oval plate.

If you want Thanksgiving salad recipes that will impress everyone at your dinner table, this feel-good fall salad is just what you need. Spicy pumpkin seeds and sweet cranberries pair perfectly with this autumnal dish’s roasted acorn squash slices (or roasted delicata squash!). Topped with apple cider vinegar dressing and hearty quinoa, this arugula salad recipe is easily one of my most exquisite fall side dishes.


Ottolenghi Butternut Squash Salad

Butternut squash bulgur salad from the front view.

When making fall green salad recipes for a crowd, you want a dish guaranteed to satisfy. This fall vegetable salad, right from Ottolenghi’s cookbook (affiliate link), will make a brilliant addition to any autumn spread, with bold red onion, tangy tahini dressing, and tender butternut squash. New to cooking bulgur? No problem. Learn how to cook bulgur using my foolproof guide, and this delectable family dinner will come together in a snap.


Butternut Squash Quinoa Salad

Butternut Squash Quinoa Salad being drizzled with salad dressing.

No recipe screams “holiday salads” more than this healthy dish. Make this fall harvest quinoa salad ahead of time to cut your meal prep time in half, or serve it fresh for a weeknight meal as nutritious as it is tasty. New to cooking quinoa? No problem. Follow my foolproof method for cooking quinoa and easily up the nutritional value of all your autumn salad recipes with this superfood in a matter of minutes. And if you need more inspiration, be sure to check out all of my Quinoa Salads.


Original Caesar Salad

Caesar Salad being drizzled with the caesar salad dressing.

It’s no wonder why caesar salad is among my go-to fall salad ideas. Crisp romaine lettuce, sharp Parmesan cheese, and creamy Caesar dressing combine for a classic side that pairs with dozens of main dishes. You can even top this recipe with your choice of protein—from roasted chicken breast to salmon filets—and serve it as a complete meal. Fall lettuce salads don’t get easier than this fan-favorite dish.


Goat Cheese Salad

Goat cheese salad from the top view with a cold drink on the side.

Want a thirty-minute meal that looks like it came straight from a five-star restaurant? Herb-crusted goat cheese balls, red wine vinaigrette, and simple salad greens pack the richest and best flavors into one easy dish. Like my other salads for autumn, you can start this simple fall salad ahead of time, making it a go-to for holiday meal prep. For even more earthy fall flavors, check out my delectable collection of easy goat cheese recipes.


Broccoli and Cauliflower Salad

Broccoli Cauliflower salad being mixed by a person.

If you’re on the hunt for potluck salads for fall, this recipe is just what you need. This tasty crowd-pleaser packs irresistible flavor with ingredients like nutty sunflower seeds, sweet raisins, and savory turkey bacon. Creamy, crunchy, tangy, and more, this hearty dish will be one of your new favorite fall salad ideas.


Kale and Apple Slaw

Kale and Apple Slaw in a salad bowl with utensils on the side.

Few dishes are as flavorful or as easy as this hearty autumn slaw. Tender massaged kale, Honeycrisp apples, and lightly salted sunflower seeds make this simple dish one of the best fall salad recipes for beginner chefs. Top this heartier green recipe with homemade Maple Dijon Vinaigrette, and prepare yourself for a slew of compliments. (Did I mention this recipe comes together in just 15 minutes?)


Chicken Waldorf Salad

Chicken Waldorf Salad is being served in a bowl by a person from the top view.

Whether you take this fan-favorite dish to a party potluck, a holiday dinner, or a simple weeknight meal doesn’t matter. This hearty chicken salad is bound to be a hit. Everyone will love this recipe’s succulent roast chicken, earthy walnuts, and sweet grapes. Add a bright flavor to every bite with fresh lemon juice, tangy yogurt, and peppery seasoning, and everyone will be asking for a second helping of this simple dish.


Sweet Potato Salad with Quinoa

Fall sweet potato salad is being drizzled with its dressing from the front view.

This simple recipe hits the spot for a fall sweet potato salad guaranteed to satisfy your cravings. Roasted sweet potatoes, nutty pepitas, and citrusy jalapeño lime dressing give this holiday salad a lively fall flavor. Pair this spinach salad with a creamy soup or simple protein, and you’ll have a dinner menu perfect for the fall season.


Tips for Making Ahead and Storing Autumn Salads

Now that you have a few salad recipe ideas to make this fall, here are a few tips to help you incorporate them into your weekly/holiday menu planning.

Make Ahead:

My approach to making salads ahead is to break each component into pieces. Almost every salad recipe consists of salad dressing, salad greens, and optional add-ins. The good thing is that you can prepare each component in advance and store them in airtight containers in the fridge separately. This way, you can easily assemble them quickly right before serving.

Storing Leftovers:

Most of these autumn salad recipes will still be good for the next 2 or 3 days as long as they are stored in an airtight container in the fridge. However, please be aware that salad greens will wilt and lose their volume as they sit in the fridge. We made sure to include storage tips on each of these recipes so be sure to refer to the specific recipe for more information.

If you try any of these Fall Salad Recipes, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Fall harvest salad in a bowl with two spoons on the side.
Print

15 Best Fall Salad Recipes: Fall Harvest Salad

When it comes to autumn salads, options are endless. The variety of fresh fall produce will make it hard to choose between butternut squash salad, apple salad, and Brussels sprouts salad. This fall harvest salad is yet another one of those recipes that is favorited most amongst our readers during the fall season.
Course Salad
Cuisine American
Prep Time 20 minutes
Total Time 20 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 493kcal

Ingredients

For The Salad Dressing:

  • ¼ cup extra virgin olive oil
  • 2 tablespoons balsamic vinegar
  • 1 small shallot chopped
  • 2 tablespoons maple syrup agave or honey would also work
  • 2 tablespoons lemon juice freshly squeezed
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon ground black pepper

For The Salad:

  • 1 large bunch kale washed, stemmed and shredded (6 cups)
  • 1 apple sliced thinly
  • 1 cup dried figs cut into small pieces (or any other dried fruit)
  • ½ cup pomegranate arils
  • 1 cup pecans lightly toasted
  • ½ cup goat feta or blue cheese would also work, crumbled

Instructions

  • To make the salad dressing: Place all dressing ingredients in a jar, put the lid on and give it a vigorous shake. Set it aside.
  • To make the salad: Drizzle the bottom of a large salad bowl with half of the dressing. Add in the kale and give it a toss.* Make sure that all the kale leaves are coated with the dressing. 
  • Add in the sliced apple, figs, pomegranate arils, and pecans. Drizzle it with the rest of the dressing and give it a gentle toss.
  • Top it off with the cheese and serve immediately.

Notes

  • Alternatively, you can massage the kale with clean hands to soften the leaves and make sure that the dressing is fully coated on all the leaves.
  • Storage: Leftovers can be kept in an airtight container for up to 2-3 days.

Nutrition

Calories: 493kcal | Carbohydrates: 50g | Protein: 6g | Fat: 33g | Saturated Fat: 4g | Cholesterol: 3mg | Sodium: 611mg | Potassium: 636mg | Fiber: 8g | Sugar: 36g | Vitamin A: 1522IU | Vitamin C: 26mg | Calcium: 154mg | Iron: 2mg

The post 15 Best Fall Salad Recipes appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/fall-salad-recipes/feed/ 0
Kale Brussel Sprout Salad https://foolproofliving.com/brussels-sprout-kale-salad/ https://foolproofliving.com/brussels-sprout-kale-salad/#comments Tue, 20 Sep 2022 22:23:51 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=15238 Transform raw Brussels sprouts into one of your new favorite fall salads—alongside my Kale Waldorf Salad and Apple Kale Slaw. You can serve restaurant-quality eats for any weeknight dinner, holiday meal, or quick lunch with this crowd-pleasing dish. Inspired by the classic brussel sprout and kale salad recipe featured by popular sites like Bon Appetit, Whole Foods, NY Times, and Epicurious, my recipe will delight your tastebuds whether you’re a...

The post Kale Brussel Sprout Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
Transform raw Brussels sprouts into one of your new favorite fall salads—alongside my Kale Waldorf Salad and Apple Kale Slaw.

You can serve restaurant-quality eats for any weeknight dinner, holiday meal, or quick lunch with this crowd-pleasing dish. Inspired by the classic brussel sprout and kale salad recipe featured by popular sites like Bon Appetit, Whole Foods, NY Times, and Epicurious, my recipe will delight your tastebuds whether you’re a beginner or an expert chef.

A kale Brussel sprout salad in a bowl with spoons from the top view.

Ingredients

This kale Brussel sprouts salad comes together in three sets of basic ingredients:

ingredients for a kale salad with Brussels sprouts from the top view.
  • For the salad ingredients, you’ll need one large bunch of Tuscan kale, shaved Brussels sprouts, grated Parmesan cheese, and (if desired) dried cranberries or pomegranate seeds. 
  • To make the dressing, gather olive oil, fresh lemon juice, apple cider vinegar, Dijon mustard, minced garlic, minced shallot, salt, and black pepper. 
  • For the nuts, I suggest using sliced almonds, chopped walnuts, or chopped pecans.

Substitutions & Optional Add-Ins

Take this shaved brussel sprout and kale salad to the next level with countless tasty additions. Add a pop of flavor with tangy fruit, creamy cheese, and savory meats. The options are endless!

  • Kale: Because of its mild flavor and popularity in grocery stores, lacinato kale is my go-to for this easy recipe. If you’d like to try other Types of Kale, curly kale has a sharp, peppery flavor that will work great in your kale Brussel salad.
  • Nuts: Rich in protein and packed with crunch, nuts are a must in this Brussels sprouts’ n’ kale salad. Any nut would work in this versatile recipe—even candied nuts like candied pecans! You could also swap out the nuts for seeds, like pumpkin seeds or sunflower seeds, to accommodate nut allergies.
  • Vinegar: Balsamic vinegar or white wine vinegar work as substitutes if you don’t want to use apple cider vinegar. You can also make this recipe closer to the Cracker Barrel brussel sprout and kale salad recipe by serving it with my Dijon Maple Vinaigrette.
  • Shallot: Use red onions instead of shallots if you can’t get your hands on them.
  • Cheese: If you’re tired of using Parmesan in your salad recipes, there are dozens of other cheeses to try. Pecorino Romano will give your Brussels sprouts salad a sharp, salty edge, while earthy goat cheese, crumbly blue cheese, and tangy feta cheese would also work.
  • Optional fruit: Apple, raisins, and craisins make the perfect addition to this simple kale and Brussels sprouts salad. With such vibrant color in your salad bowl, you’ll have the ultimate dish to serve alongside your holiday dinner.
  • For meat lovers: Turn your veggie-packed side into a healthy meal by adding a nutritious protein. Top your salad with Turkey Bacon for a kick of crispy bacon flavor, or add Baked Chicken Breasts for a succulent addition.

How to Make this Recipe?

Kale brussel sprout cranberry salad is among my favorite easy salad recipes to whip up on busy weeknights and special occasions alike. You can even hone your veggie prep by checking out my foolproof guide on How to Cut Kale.

A person showing how to make a kale salad with dressing from the top view.
  1. Prepare the kale: Wash and rinse the kale leaves under cold water, and dry them in a salad spinner. Then, use a sharp knife to remove the kale stems and thinly chop the remaining leaves. Once chopped, place the kale in a large bowl.
  2. Shave the Brussels sprouts: Rinse the Brussel sprouts under cold water using a colander, dry them, and remove their outermost leaves. Then, place them in a food processor fitted with the shredding blade. Switch on the machine and feed the Brussels sprouts into the tube. Once shaved, transfer the Brussels sprouts from the food processor into the salad bowl with the kale. 
  3. Mix the dressing: Whisk together the olive oil, lemon juice, apple cider vinegar, Dijon mustard, garlic, shallot, salt, and black pepper in a small bowl.
  4. Drizzle the vegetables: Gently pour the dressing over the kale and Brussel sprouts. Toss the mixture such that each leaf has an even coating of the dressing. This even layer will help soften the kale, but if you want, you can also massage kale and sprouts gently to ensure they are fully mixed with the dressing. Set the vegetables aside and let them rest.
A person showing how to assemble a kale salad with toasted almonds from the top view.
  1. Toast the almonds: Place the almonds in a small skillet over medium heat. Toast the nuts for 4-5 minutes, frequently stirring, until they turn fragrant and lightly brown. 
  2. Add the toppings: Top the shaved brussel sprout salad with Parmesan cheese, toasted almonds, and cranberries if using. Toss the mixture until evenly combined, then serve.

How to Make Ahead and Store

This Lemony brussel sprout salad is as easy to make ahead and store as it is to prepare (hello, easy kale storage!). Here’s how I do it:

  • Make ahead: To make this kale Brussels sprouts salad ahead of time, prepare each component (i.e., salad, dressing, and toppings) one day in advance. Begin by washing, chopping, and shaving the kale and Brussel sprouts, and store them in an airtight container in the fridge. Then, mix the dressing and store it in a separate airtight container, such as a mason jar, in the refrigerator. Toast the almonds and store them at room temperature. Lastly, shred the Parmesan cheese and store it in the fridge. Combine the ingredients just before serving.
  • Store: To store your salad with Brussel sprouts, place it in an airtight container in the fridge. If you have not yet added the dressing, the veggies will stay fresh for 3-4 days. However, if you have already added the dressing, your salad mixture will last up to two days. You may also extend your salad’s storage time by storing each salad component separately and dressing individual servings as needed.

What to Serve with this Salad

With so many tantalizing flavors, this Brussel sprout and kale recipe makes the ultimate side dish for dozens of tasty mains. Here are just a few delicious recipes to try with your new favorite salad:

  • Meat Dishes: My favorite way to serve this kale Brussels sprouts salad is with a savory, meaty main. Ground Turkey Meatloaf is a flavorful classic even picky eaters love, while Baked Chicken Parmesan and Chicken Fricassee will perfectly complement your light salad with rich and succulent flavor.
  • Vegetarian Dinners: Fill your plate with nutritious and eco-conscious foods by pairing your brussel sprout salad with tasty vegetarian recipes. Quinoa Chili and Mexican Quinoa will balance your kale salad with hearty spice, and Stuffed Acorn Squash is a festive, gluten-free option everyone can enjoy.
A salad with kale and Brussel sprouts in a bowl from the side view.

FAQs

Can brussel sprouts be eaten raw in a salad?

Absolutely! Just be sure to shred your raw brussel sprouts before adding them to your recipe.

Do you rinse off brussel sprouts before cooking?

Yes, I recommend rinsing your brussels sprouts under cold water before cooking with them. I also recommend removing each sprout’s dark, outermost leaves to ensure maximum freshness.

Similar Salad Recipes You Might Also Like:

If you try this Kale Brussels Sprout Salad recipe or any other salad recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

A bowl of brussels sprouts and kale salad recipe from the top view
Print

Kale Brussels Sprout Salad Recipe

This nutrient-dense Kale Brussel Sprout Salad is packed with hearty greens, toasted almonds, cheese, and sweet cranberries, all tossed in a tangy homemade Dijon dressing. Enjoy it for a light meal or serve it as a fall-inspired side dish.
Course Salad
Cuisine American
Prep Time 20 minutes
Total Time 20 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 438kcal

Ingredients

For The Salad:

  • 1 large bunches of Tuscan Kale or Curly Kale ~1 lb
  • 1 pound Brussels sprouts finely chopped – I used my food processor
  • 1 cup grated Parmesan cheese
  • ½ cup dried cranberries or pomegranate seeds optional

For The Dressing:

  • ½ cup extra virgin olive oil
  • ¼ cup lemon juice
  • 1 tablespoon apple cider vinegar
  • 1 tablespoon Dijon mustard
  • 1 clove garlic minced
  • ½ small shallot minced (about 2 tablespoons) or red onion
  • ½ teaspoon Kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon ground black pepper

For The Nuts:

  • 1 cup sliced or whole almonds or chopped walnuts or pecans

Instructions

  • Prep the kale: Wash and rinse the kale leaves under cold water. Dry in a salad spinner. Remove stems and chop thinly. Place it in a large salad bowl.
  • Shave Brussel sprouts*: Place Brussel sprouts in a food processor fitted with the shredding blade. Turn the machine on and feed brussels sprouts into the tube and let the machine do all the work for you. Transfer the now-shaved Brussels sprouts into the bowl with kale.
  • Make the dressing by whisking together olive oil, lemon juice, apple cider vinegar, Dijon mustard, garlic, shallot, and salt and pepper in a small bowl.
  • Drizzle the vegetables with the dressing and give it a toss to make sure all the leaves are evenly coated with the dressing. Set aside and let it rest.
  • Place almonds in a small empty skillet over medium heat. Toast for 4-5 minutes, keeping a very close eye on and stirring frequently, until fragrant and lightly browned. Chop them up into large bite-size pieces.
  • To assemble, sprinkle the brussel sprout and kale salad with toasted almonds, parmesan cheese, and cranberries (or pomegranate arils), if using. Toss to combine and serve.

Video

Notes

  • When it comes to shredding brussels sprouts, you have two other options:
    • Use a sharp pairing knife and slice one by one as thinly as you can. This takes around 10-15 minutes for a pound of raw brussels sprouts.
    • Use a mandolin. This method produces evenly sliced Brussels spouts and takes about 8-10 minutes to shred a pound of brussels sprouts. If you need advice on a good mandoline, I just purchased this one (affiliate link), and I love it.
  • To make ahead: To make this salad ahead of time, prepare each component (i.e., salad, dressing, and toppings) one day in advance. Assemble it right before serving.
  • To Store: Leftovers can be stored in an airtight container for up to 2 days. You may also extend your salad’s storage time by storing each salad component separately and dressing individual servings as needed.

Nutrition

Calories: 438kcal | Carbohydrates: 24g | Protein: 13g | Fat: 35g | Saturated Fat: 6g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 5g | Monounsaturated Fat: 22g | Trans Fat: 0.003g | Cholesterol: 15mg | Sodium: 535mg | Potassium: 537mg | Fiber: 7g | Sugar: 11g | Vitamin A: 901IU | Vitamin C: 70mg | Calcium: 253mg | Iron: 2mg

The post Kale Brussel Sprout Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/brussels-sprout-kale-salad/feed/ 26
Kale Waldorf Salad https://foolproofliving.com/kale-waldorf-chicken-salad-with-cashew-and-avocado-mayo/ https://foolproofliving.com/kale-waldorf-chicken-salad-with-cashew-and-avocado-mayo/#comments Thu, 15 Sep 2022 14:29:05 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=6054 This kale Waldorf salad recipe is a balanced, texturally appealing, delicious recipe that can be taken one step further with baked turkey bacon or even some chicken breasts. And once you master massaged kale, it will become your favorite salad you’ll want to make over and over again. Why Should You Try This Recipe? This kale Waldorf salad was inspired by Whole Foods and my chicken Waldorf salad recipe. I...

The post Kale Waldorf Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
This kale Waldorf salad recipe is a balanced, texturally appealing, delicious recipe that can be taken one step further with baked turkey bacon or even some chicken breasts. And once you master massaged kale, it will become your favorite salad you’ll want to make over and over again.

A kale Waldorf salad in a bowl with a wooden spoon from the top view.

Why Should You Try This Recipe?

This kale Waldorf salad was inspired by Whole Foods and my chicken Waldorf salad recipe. I know you will love it because:

  • Healthy and nutritious: Packed full of dark leafy greens, fruit, nuts, and healthy fats, it’s a hearty salad recipe to keep you full and satisfied.
  • Ready in less than 20 minutes: Most of the work is in the preparation of ingredients. Once that’s out of the way, all you have to do is massage, toss, and enjoy.
  • Super customizable: With plenty of options to swap out one ingredient for another, you can truly make this kale salad your own.

Ingredients

The ingredients for this Waldorf kale salad come in three parts – massaged kale, dressing and salad.

Ingredients for a kale salad in bowls from the top view.
  • Kale: For the massaged kale, gather together kale, olive oil, and kosher salt.
  • Salad Dressing: For the salad dressing ingredients, you will need mayonnaise, plain yogurt, Dijon mustard, apple cider vinegar, kosher salt, and black pepper.
  • Salad ingredients: Gather together an apple, red seedless grapes, celery, walnuts, and raisins.

Ingredient Substitutions and Notes

  • Kale: While there are many types of kale, I love easy-to-find curly kale or Tuscan kale. Both are easy to cut and store ahead of time to save you a step in the kitchen. If you want to use baby kale, there is no need to massage it with the oil beforehand.
  • Mayonnaise: Use an avocado oil mayo or vegan mayo.
  • Yogurt: Feel free to use regular yogurt or Greek yogurt for extra protein. Just make sure it is plain and full-fat for the richest flavor.
  • Vinegar: Apple cider vinegar or red wine vinegar both work. Lemon juice is also a great sub.
  • Apple: Any color apple you enjoy works beautifully, like Granny Smith, Gala or Pink Lady.
  • Grapes: Red, green or black seedless grapes would all be delicious.
  • Nuts: Swap out the walnuts for almonds or pecans, or use sunflower seeds or pumpkin seeds for a nut-free recipe.
  • Dried Fruit: Dried fruit like raisins, craisins, or even dried cherries add that extra pop of sweetness. A few tablespoons of raisins go a long way.

How to Make

This kale version takes the same approach as a classic Waldorf salad with a typical mayonnaise base. And it’s ready in a few easy steps. Here’s how to do it:

A person massaging kale and making a creamy dressing from the top view.
  1. Massage kale: Place prepped kale in a large bowl. Drizzle with olive oil and kosher salt. Using your fingertips, gently rub kale leaves for 2-3 minutes, turning often to make sure all kale leaves are softened and turn a deeper shade of green.
  2. Make salad dressing: In a small bowl or jar, mix together mayonnaise, plain yogurt, vinegar, salt, and pepper until it reaches a creamy consistency.
A collage of images showing how to make a kale salad from the top view.
  1. Assemble salad: Into the bowl with the massaged kale, add apple cubes, grapes, celery stalks, walnuts, and raisins. Drizzle with the salad dressing and toss. Serve immediately in your favorite serving dish.

Serving Suggestions

Massaged kale Waldorf salad is best served right away for the ultimate crunch and texture notes. I love to serve it as:

How to Store

This kale salad with apples and walnuts will keep for up to 3 days in an airtight container in the fridge. After the 3-day mark, the fruit and vegetables will become mushy.

A kale salad with nuts and fruit in a bowl with spoons from the side view.

Expert Tips

  • Prep ingredients ahead of time. The grapes, celery and walnuts can all be prepped ahead of time. Store the grapes and celery in the fridge and the walnuts on the kitchen counter.
  • Massage kale with fingertips. This breaks down kale’s tough fibers and infuses the leaves with olive oil.
  • Start with half the dressing, toss, then determine if you would like more dressing. The salad dressing will keep in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 4 days.
  • Change Up The Dressing: While I am a big fan of the classic mayo-yogurt-based dressing of Waldorf Salad, I sometimes change the dressing for a different flavor profile. Other dressings like my Creamy Avocado Dressing and Green Cashew Sauce would also complement this superfood-packed salad recipe.
  • Would you rather make this with homemade mayonnaise? If so, check out this helpful How To Make Mayo tutorial post from The Endless Meal.

FAQs

What is a Waldorf salad ingredient?

Traditional waldorf salad is made with apples, grapes, celery and walnuts, then tossed with a mayo-based dressing.

What is the meaning of Waldorf salad?

Waldorf salad started off as a simple apple-celery-mayo combination that debuted at the Waldorf Astoria Hotel in NYC, from where it got its name.

Should you blanch kale for a salad?

No, it is not necessary to blanch kale for salad. But massaging kale with your hands takes it to another level.

How long will massaged kale salad keep?

Massaged kale salad will keep for up to 3 days in a sealed container in the refrigerator.

Can you eat kale raw in a salad?

Yes, raw kale can be eaten in salad, but it is much more enjoyable to eat when first massaged with your hands.

Other Salad Recipes You’ll Enjoy:

If you try this Kale Waldorf Salad recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.


a bowl of kale apple salad from the top view.
Print

Kale Waldorf Salad Recipe

This quick and easy Kale Waldorf Salad is wholesome, colorful, crunchy, and the perfect balance of sweet and savory with the most delicious tangy dressing. Throw it together for a light lunch or top with your favorite protein source for a healthy dinner.
Course Salad
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free, Vegetarian
Prep Time 20 minutes
Total Time 20 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 453kcal

Ingredients

For Massaging Kale:

  • 1 bunch lacinato kale washed, rinsed, and cut or curly kale
  • 2 teaspoons olive oil
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt

For The Salad Dressing:

  • cup mayonnaise or vegan mayo
  • ½ cup plain yogurt
  • 1 teaspoon Dijon mustard
  • 1 tablespoon apple cider vinegar or red wine vinegar
  • 1/2 teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper

For The Salad:

  • 1 apple cut into small cubes (I kept the skin on)
  • 1 cup seedless red grapes halved
  • 1/2 cup celery stalks, cut into small pieces 2 medium-size
  • 1 cup walnuts lightly roasted
  • ½ cup dried raisins or cranberries

Instructions

  • Place rinsed and cut kale in a large bowl. Drizzle with olive oil and kosher salt. Using clean hands, gently rub kale leaves for 2-3 minutes, turning often to make sure all kale leaves are softened.
  • Make the salad dressing by mixing together mayonnaise, plain yogurt, vinegar, salt and pepper in a small bowl or jar.
  • To assemble the salad: Add apple cubes, grapes, celery stalks, walnuts, and raisins into the bowl with massaged kale. Drizzle it with the salad dressing.
  • Give it a toss to make sure everything is combined. Serve immediately.

Notes

  • Leftovers can be kept for up to 3 days in an airtight container in the fridge. After the 3-day mark, the fruit and vegetables will become mushy.

Nutrition

Calories: 453kcal | Carbohydrates: 34g | Protein: 6g | Fat: 35g | Saturated Fat: 4g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 14g | Monounsaturated Fat: 4g | Cholesterol: 4mg | Sodium: 736mg | Potassium: 394mg | Fiber: 5g | Sugar: 24g | Vitamin A: 1567IU | Vitamin C: 18mg | Calcium: 117mg | Iron: 1mg

The post Kale Waldorf Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/kale-waldorf-chicken-salad-with-cashew-and-avocado-mayo/feed/ 10
How To Massage Kale https://foolproofliving.com/how-to-massage-kale/ https://foolproofliving.com/how-to-massage-kale/#respond Wed, 24 Aug 2022 22:01:03 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=58823 Why Massage Kale Wondering what does massaging kale do? Well, you are not alone. This 5-minute process is effortless and does wonders for this otherwise humble vegetable. Massaging kale for salad makes the vegetable more palatable by releasing its bitter compounds and—as a result—making the kale less bitter.  This simple process breaks down the vegetable’s fibrous texture, making it more tender, easier to chew, and more digestible. Ingredients To prepare...

The post How To Massage Kale appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
Why Massage Kale

Wondering what does massaging kale do? Well, you are not alone. This 5-minute process is effortless and does wonders for this otherwise humble vegetable.

  • Massaging kale for salad makes the vegetable more palatable by releasing its bitter compounds and—as a result—making the kale less bitter. 
  • This simple process breaks down the vegetable’s fibrous texture, making it more tender, easier to chew, and more digestible.
A person massaging kale with oil in a bowl from the top view.

Ingredients

To prepare raw kale for massaging, you’ll need three simple ingredients: extra virgin olive oil, kale, and if desired, kosher salt (or sea salt). It is optional, but if you want, you can add in a squeeze of lemon juice as well.

Ingredients for massaging kale in bowls from the top view.

In terms of oil, I used olive oil to soften my kale, but this simple recipe would work with avocado or coconut oil as well. 

Best Kale Type for Massaging:

Out of all of the different types of kale, I find that the best kale for massaging to use in a salad recipe is curly kale. Not only because it is easier to find at grocery stores, but it also has more body than the other common kale types.

With that being said, Tuscan kale, also known as lacinato kale and dinosaur kale —has a gentler flavor and will also work for this recipe. The only other type of kale I do not recommend using is baby kale because it already has tender leaves, and as a result, it will not withstand the massaging process.

How to Prepare Raw Kale for Salad

Learn how to make kale soft and tender and prepare it as a base for the most delicious massaged kale salads in five easy steps:

A person showing how to prepare and massage kale from the top view.
  1. Wash the kale: Rinse the kale under cold running water to remove dirt and debris. Then, place the wet kale leaves on a clean kitchen towel, and use another towel (or paper towels) to dry them as much as possible. Alternatively, if you have one, you can use a salad spinner (affiliate link) to dry the kale.
  2. Chop the kale: You can use your hands or a sharp knife to cut kale. You can remove the leaves from their stems by running the stems through your closed fist. Or, you can slice the kale leaves away from their stems on a cutting board. Here is a beginner-friendly guide to cutting kale for using it in recipes.
  3. Add a drizzle of olive oil: Add the chopped kale to a large mixing bowl, and drizzle the leaves with olive oil. You may also add a little salt to your salad greens for added flavor.
  4. Massage the kale: Use your clean hands to massage the kale with olive oil for 2-3 minutes. Turn the small pieces frequently to make sure they soften evenly.
  5. Add to your favorite dishes: Once tenderized, your kale is ready to eat! Add your massaged raw kale to a salad or one of your other favorite recipes.

How to Soften Kale Without Oil

Did you know you can soften kale following this simple method and not use a drop of oil? Well, depending on the flavor profile of your salad recipe, you have two tasty options:

  • Use an alternative fat: If you don’t want to use olive oil, avocado works as a natural and mild substitute—an alternative I use in my Avocado Massaged Kale Salad. You may also want to try other earthy options, such as nut or seed butter, unsweetened tahini, or unsweetened peanut butter.
  • Add an acidic ingredient: Acid-based ingredients are fantastic substitutes when you want to prepare kale raw. Simply massage a tablespoon of vinegar (I suggest apple cider vinegar), fresh lemon juice, or citrus juice into your chopped kale.

How to Use Kale in Salad

It is no secret that massaged kale is the perfect base for a green superfood-packed salad. Here are a few simple kale salad recipes to try:

A collage of 4 salads with kale from the top view.
  • Brussels Sprout Kale Salad: Made with maple-roasted pecans, pomegranate arils, and a white wine vinaigrette, this easy kale salad makes a colorful and tasty addition to any dinner/holiday table. 
  • Kale Quinoa Salad: Two superfoods, quinoa and kale, in one big large salad bowl! Bright lemon, creamy avocado, and crunchy chickpeas make this easy recipe a meal-worthy weeknight meal.
  • Kale Apple Slaw: Get the most out of your farmer’s markets with this simple recipe. It only takes 15 minutes to put together the sweet, tangy, and bold flavors of this veggie side dish.
  • Zucchini Kale Recipe: Low-calorie, gluten-free, and delicious? This bright summer salad recipe has it all, complete with sweet zucchini noodles, walnuts, and vegan mayo dressing.
  • Harvest Kale Salad: Nobody can resist the full-bodied flavor of this fall massaged kale salad. Sweet dried figs, tart apples, and earthy goat cheese combine for a kale salad recipe that’s to die for.

How to Store

Got leftovers or massaging kale as a part of your meal prep? Simply place freshly massaged kale in an airtight container in the fridge. It will stay fresh for 3-4 days.

And if you are new to storing kale, be sure to check out my guide on how to store fresh kale

Expert Tips

Now that you know how to make kale tender for a salad, here are a few things to keep in mind:

  • Don’t over-massage: Avoid over-massaging the raw leaves. All you need is 2-3 minutes of massaging to reach desired softness. Any longer and your tender leaves might become mushy.
  • Make sure the kale is fully dry: Do your best to ensure that your kale is dried thoroughly before beginning the massaging process. Dry kale will absorb more olive oil since water resists mixing with fats and oils.
  • Be aware that the raw kale loses its volume as you massage it: Keep in mind that as you massage kale leaves, they will become softer and get smaller in size. When I am massaging kale for salads as a side dish, I use one bunch for 4 servings. If I am serving it as a meal by itself, then I would use 2 bunches of kale for 4 servings.
  • Make it part of meal prep: I love nothing better than adding a little bit of kale to my favorite recipes. That’s why I always prepare massaged kale in bulk and use it throughout the week. Whether I add kale to my favorite salad recipes, use it as kale garnish (like I did in this Sunchoke Soup recipe), or even mix it into a soup at the last minute, this simple process makes healthy eating a breeze.
  • Save the kale stems for vegetable or chicken stock: Looking for an easy way to eliminate waste and add delicious flavor to your next chicken or vegetable stock? Try adding your unused kale stems to the recipe!

FAQs

What is massaged kale?

Massaged kale is kale that has been tenderized or softened through exposure to fat- or acid-based ingredients. Olive oil and vinegar are two examples of ingredients that help break down kale’s tough fibers and give it a softer texture.

How long does massaged kale last?

Massaged kale will last 3-4 days when stored in a sealed container in the fridge.

Should you massage kale before cooking?

Nope! Massaging kale and cooking kale have the same effect: breaking down the vegetable’s fibrous texture and tenderizing its leaves. Therefore, you only need to choose one process or the other before consuming this cruciferous vegetable.

Do I need to cook kale for a salad?

Though cooking kale for salad is an option, you don’t need to cook it to use it in a recipe. Still, if you find the taste of kale bitter, simply give it a quick 2-3 minute massage to make it more soft, tender, and palatable to eat.

Does massaging kale make it less bitter?

Yes! Massaging kale is a fantastic way to make kale less bitter. The massaging process helps kale release its bitter compounds, eliminating some of this vegetable’s bitter flavor.

Do I need to rinse kale after massaging?

No, there’s no need to rinse your massaged kale before adding it to your favorite recipes. Simply add the tenderized leaves to a salad bowl and top them with your favorite dressing once you’ve finished massaging them.

Other Helpful Kale Related Articles:

If you find this guide on How To Massage Kale or any one of our other How-To Guides on Foolproof Living helpful, please take a minute to leave a rating and a review. Doing so helps others who are planning to follow the processes outlined in this post. 

A person massaging kale in a bowl from the top view.
Print

How to Massage Kale

Learn How to Massage Kale to prepare it for use in all your favorite salads! This step-by-step guide teaches you how to tenderize this leafy green with just 2 simple ingredients to make it more palatable, tender, and easily digestible.
Course How To
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 5 minutes
Total Time 5 minutes
Servings 1 bunch
Calories 126kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 bunch curly kale
  • 3 teaspoons olive oil
  • kosher salt optional

Instructions

  • Wash and dry the kale: Rinse kale under cold running water until no dirt or debris is left. Place kale leaves on a clean kitchen towel. Using another towel (or paper towels), dry kale leaves as much as you can.*
  • Chop the kale: Remove leaves from kale stems either with your hands or using a knife. Chop kale leaves into small bite size pieces. Save the kale stems for your next chicken or vegetable stock, or discard them.
  • Add oil and salt: Transfer chopped kale into a large salad bowl. Drizzle with olive oil and sprinkle with salt if using.
  • Massage the kale: Using clean hands, massage (gently rub) kale leaves for 2-3 minutes turning often to make sure all kale leaves are softened.
  • Serve: Use in your favorite kale salads* or other recipes.

Notes

  • *Alternatively, you can use a salad spinner to dry the kale leaves.
  • *Want to massage kale without using any oil? Here are two other options to help you soften/tenderize kale for salads:
    • Use an alternative fat: Try adding other “healthy fats” such as a ripe avocado, nut or seed butter, unsweetened tahini, or unsweetened peanut butter. I would usually use one small ripe avocado and 2 tablespoons of nut/butter per kale bunch.
    • Add an acidic ingredient: Acid-based ingredients are fantastic substitutes when you want to prepare kale raw. Simply massage a tablespoon of vinegar (I suggest apple cider vinegar), fresh lemon juice, or citrus juice into your chopped kale.
  • Storage: If you have leftovers or are massaging kale as a part of your meal prep, simply place it in an airtight container in the fridge. It will stay fresh for 3-4 days.
  • Be aware that the raw kale leaves lose their volume as you massage them: Keep in mind that as you massage the kale leaves, they will become softer and lose their volume. When I am massaging kale for salads as a side dish, I use one bunch for 4 servings. If I am serving it as a meal by itself, then I would use 2 bunches of kale for 4 servings.
 

Nutrition

Calories: 126kcal | Carbohydrates: 3g | Protein: 2g | Fat: 13g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 9g | Sodium: 30mg | Potassium: 198mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 0.5g | Vitamin A: 5694IU | Vitamin C: 53mg | Calcium: 145mg | Iron: 1mg

The post How To Massage Kale appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/how-to-massage-kale/feed/ 0
Jennifer Aniston Salad https://foolproofliving.com/jennifer-aniston-salad/ https://foolproofliving.com/jennifer-aniston-salad/#comments Fri, 19 Aug 2022 14:40:08 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=58624 The buzz about the viral recipe eventually caught the attention of Aniston, who spoke out in a recent interview, saying she actually never ate the famous salad on set! The mix-up arose when Aniston shared the salad recipe during an Instagram takeover for the Living Proof brand.  So while she did eat the “Jennifer Aniston Salad,” it wasn’t the same one she had on set. According to a Los Angeles...

The post Jennifer Aniston Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
The buzz about the viral recipe eventually caught the attention of Aniston, who spoke out in a recent interview, saying she actually never ate the famous salad on set! The mix-up arose when Aniston shared the salad recipe during an Instagram takeover for the Living Proof brand. 

A salad with bulgur, veggies, herbs, cheese, and pistachios in a bowl from the top view.

So while she did eat the “Jennifer Aniston Salad,” it wasn’t the same one she had on set. According to a Los Angeles Times article, Aniston’s fellow co-stars (Lisa Kudrow and Courtney Cox) said the real salad recipe Jennifer Aniston ate on Friends was a “doctored up” Cobb salad, to which she added chickpeas and turkey bacon.

Regardless of the mix-up, the salad that we initially thought to be “The Jennifer Salad” is still delicious, viral-worthy, and incredibly satisfying. We love cooking with bulgur wheat here on the blog, so we just had to share the recipe! 

Why is This Recipe Worth the Hype?

It’s no wonder this legendary salad went viral on social media. It’s fresh, healthy, colorful, and filling- everything you could ever ask for in a salad! Here are some other reasons to give this internet-famous recipe a try:

  • Quick, easy to make, delicious, and filling: In our opinion, a good salad is just as filling as it is nutritious! Thanks to bulgur as a base, this salad will keep you satisfied for hours. It’s also super quick to throw together and, most importantly, incredibly delicious! 
  • Easy to customize (make it your own): While we love Jennifer Aniston’s original combo, feel free to customize this salad and swap out ingredients to make it your own! Play with various veggies, nuts, and herbs to see what combo suits your taste buds. 
  • Perfect for meal prep: This wholesome Jen salad recipe is the perfect salad for meal prep. It keeps in the fridge for up to 5 days, so you can make a big batch on the weekends and enjoy it for lunch all week!

Ingredients

This easy salad recipe has three sets of ingredients: hearty bulgur wheat for the base of the salad, a combination of fresh, colorful veggies and herbs, and a simple lemon juice and olive oil dressing. Here’s what you’ll need: 

Ingredients for bulgur salad in bowls from the top view.
  • Bulgur wheat: Any type of bulgur that you have on hand will work, but I personally like to use medium coarse bulgur. You can pick up Bob’s Red Mill (affiliate link) bulgur from the grocery store or get this brand (affiliate link) online. If you want to learn more about bulgur, check out my Types of Bulgur guide. I also have a How to Cook Bulgur guide that outlines the best way of cooking bulgur for foolproof results. 
  • Salad dressing: For the salad dressing, gather fresh lemon juice, extra virgin olive oil, kosher salt, and ground black pepper. 
  • Salad ingredients: For the salad, you’ll need an English cucumber, a can of chickpeas, red onion, fresh mint, fresh parsley, pistachios, and crumbled feta cheese.

Substitutions & Variations 

  • Use quinoa instead of bulgur: If you don’t have bulgur on hand or can’t find any at your local grocery store, you can use an equal amount of cooked quinoa (for gluten free option), cooked farro, or another bulgur substitute instead! Either will provide a filling, hearty base for your salad. 
  • Fresh herbs: If mint or flat-leaf parsley don’t suit your taste buds, fresh dill or basil could take their place! 
  • Cucumber: The cucumber in this celebrity salad adds extra color and a nice crunch. You can either use one large English cucumber, Persian cucumbers, or mini cucumbers. 
  • Cheese: Feel free to swap the feta cheese in this recipe for your favorite cheese or whatever you have in the fridge. Mozzarella or shredded cheddar are great options! Keep in mind that feta adds a nice salty flavor to the salad, so you may need to add more salt if using a different type of cheese.
  • Red onion: Are red onions just a bit too sharp for you? Try subbing them for scallions (green onions), or try my Mexican Pickled Onions recipe! 
  • Make it vegan: To make Jennifer Aniston’s salad vegan, simply omit the cheese! 
  • Add an avocado: To add some extra healthy fats to this viral salad and make it even more filling, try adding an avocado.
  • Extra protein: Turn this Jennifer Aniston bulgur salad into an easy, protein-packed weeknight dinner to add to your list of main courses by topping it with my Bone-In Chicken Breast, Baked Turkey Bacon, or these Air Fry Chicken Legs

How to Make This Recipe

The Jennifer salad recipe just requires a little bit of chopping, which you can do while the bulgur cooks. All it needs is a gentle toss and a drizzle of dressing, and you’re done! Here are the details:

A person showing how to cook bulgur from the top view for the Jennifer salad.
  1. Cook the bulgur: Add the bulgur and 2 cups of water (or chicken/veggie broth) to a small saucepan over medium heat. Bring to a boil, cover, and simmer over low heat until all the liquid is absorbed. Let it rest while you prepare the rest of the salad. If you are new to cooking bulgur, be sure to check out our guide on How To Cook Bulgur Wheat.
  2. Make the dressing: Add the lemon juice, olive oil, salt, and pepper to a small bowl or measuring cup. Whisk until combined. 
A person showing how to assemble a bulgur salad with veggies, herbs, cheese, and pistachios.
  1. Assemble the salad: Place the cooked bulgur (make sure to fluff with a fork before adding), cucumber, chickpeas, red onion, fresh herbs, pistachios, and feta cheese in a large mixing bowl. Drizzle with the dressing, gently toss and taste for seasoning. Add more salt or pepper if desired. 

How to Store

This salad stays fresh in the fridge in an airtight container for up to 5 days, making it perfect for meal prep. The grains and veggies soak up the dressing and herby flavors while it sits, so it gets better and better each day!

A salad with bulgur with spoons in the bowl from the side view.

FAQs

What’s in the Jennifer Aniston salad?

This viral Jen Aniston salad, also known as the Rachel Salad, is made up of bulgur wheat, cucumber, chickpeas, red onion, fresh mint and parsley, pistachios, and feta cheese. The simple salad dressing recipe combines lemon juice, olive oil, salt, and pepper.

Is Jennifer Aniston salad healthy?

Yes, Jennifer Aniston’s favorite salad is very healthy! Bulgur wheat, which makes up the base of the salad, has many health benefits, as it’s a great source of plant-based protein, fiber, magnesium, and iron. No wonder everyone wants to partake in the Friends diet!

How many calories is the Jennifer Aniston salad?

One serving of the Jen salad recipe contains about 402 calories. You can learn more about the nutrition facts of this salad in the recipe card below.

What did Jennifer Aniston eat every day on the set of Friends?

While many believe that Aniston ate the viral “Jennifer Aniston Friends Salad” every single day while working on the set of the show Friends, she actually ate a spruced-up Cobb salad. This Jennifer Aniston Cobb salad recipe included many of the usual Cobb salad ingredients plus her special additions of garbanzo beans and turkey bacon.

Other Grain-Based Salad Recipes You Might Like

If you’re looking for more fresh, colorful, flavorful, and filling salads like this viral Bulgur Salad recipe, you’re in for a treat! Browse my other delicious salad recipes using the links below:

If you try this popular salad recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Jennifer Aniston Salad recipe in a bowl with spoons from the top view.
Print

Jennifer Aniston Salad Recipe

The Jennifer Aniston Salad is definitely worth the hype! This recipe is so filling, fresh, and delicious, thanks to hearty bulgur (or quinoa), fresh veggies, fragrant herbs, creamy feta cheese, and salty pistachios. Whip up this wholesome salad for a quick weeknight dinner, or meal prep it for flavorful lunches all week!
Course Salad
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 15 minutes
Total Time 30 minutes
Servings 4
Calories 402kcal

Ingredients

For the Bulgur Wheat:

  • 1 cup bulgur wheat* or quinoa
  • 2 cups water or vegetable or chicken stock*

For the Salad Dressing:

  • ¼ cup freshly squeezed lemon juice
  • ¼ cup extra virgin olive oil
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt* more to taste
  • ¼ teaspoon ground black pepper

For the Salad:

  • 1 English cucumber chopped (about 1 cup)
  • 1 15 oz. can chickpeas, drained and rinsed
  • cup red onion chopped
  • ½ cup fresh mint chopped
  • ½ cup fresh parsley chopped
  • ½ cup pistachios shelled and roughly chopped
  • ½ cup crumbled feta

Instructions

  • To cook bulgur wheat, place bulgur and 2 cups of water (or chicken or veggie broth) in a small saucepan (with a lid) over medium heat. Bring to a boil, put the lid on, turn down the heat to low and cook until all the cooking liquid is absorbed. Let it rest while you are working on the rest of the ingredients. Right before adding it to the salad, fluff it with a fork.
  • To make the salad dressing: In a measuring cup (or a small bowl), whisk together lemon juice, olive oil, and salt and pepper.
  • To assemble the salad: In a large salad bowl, place the now-cooked bulgur, cucumber, chickpeas, red onion, fresh herbs, pistachios, and feta cheese. Drizzle with the salad dressing. Give it a gentle toss, taste for seasoning, and add more if necessary before serving.

Video

Notes

  • Bulgur or Quinoa: I used medium coarse bulgur, but Bob’s Red Mill’s Red Bulgur or quinoa can also be used in this recipe. If you need a refresher, be sure to check out my guide on How To Cook Quinoa.
  • Salt & Feta cheese: As it is with any salad that uses feta cheese, I recommend tasting the feta cheese before adding a lot of salt to this salad.  
  • Swap water with chicken stock or vegetable broth: One of the easiest ways to make this easy salad even more flavorful is to cook the grain of your choice (whether it is bulgur, quinoa or farro) in vegetable or chicken stock.
  • Storage: Store in the fridge in an airtight container for up to 5 days. 
  • Serving size: This recipe is approximately 1 1/2 (one and a half) cups per serving.

Nutrition

Calories: 402kcal | Carbohydrates: 38g | Protein: 11g | Fat: 25g | Saturated Fat: 5g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 4g | Monounsaturated Fat: 14g | Cholesterol: 17mg | Sodium: 525mg | Potassium: 534mg | Fiber: 9g | Sugar: 4g | Vitamin A: 1098IU | Vitamin C: 22mg | Calcium: 165mg | Iron: 3mg

The post Jennifer Aniston Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/jennifer-aniston-salad/feed/ 11
Potato Salad with Capers https://foolproofliving.com/the-ultimate-potato-salad/ https://foolproofliving.com/the-ultimate-potato-salad/#comments Tue, 16 Aug 2022 20:18:49 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=3278 Inspired by my deviled egg potato salad and red potato salad, this potato salad recipe with capers is just as tangy and comforting. It comes together in a flash and can be served in a number of ways. And if you happen to have extra potatoes on hand, give these muffin tin potatoes or this mashed potato casserole a try. Why Should You Try This Recipe? Nothing says potato salad...

The post Potato Salad with Capers appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
Inspired by my deviled egg potato salad and red potato salad, this potato salad recipe with capers is just as tangy and comforting. It comes together in a flash and can be served in a number of ways.

And if you happen to have extra potatoes on hand, give these muffin tin potatoes or this mashed potato casserole a try.

potato salad recipe with capers on a plate from the top view

Why Should You Try This Recipe?

Nothing says potato salad more to me than a drool-worthy dressing to toss it in. I know you will love it because:

  • Update on classic potato salad. This one comes with a world of fixings, including capers, pickles, onions, and hard-boiled eggs.
  • Serving is versatile. You can serve this summer potato salad recipe warm, room temperature or cold. The choice is yours!
  • Super customizable. With plenty of ingredient swaps and substitutions, you can really make this potato salad your own.

Ingredients

This easy potato salad recipe is broken down into three parts – potatoes, dressing and the salad ingredients.

  • Potatoes: You will need Yukon Gold potatoes, kosher salt, and water.
ingredients for salad dressing for potatoes salad from the top view
  • Salad Dressing: Gather mayonnaise (or veganaise), whole grain Dijon mustard, lemon juice, garlic, salt, and black pepper.
ingredients for lemon potato salad in bowls from the top view
  • Other potato salad ingredients: Prepare dill pickles, red onion, scallions, capers, hard-boiled eggs, and fresh parsley.

Ingredient Substitutions and Notes

  • Potatoes: Yellow potatoes, such as Yukon gold, give an extra buttery consistency. But waxy potatoes, such as red potatoes, fingerlings, baby potatoes, or new potatoes, will all work. Just note cooking times will vary.
  • Acid: Replace the lemon juice with white wine vinegar or red wine vinegar instead.
  • Pickles: Feel free to use dill pickles, sweet pickles, bread and butter pickles, garlic pickles or extra briny cornichons.
  • Olives: Up the salty bite a bit more with the addition of sliced green olives or black olives.
  • Onions: I love the mix of sweet red onion and scallions, but chives and spring onions are a great combo too.
  • Vegan: Use veganaise and omit the hard-boiled eggs.
  • Fresh Herbs: Toss in a handful of fresh dill or replace the parsley altogether.

How to Make

This homemade potato salad recipe is so easy to make and takes under 30 minutes to put together. Here’s how to do it:

person showing how to boil potatoes and make dressing for warm potato salad from the top view
  1. Boil Potatoes: In a large pot, cover potatoes with cold water by one inch and liberally salt the water. Set the pot over medium-high heat. Bring the potatoes to a boil, then turn down the heat to medium. Cook until the potatoes are slightly tender when pierced with a sharp knife, 15-20 minutes. Drain the potatoes in a colander. Leave aside to cool slightly.
  2. Make the dressing: In a small bowl, whisk together mayo, mustard, lemon juice, garlic, salt, and black pepper until combined.
showing how to assemble potato salad with lemon from the top view
  1. Make the salad: Once the potatoes are cool enough to handle, cut them into small cubes or thin rounds. Place potatoes in a large bowl, then stir in the pickles, red onion, scallions, capers, eggs, and chopped parsley. Pour the dressing over the mixture and give it a gentle toss. Serve right away or store in the fridge for later.

What to Serve it With?

This homemade potato salad is a crowd pleaser and the ultimate summer side dish that goes with just about anything. Some of my favorite pairings include:

How to Store

This creamy potato salad will last for days in the fridge. Here’s how to do it:

  • To Store Leftovers: Transfer to an airtight container and store in the fridge for up to 5 days.
  • Make Ahead: If looking to get ahead for a party or BBQ, potato salad will keep well in the fridge, tightly wrapped in plastic wrap, in your serving bowl of choice for 2-3 days. Please note that the potatoes will absorb the dressing over time. If you prefer a looser potato salad come serving time, make an extra batch of dressing.
a bowl of salad from the top with a spoon on the side

Expert Tips

  • Cooking time will vary based on the size of the potatoes. Start checking at the 15-minute mark after boiling.
  • Make the dressing and prep the rest of the ingredients while the potatoes boil. This cuts down on prep time.
  • Thoroughly drain the potatoes in a colander. This further allows excess water to drain and evaporate.
  • Toss the potatoes with the dressing while they are still warm. This ensures that the dressing is thoroughly absorbed by the potatoes, making them extra delicious and creamy.
  • New to cooking hard-boiled eggs? My friend Beth’s article on How to Make Hard Boiled Eggs is my go-to guide for perfectly hard-boiled eggs every time.

FAQs

What type of potato is best for potato salad?

Avoid starchy potatoes, like russet potatoes, and stick to buttery, thin-skinned potatoes such as Yukon Gold or Red Potatoes.

How long will potato salad last?

Potato salad will last in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 5 days.

Is it better to boil or steam potatoes for potato salad?

I find it much easier to boil potatoes for potato salad. Steaming potatoes requires much more attention since the water evaporates from the pan during cooking.

Should you let potatoes cool before making potato salad?

Potatoes should be cool yet slightly warm to the touch when tossed with the dressing. This way, the potatoes absorb more of all those delicious flavors.

Why does my potato salad get watery?

When you boil potatoes, they absorb much of the boiling water. It’s important to leave them to cool slightly and dry out to allow the excess water to evaporate.

Do you salt the water when boiling potatoes for potato salad?

Yes, a healthy pinch of salt is key. The general rule of thumb I follow is 1 Tablespoon Kosher salt for every 1 quart of water.

Is it better to peel potatoes before boiling for potato salad?

I prefer to leave the skins on entirely, for both texture and color. That being said, if you prefer to peel them, boil the whole, unpeeled potatoes first, then peel them.

Can you freeze potato salad?

I do not recommend freezing potato salad. The texture of both the potatoes and dressing will change once thawed from frozen.

Other BBQ Salad Recipes You Might Also Like:

If you try this Potato Salad with Capers recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

This recipe was originally published in 2014 and was called The Ultimate Potato Salad. In August 2022, it has been updated with new photos and helpful information with no changes made to the originally published recipe.

potato salad with capers and parsley in a bowl from the top view
Print

Potato Salad with Capers Recipe

This Potato Salad with Capers recipe is what I'd like to call "The Ultimate Potato Salad recipe". Creamy potatoes mixed in with capers, cornichons, onions, and eggs, it offers the perfect balance of creamy, salty, and earthy flavors.
Course Salad
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free, Vegetarian
Prep Time 20 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Total Time 40 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 340kcal

Ingredients

For the potatoes:

  • 2 pounds Yukon Gold potatoes washed thoroughly and unpeeled
  • Kosher Salt

For the dressing:

  • 3/4 cup mayonnaise or veganese
  • 3 tablespoons whole grain mustard
  • 1 tablespoon lemon juice
  • 2 cloves garlic finely minced or pressed through a garlic press
  • 1/2 teaspoon salt
  • 1/2 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper

For the salad:

  • 1/4 cup dill pickles chopped
  • 1 red onion (a small one – approximately 1/2 cup chopped onions)
  • 5 stalks scallions both green and white parts, chopped
  • 1/2 cup capers drained
  • 2 hard-boiled eggs chopped
  • 1/4 cup Italian parsley chopped

Instructions

  • Boil Potatoes: In a large pot, cover potatoes with cold water by one inch and liberally salt the water. Bring the potatoes to a boil over medium-high heat, then turn down the heat to medium and continue to cook until potatoes are barely tender when pierced with a knife, 15-20 minutes. Drain the potatoes in a colander and set them aside to cool.
  • Make the dressing: In a small mixing bowl, whisk together the mayonnaise, mustard, lemon juice, garlic, salt and black pepper.
  • Make the salad: Cut the now-cooled potatoes into small cubes. Place them in a large mixing bowl. Add the pickles, red onion, scallions, capers, eggs, and chopped parsley. Pour the dressing over the mixture and give it a gentle stir. Taste for seasoning and adjust if necessary. Serve warm, room temperature, or cold.

Video

Notes

  • To Store Leftovers place them to an airtight container and store in the fridge for up to 5 days.
  • Make Ahead: If you are looking to get ahead for a party, this salad will keep well in the fridge, tightly wrapped in plastic wrap for 2-3 days. Please note that the potatoes will absorb the dressing over time. If you prefer a looser potato salad come serving time, make an extra batch of dressing.
  • Freezing: I do not recommend freezing this potato salad recipe.

Nutrition

Calories: 340kcal | Carbohydrates: 33g | Protein: 6g | Fat: 20g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Cholesterol: 55mg | Sodium: 1122mg | Potassium: 735mg | Fiber: 5g | Sugar: 3g | Vitamin A: 421IU | Vitamin C: 38mg | Calcium: 56mg | Iron: 2mg

The post Potato Salad with Capers appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/the-ultimate-potato-salad/feed/ 39
Thai Steak and Noodle Salad https://foolproofliving.com/thai-grilled-beef-and-herb-salad/ https://foolproofliving.com/thai-grilled-beef-and-herb-salad/#comments Mon, 15 Aug 2022 16:29:11 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=10156 I absolutely adore all of my Asian recipes. Some of the most noteworthy include Thai Butternut Squash Soup, Asian Quinoa Salad, and Thai Beef Curry in Slow Cooker. But I must admit, this easy Thai beef noodle salad tops all of my summer salads. Why Should You Try This Recipe? I can assure you that you are going to fall in love with this Thai beef salad with noodles upon...

The post Thai Steak and Noodle Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
I absolutely adore all of my Asian recipes. Some of the most noteworthy include Thai Butternut Squash Soup, Asian Quinoa Salad, and Thai Beef Curry in Slow Cooker. But I must admit, this easy Thai beef noodle salad tops all of my summer salads.

a close-up of Thai beef noodle salad from the top view

Why Should You Try This Recipe?

I can assure you that you are going to fall in love with this Thai beef salad with noodles upon the first bite. I know you’ll love it because:

  • Crunch, crunch and more crunch. The more texture there is in my salad, the more crave-able they become. This has all the crunch, along with some creamy, too.
  • Balanced and flavorful. It has a little bit of everything – sweet, savory, salty, spicy, sour, and that special umami essence you just can’t put your finger on. And the beef is phenomenal here. It is first soaked in a flavor-packed marinade, then quickly cooked on the grill or stovetop. You will be making this beef noodle salad all summer long!
  • Easy to make ahead. The steak, dressing, and noodles can all be made ahead. This means all that’s left to do is some chopping and tossing come serving time.

Ingredients

The ingredients for this Asian steak noodle salad are broken down into a few parts – steak marinade, salad dressing, noodles, and salad.

ingredients for Asian steak noodle salad from the top view

For the steak marinade, you will need fresh ginger, garlic clove, soy sauce, coconut sugar, fresh lime juice, fish sauce, black pepper, olive oil, toasted sesame oil, NY strip steak, and Kosher salt.

ingredients for the dressing for beef Thai salad from the top view

For the Thai dressing, gather together fresh lime juice, hot chili paste, avocado oil, fish sauce, raw sugar, and honey.

ingredients for steak Thai salad in bowls from the top view

For the noodles and salad, you will need ramen noodles, toasted sesame oil, large mango, arugula, carrots, scallions, savoy cabbage, tomatoes, avocado, cilantro, basil leaves, mint leaves, salted peanuts, and lime wedges.

Substitutions and Helpful Ingredient Notes

  • Soy Free: Replace the soy sauce with an equal amount of coconut aminos or tamari.
  • Sugar: Replace the coconut sugar with light brown sugar for the marinade and use regular granulated sugar in place of the cane sugar for the dressing.
  • Steak: Use your favorite cut of steak, such as NY strip steak, sirloin steaks, Filet Mignon, flank steak, or skirt steak. Note cooking times will vary.
  • Hot Chili Paste: My favorite chile paste is Sambal Oelek, easily found in the global/international food section.
  • Noodles: Replace the ramen with thin rice noodles, like vermicelli or lo mein noodles.
  • Fruit: If mango is unavailable, swap it out for pineapple or mandarin oranges.
  • Greens: Go the Houston’s route and swap out the arugula for watercress instead.
  • Cabbage: If you can’t find savoy cabbage (a bit milder and sweeter), regular green cabbage can be substituted.
  • Tomatoes: Replace the tomato with 1 cup cherry tomatoes.
  • Peanut Free: If you or your friends have a slight aversion to peanuts, crunchy and salted almonds are the next best thing. Sesame seeds are a great sub, as well.

How to Make

Houston’s Thai steak noodle salad recipe takes some prep work and an overnight marinade, but your patience will be rewarded. Here’s how I like to do it:

person showing how to marinate steak for Thai beef salad noodles
  1. Prepare marinade: In a small bowl, whisk together the ginger, garlic, soy sauce, sugar, lime juice, fish sauce, black pepper, olive oil, and toasted sesame oil. Pour into an airtight container with a lid or a large resealable plastic bag. Place the steak in the marinade (or a small resealable plastic bag) and give it a gentle toss to ensure all parts of the steak are coated. Seal and let it marinate for 6-12 hours.
  2. Prepare steak: Remove the steak from the marinade and place it onto a large plate lined with paper towels. Pat dry with another paper towel to remove the excess liquid. Discard marinade. Season with salt on both sides.
  3. Grill steak: Preheat a gas grill to 450 degrees Fahrenheit. Grill, flipping the steak a few times during cooking until lightly charred on both sides. Check for doneness by inserting a thermometer (affiliate link) into the thickest part of the steak. Pull it off when it registers 120 degrees Fahrenheit for medium-rare or 130 degrees Fahrenheit for medium, depending on your desired degree. This takes about 9-11 minutes in total. Once off the grill, tent with aluminum foil. Allow it to rest on a cutting board for 10 minutes. Then, slice into 1-inch thick slices or cubes right before serving.
person showing how to make dressing and noodles for Thai steak salad recipe
  1. Make the salad dressing: In a small bowl or mason jar, whisk together lime juice, hot chili paste, avocado oil, fish sauce, sugar, and honey. Give it a taste and add more salt if needed.
  2. Cook noodles: Bring a small pot of water to a boil. Cook noodles for 3 minutes, or according to package directions. Drain and transfer to a large salad bowl. Drizzle with the sesame oil and give it a gentle toss to coat.
person showing how to make salad for steak noodle salad
  1. Assemble salad: Place the mango, arugula, shredded carrots, scallions, finely shredded savoy cabbage, and tomatoes in the bowl with the noodles. Drizzle with the dressing and toss to combine. Finish with the sliced steak, avocado, fresh cilantro, basil, mint, and peanuts. Gently toss and divide amongst four plates. Serve with lime wedges on the side.

What to Serve it With?

This Thai steak salad recipe needs nothing more than some company to share it with. Serve it as:

How to Store

This beef Thai salad will keep in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 2 days. After the 2-day mark, the vegetables break down and become mushy.

Thai beef salad with noodles on a plate from the top view

Expert Tips

  • Marinate the steak the night before. The steak can sit in the marinade for up to 12 hours without it affecting the texture.
  • Prepare steak, dressing, and noodles up to 2 days in advance. Grill the steak, mix the dressing, and boil the noodles. Store each in their own airtight container in the fridge. This salad (including the meat) can be served at room temperature. However, if you prefer, you can lightly warm up the grilled meat before assembling the salad.
  • Use a stovetop grill pan. Grill the steak on an indoor grill pan or cast-iron skillet instead.

Other Thai Cuisine Recipes You’ll Enjoy:

If you try this Thai Steak and Noodle Salad recipe or any other beef recipes on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

This recipe is adapted from Bon Appetit’s Thai Steak Noodle Recipe.

Houston's Thai Steak Salad in an oval plate from the top view
Print

Thai Steak and Noodle Salad Recipe

This Thai Steak and Noodle Salad is colorful, refreshing, and bursting with all the Asian flavors you love. This Houston's copycat summer salad combines a fresh herb and veggie base with sweet-spicy Thai dressing and perfectly marinated steak. Serve it as a complete meal next time you're craving Thai cuisine!
Course Salad
Cuisine Thai Cuisine
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 30 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Marinading time 6 hours
Total Time 6 hours 50 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 981kcal

Ingredients

For The Steak Marinade:

  • 1 tablespoon grated fresh ginger from a 1 inch piece ginger
  • 1 clove garlic minced
  • ¼ cup soy sauce
  • 3 tablespoons coconut sugar or light brown sugar
  • 2 tablespoons fresh lime juice
  • 1 tablespoon fish sauce
  • ½ teaspoon black pepper
  • ¼ cup olive oil
  • 1 tablespoon toasted sesame oil
  • 1 pound New York Strip Steak or Filet Mignon Steak – 1 inch thick
  • ¼ teaspoon Kosher salt

Salad Dressing:

  • ¼ cup fresh lime juice
  • ¼ cup hot chili paste such as sambal oelek
  • ¼ cup avocado oil or any other tasteless vegetable oil
  • 1 clove of garlic minced
  • 2 tablespoons fish sauce
  • 2 tablespoons cane sugar or granulated sugar
  • 1 tablespoon honey

For The Noodles:

  • 2 oz. dried ramen noodles seasoning package discarded
  • ½ teaspoon toasted sesame oil

For The Salad:

  • 1 ripe mango peeled, cut into 1-inch cubes
  • 1 cup arugula washed and rinsed
  • 2 carrots peeled and shredded
  • 2 green onions sliced thinly
  • 2 cups savoy cabbage sliced thinly – or green cabbage
  • 1 cup chopped tomatoes from 1 large tomato
  • 1 ripe avocado cut into cubes
  • ½ cup fresh cilantro roughly chopped
  • ½ cup fresh basil leaves torn
  • ¼ cup fresh mint leaves torn
  • ½ cup salted peanuts roughly chopped
  • Lime wedges for serving on the side

Instructions

  • To make the marinade: Whisk together ginger, garlic, soy sauce, sugar, lime juice, fish sauce, black pepper, olive oil, and toasted sesame oil in a bowl. Transfer it to an airtight container with a lid or pour it into a resealable plastic bag. Place the steak in the marinade, seal, and let it marinate for at least 6 hours or up to 12 hours.
  • When you are ready to cook the meat, remove it from the marinade onto a large plate lined with paper towels and pat dry to remove the excess liquid. Season lightly with ¼ teaspoon kosher salt.
  • To cook the steak: Preheat a gas grill* to 450 degrees. Grill, turning a few times until lightly charred on both sides and a thermometer inserted in the thickest part of the steak registers 120 degrees F for medium-rare or 130 degrees F for medium. This takes about 9-11 minutes in total. Cover it with aluminum foil, and let it rest on a cutting board for 10 minutes. Cut it into 1-inch pieces right before serving the salad.
  • To make the salad dressing: Whisk together lime juice, hot chili paste, avocado oil, garlic, fish sauce, sugar, and honey in a bowl. Give it a taste and add more salt if needed. Set it aside.
  • To cook the noodles: Cook noodles in a small pot of boiling water for 3 minutes. Drain and transfer to a large bowl. Drizzle with sesame oil and give it a toss.
  • To assemble the salad: Place the mango, arugula, shredded carrots, scallions, cabbage, and tomatoes in the bowl with the noodles. Drizzle it with the prepared dressing. Give it a gentle toss to combine.
  • Add sliced steak, avocado, fresh cilantro, basil, mint, and peanuts. Gently toss to combine.
  • Divide amongst four plates and serve with wedges of lime on the side.

Notes

  • *You can cook the steak on the stovetop in a grill pan or cast-iron skillet.
  • Storing leftovers: This salad will keep in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 2 days. After the 2-day mark, the vegetables break down and become mushy.

Nutrition

Calories: 981kcal | Carbohydrates: 66g | Protein: 37g | Fat: 68g | Saturated Fat: 15g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 9g | Monounsaturated Fat: 39g | Cholesterol: 91mg | Sodium: 2535mg | Potassium: 1558mg | Fiber: 12g | Sugar: 33g | Vitamin A: 7623IU | Vitamin C: 82mg | Calcium: 168mg | Iron: 5mg

The post Thai Steak and Noodle Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/thai-grilled-beef-and-herb-salad/feed/ 13
Thai Quinoa Salad https://foolproofliving.com/thai-quinoa-salad/ https://foolproofliving.com/thai-quinoa-salad/#comments Mon, 08 Aug 2022 17:15:23 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=36630 If you have been following me for a while, you know that I am a huge fan of quinoa salads and make them often. I know you like them too because my Mediterranean Quinoa Salad, Avocado Quinoa Salad, Quinoa and Kale Salad, Quinoa Black Bean Avocado Salad, and Butternut Squash Quinoa Salad recipes are some of the most popular recipes on Foolproof Living. This Thai Quinoa Salad recipe, packed with...

The post Thai Quinoa Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
If you have been following me for a while, you know that I am a huge fan of quinoa salads and make them often. I know you like them too because my Mediterranean Quinoa Salad, Avocado Quinoa Salad, Quinoa and Kale Salad, Quinoa Black Bean Avocado Salad, and Butternut Squash Quinoa Salad recipes are some of the most popular recipes on Foolproof Living.

This Thai Quinoa Salad recipe, packed with good-for-you and colorful veggies and a delicious peanut sauce, is the newest addition to the collection.

Thai Quinoa Salad in a bowl garnished with peanuts and cilantro with a spoon

This crunchy Thai Quinoa Salad recipe is made with my all-time favorite creamy vegan Thai salad dressing, Sesame Ginger Dressing, fluffy quinoa, and fresh veggies. In my humble opinion, this hearty salad is addictive, but in a good way. Packed with a ton of everyday vegetables and topped off with roasted nuts (including but not limited to cashews, almonds, and peanuts), it is wholesome, vegan, and gluten-free.

What is in This Recipe?

As in most salad recipes, this easy Thai vegan quinoa salad has 2 sets of ingredients; The salad dressing and the salad ingredients.

Thai-Style Peanut butter dressing with a whisk in a jar
  1. Asian Sesame Ginger Dressing: For the dressing ingredients, you will need creamy peanut butter (or almond butter would also work), maple syrup, rice vinegar, tamari (or soy sauce), sesame oil, fresh garlic, fresh ginger and chili pepper sauce (like Sriracha or sambal oelek). If you need information on making ahead or storing this dressing recipe, be sure to check out my recipe post on how to make sesame ginger dressing.
Ingredients for Thai Crunch salad on a marble backdrop
  1. Salad Ingredients: In terms of the salad ingredients, you will need 3 cups of cooked quinoa, purple cabbage, carrots, red bell peppers, scallions, cucumbers, edamame, cilantro (optional), and roasted nuts like O Organics Cashews, Peanuts, and Almonds (for extra crunch).

Substitutions and Helpful Notes For The Ingredients:

  • Red Cabbage: As I mentioned in my No Mayo Coleslaw and Greek Yogurt Coleslaw recipes, the secret to making cabbage salads work is to slice the cabbage as thinly as you can. This Thai cabbage salad is no different. Because doing so allows the cabbage to soften as soon as it is mixed with the salad dressing and turns it into a soft yet still crunchy salad ingredient. If you do not have purple cabbage, you can use green cabbage instead.
  • Green Onion: Scallions are a classic for any salad, but you can also use thinly sliced red onion.
  • Shelled edamame: I consider edamame a staple ingredient for any of my Asian-style salad recipes (i.e. Asian Chicken Salad recipe). However, if you cannot get your hands on it, you can use sugar snap peas instead or omit them altogether.
  • Quinoa: I used 3 cups of cooked tricolor quinoa, but any type of quinoa (tricolor, white, and red quinoa) would work in this recipe. I usually cook quinoa in bulk and freeze it to have it on hand fast.
  • Use almond Butter instead of peanut butter: You can use almond butter and peanut butter interchangeably in this recipe. I love using Open Nature’s almond or peanut butter as it is made with nothing but nuts and a bit of sea salt. Not to mention it is super creamy.
  • Lime Juice: Don’t have rice vinegar? In a pinch, you can use an equal amount of freshly squeezed lime juice or apple cider vinegar instead.

How To Make?

  1. Cook the quinoa: I believe that the best way to make quinoa taste good is to cook it in the vegetable broth after rinsing it. I cooked my quinoa in a pressure cooker (in my instant pot), but you can cook it in a rice cooker, microwave or on the stovetop as well.
Person whisking vegan spicy peanut dressing
  1. Make the Thai Peanut dressing: While the quinoa cooks, make the dressing. Place all salad dressing ingredients in a jar (or a small bowl) and give it a whisk until it is creamy.
  2. Assemble the salad: Place the now-cooked quinoa in a large salad bowl and top it off with all the chopped veggies.
How to make Thai Style Quinoa Salad shown in 4 photos in a collage
  1. Drizzle it with the dressing: Pour the spicy peanut dressing over the salad and give it a gentle toss.
  2. Garnish & Serve: Top it off with chopped O Organics organic roasted almonds and cashews with sea salt (for extra crunch) and chopped fresh cilantro (optional).

What to serve it with?

This crunchy Thai quinoa salad is a meal-worthy salad that you can serve by itself. However, I also love to serve it as a vegetable side dish with my Thai Lemongrass Chicken or Orange Ginger Chicken.

Additionally, if you are serving it during the BBQ season, you can easily pair it with Grilled Mahi Mahi or Grilled Shrimp Skewers for a healthy meal that is guaranteed to impress.

A bowl crunchy Thai quinoa salad in a bowl with a spoon on the side

Make Ahead & Storage:

Can I make it ahead, you ask? You sure can. As a matter of fact, this Asian Quinoa Salad recipe is one of my favorite meal prep lunches. Simply store it in individual airtight containers in the fridge and enjoy it throughout the week.

If you decide to do so, I highly recommend storing the dressing separately and tossing it with the salad right before serving it.

And if you end up with leftovers of this quinoa cabbage salad, simply store them in an airtight container in the fridge for up to two days. 

A Few Helpful Tips & Variations:

  • Taste for seasoning: I highly recommend giving a taste to the salad before serving it. I used a minimal amount of tamari sauce in the recipe below to make it work for everyone. However, as someone who is addicted to salt, I use almost double the amount of tamari when I make this salad for us.
  • Turn it into a Thai Chicken Quinoa Salad: If I am serving this for my meat-loving husband, I usually bake split chicken breasts or air fryer chicken legs, cut (or shred) them into cubes, and incorporate them into the salad.

FAQs

What is Thai Quinoa Salad?

Thai Quinoa Salad is an Asian-styled salad made with crunchy vegetables like cabbage, bell peppers, and cucumbers, and drizzled with a spicy peanut sauce that is flavored with ginger, garlic, and sesame oil.

Is quinoa salad eaten hot or cold?

One of my favorite things about this Thai quinoa recipe is that it can be served warm, room temperature, or cold. If I am serving it as a main dish, I usually serve it warm. I love that the freshly cooked and still warm quinoa absorbs the dressing right away and makes it incredibly delicious and creamy. However, it makes a great salad when served cold as well, which is why I usually make it a part of my weekly meal prep and store it in individual containers.

Check Out These Products and More in Shaw’s:

There you have it friends, a Thai-style crunchy quinoa salad recipe that you can make all year round. I love shopping at our local Shaw’s and appreciate that they have a great collection of organic ingredients that I can use in my everyday cooking. If there is one in your area, be sure to check out their products.

Vegan quinoa salad garnished with nuts and cilantro served in bowls from the top view

Other Quinoa Recipes You Might Like:

If you liked this easy quinoa salad recipe, I suspect that you are like me; a fan of quinoa salads and include it in your weekly meal prep.

If you try this Thai Quinoa Salad recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Crunch Thai quinoa salad from the top view with a spoon on the side
Print

Thai Quinoa Salad Recipe

This Thai Quinoa Salad recipe is my go-to weekday lunch. It is easy and quick to make, naturally vegan and gluten free. Packed with crunchy veggies like carrots, cabbage, and cucumber and tossed with a peanut butter/almond butter dressing, it is guaranteed to impress.
Course Salad
Cuisine Asian Cuisine, Thai
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 15 minutes
Total Time 30 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 395kcal

Ingredients

For The Peanut Butter Dressing:

  • 3 tablespoons Open Nature® almond or peanut butter* (unsweetened/unsalted)
  • 2 tablespoons maple syrup or honey
  • 1/4 cup rice vinegar
  • 2 tablespoons tamari or soy sauce
  • 2 teaspoons toasted sesame oil
  • 1 clove of garlic minced
  • 1 tablespoon fresh ginger grated
  • 1 teaspoon chili pepper sauce I used Sriracha – optional
  • 1/4 teaspoon coarse sea salt

For The Salad:

  • 3 cups cooked quinoa warm or cold
  • 3 small carrots peeled and shredded
  • 1 cup red cabbage sliced thinly
  • 1 red bell pepper chopped
  • 5 stalks of scallions sliced thinly (both green and white parts)
  • 2 Persian cucumbers peeled and cut into small pieces
  • 1 cup edamame or sugar snap peas
  • ½ cup fresh cilantro chopped
  • 1 cup roasted and lightly salted nuts chopped ( I used cashews and almonds)

Instructions

  • To make the dressing: Place all the ingredients in a jar and whisk until emulsified.
  • To make the salad: Place the quinoa, carrots, cabbage, bell pepper, scallions, cucumber, edamame, and cilantro in a large salad bowl.
  • Drizzle the dressing over the salad. Give it a toss. Garnish with cashews and almonds. Serve.

Video

Notes

  • Make Ahead: This salad is one of my favorite meal prep lunches because it stores well. Simply make the salad and dressing. Place the salad ingredients in individual meal prep bowls and store them with the dressing on the side. When ready to serve, drizzle it with the dressing and toss.
  • Storage: You can store the leftovers in an airtight container for up to 2 days in the fridge. When ready to serve, give it a mix, give it a taste, and season with salt, if necessary.

Nutrition

Calories: 395kcal | Carbohydrates: 40g | Protein: 17g | Fat: 21g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Sodium: 494mg | Potassium: 770mg | Fiber: 9g | Sugar: 10g | Vitamin A: 6091IU | Vitamin C: 41mg | Calcium: 95mg | Iron: 4mg

The post Thai Quinoa Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/thai-quinoa-salad/feed/ 8
Yogurt Dill Sauceย  https://foolproofliving.com/yogurt-dill-sauce/ https://foolproofliving.com/yogurt-dill-sauce/#comments Mon, 25 Jul 2022 14:48:59 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=56832 Trying to finish off that open tub of yogurt in your fridge? Try my other easy recipes with yogurt, such as my Yogurt Fruit Dip, Yogurt Ranch Dip, and Yogurt Tahini Sauce! Why Make This Recipe This irresistible homemade dill sauce packs a flavorful punch, especially for how simple and easy it is to make. If you need more convincing, here are some other reasons why you have to give...

The post Yogurt Dill Sauceย  appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
Trying to finish off that open tub of yogurt in your fridge? Try my other easy recipes with yogurt, such as my Yogurt Fruit Dip, Yogurt Ranch Dip, and Yogurt Tahini Sauce!

A bowl of dill yogurt sauce with a whisk in the bowl from the top view

Why Make This Recipe

This irresistible homemade dill sauce packs a flavorful punch, especially for how simple and easy it is to make. If you need more convincing, here are some other reasons why you have to give this recipe a try:

  • You only need 5 ingredients: Few ingredients means less prep time and cleanup and more time enjoying this easy yogurt dill sauce. The best part? The ingredients in this recipe are probably already in your fridge!
  • Healthy, light, and creamy: Not only is this creamy sauce incredibly delicious, but it’s a great addition to your collection of healthy recipes! Yogurt makes this an especially healthy sauce because of its high protein content and digestive support. 
  • It rivals store-bought brands: We all love the authentic sauces from our favorite Mediterranean restaurants (the cult-favorite Cava yogurt dill dressing is especially popular), but why buy when you can get the same results at home? You’ll also save money and avoid some of the added sugar and preservatives that are present in a lot of commercial sauces. 

Ingredients

This easy dill sauce recipe requires only a handful of flavorful, simple ingredients. You’ll need whole milk (full fat) plain yogurt (I use Greek yogurt), freshly squeezed lemon juice, olive oil, minced garlic, fresh dill, and kosher salt. 

Greek yogurt dill sauce ingredients

Substitutions

  • Yogurt: While I personally love the rich, creamy taste that full fat yogurt provides, it’s higher in total fat when compared to other yogurts. You can swap it for nonfat plain Greek yogurt or regular nonfat yogurt for a lower calorie version of this lemon dill yogurt sauce. Or, for an extra creamy yogurt dill dip, try it with Icelandic yogurt! 
  • Garlic: If you don’t have a fresh clove of garlic on hand, you can use garlic powder instead. Just keep in mind that garlic powder yields a milder flavor than a garlic clove.
  • Dill: Fresh dill really takes this dill yogurt dip to the next level and yields a stronger flavor, so try to buy fresh dill if you can. If not, you can substitute with dried dill for a more mild dill flavor. 
  • Parsley: If you’re not a fan of dill, try adding in some fresh herbs, such as fresh parsley (Italian parsley), instead!
  • Lemon: Fresh lemon juice gives this recipe a tangy, acidic kick. Red wine vinegar provides a similar flavor if you don’t have lemons on hand.

How to Make Greek Dill Sauce

This simple yogurt dill sauce literally comes together in the blink of an eye. Simply:

the ingredients for garlic dill yogurt sauce in a bowl from the top view
  1. Combine the ingredients: In a small bowl, whisk together all ingredients until smooth and fully combined. 
person mixing the ingredients
  1. Season to taste: Give it a taste and add more fresh dill or another half teaspoon of salt or black pepper, if necessary. 

How to Serve It

The sky’s the limit when it comes to serving this garlic dill yogurt sauce! Feel free to get creative, but here are some of my favorite serving suggestions:

  • Drizzle over seafood: The bright, tangy flavor of this simple lemon dill sauce pairs beautifully with a variety of seafood dishes. I love to use Greek yogurt dill sauce for salmon, and it’s especially good drizzled over Slow Baked Salmon. You can also make this a lemon yogurt sauce for fish by serving it with my Breaded Fish or my Grilled Shrimp Skewers
  • Pair with chicken or beef: No Mediterranean-inspired meal is complete without this Greek yogurt lemon dill sauce! Try it as a dill sauce for gyros or a dill Greek yogurt dip paired with my Chicken Pita Wraps, Greek Yogurt Marinated Chicken, Chicken Shish Tawook, or Kofte (Turkish meatballs). It’s also a great way to make these Greek Turkey Burgers extra mouthwatering! Try making a Greek yogurt cucumber dill dip, otherwise known as Tzatziki sauce, if you want to go authentic Mediterranean. 
  • Make it a veggie dip: Looking for ways to make healthy foods a little bit more appealing? Serve this recipe as a Greek yogurt veggie dip dill sauce with roasted vegetables, such as my Baked Asparagus, Garlic Butter Green Beans, Air Fried Green Beans, or Baked Eggplant Slices. One of my favorite ways to serve Greek yogurt dill dip is with Falafel!
  • Spoon it over mains and soups: Who says you can’t put sauce on soups? This dill and Greek yogurt sauce is the perfect topping for my Cream of Zucchini Soup or Chilled Cucumber Soup. Or, you can add a creamy, tangy flair to your favorite vegetarian main course, such as this Vegetarian Stuffed Eggplant

How to Store, Freeze, and Thaw

If you can’t get enough of this Greek dill sauce and find yourself making it in large batches (I know I would), you can always store it to enjoy later! Here are some tips:

  • Storage: You can store this dill and yogurt sauce refrigerated in an airtight container for up to 3 days. The next time you’re ready to serve, give it a quick whisk to combine any ingredients that may have separated. If it’s too watery, add in a few tablespoons of yogurt to thicken it up. Taste for seasoning and add more dill or salt if necessary. 
  • Freeze: Freeze the yogurt dill lemon sauce for up to a month. 
  • Thaw: To serve the sauce from frozen, refrigerate it until thawed (preferably overnight). You’ll likely find that your thawed sauce has separated a bit, which tends to happen when you freeze dairy products, so give it a stir before serving. You can also revive your dill dip with yogurt if it’s too watery (add a few more tablespoons of yogurt). If it’s still not quite smooth, try blending it in a food processor before serving. 

Variations

Since this dill sauce with Greek yogurt is so simple, there’s plenty of room to customize it to your liking. Here are some suggestions:

  • Make it vegan: If you’re one of my vegan friends, I got you covered! To make a vegan yogurt dill sauce, simply use vegan yogurt. Plain coconut or almond milk yogurt make a great plant-based substitution.
  • Amp up the flavor and richness: For an extra rich and creamy variation of this Greek dill dip, add in a tablespoon of mayo to turn it into a lemon dill mayonnaise sauce! This version actually tastes more like ranch dressing. If you’re looking for other yogurt-based dressings, try my Yogurt Salad Dressing or my Poppy Seed Greek Yogurt Dressing.

FAQs

How is yogurt dill sauce different than tzatziki sauce?

The difference between a recipe for dill sauce and one for tzatziki sauce comes down to just one vegetable! Cucumber is a star ingredient in creamy Greek tzatziki sauce, but it’s absent in yogurt dill sauce. Traditional tzatziki sauce requires a little more work because you have to slice the cucumber and remove excess water, so yogurt dill sauce is a more simple recipe. 

Can you freeze creamy dill yogurt sauce?

Yes, you can freeze dill yogurt sauce! Just make sure to thaw it in the refrigerator (preferably overnight). The sauce will likely separate while thawing, so give it a stir before serving or add in a few more tablespoons of yogurt.

Is yogurt dill dressing healthy?

Yogurt garlic dill dressing has several health benefits! Just one cup of yogurt provides about 50% of your daily value of calcium, and it’s also high in protein, B vitamins, and probiotics that support gut health. Yogurt also provides healthy fats that are known to benefit heart health.

Other Yogurt Recipes You Might Like

If you’re a fan of this Greek yogurt and dill dip, you’ll probably love my other yogurt recipes! 

If you try this Yogurt Dill Sauce recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Yogurt dill sauce in a bowl with a whisk in the bowl from the top view
Print

Yogurt Dill Sauce Recipe

A quick & easy Yogurt Dill Sauce that is perfect for all your Greek and Mediterranean dishes. Takes 5 minutes to make, this yogurt sauce makes a great drizzle for fish (especially salmon), falafel, and gyro recipe. It can also be served as a dip with vegetables or meze platters.
Course Condiment/Sauce
Cuisine Mediterranean
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 5 minutes
Total Time 5 minutes
Servings 1 cup
Calories 413kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 cup Whole Milk full fat plain yogurt, I use Greek Yogurt
  • 4 tablespoons lemon juice freshly squeezed
  • 2 tablespoons olive oil
  • 1 clove of garlic minced
  • 2 tablespoons fresh dill or more to taste
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt plus more to taste
  • 1/8 teaspoon black pepper

Instructions

  • Place all ingredients in a bowl and whisk until fully combined.
  • Taste for seasoning and add more if you like.

Notes

  • Storage: Store leftovers in an airtight container for up to 3 days. The next time you’re ready to serve, give it a quick whisk to combine any ingredients that may have separated. If it’s too watery, add in a few tablespoons of yogurt to thicken it up. Taste for seasoning and add more dill or salt if necessary. 
  • Freeze: Freeze the yogurt dill lemon sauce for up to a month. 
  • Thaw: To serve the sauce from frozen, refrigerate it until thawed (preferably overnight). You’ll likely find that your thawed sauce has separated a bit, which tends to happen when you freeze dairy products, so give it a stir before serving. You can also revive your dill dip with yogurt if it’s too watery.

Nutrition

Calories: 413kcal | Carbohydrates: 17g | Protein: 8g | Fat: 36g | Saturated Fat: 8g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 3g | Monounsaturated Fat: 22g | Cholesterol: 29mg | Sodium: 1258mg | Potassium: 450mg | Fiber: 0.3g | Sugar: 13g | Vitamin A: 462IU | Vitamin C: 25mg | Calcium: 313mg | Iron: 0.3mg

The post Yogurt Dill Sauceย  appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/yogurt-dill-sauce/feed/ 2
Black Eyed Pea Salad https://foolproofliving.com/black-eyed-pea-salad-with-peaches-and-pecans-2/ https://foolproofliving.com/black-eyed-pea-salad-with-peaches-and-pecans-2/#comments Thu, 07 Jul 2022 20:14:20 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=6712 If you are in need of inspiration for bean salad recipes, you are in for a treat, because here at FPL headquarters we love beans and use them regularly in our salads. If you are a fan of this cold black eyed pea salad, it is likely that you might also like our Texas Caviar (aka Cowboy Caviar) Corn Salad with Black Beans, Quinoa Black Bean Salad, and 5 Bean...

The post Black Eyed Pea Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
If you are in need of inspiration for bean salad recipes, you are in for a treat, because here at FPL headquarters we love beans and use them regularly in our salads. If you are a fan of this cold black eyed pea salad, it is likely that you might also like our Texas Caviar (aka Cowboy Caviar) Corn Salad with Black Beans, Quinoa Black Bean Salad, and 5 Bean Salad.

This festive and healthy salad is extra fun to make on New Year’s Day alongside my other New Year’s Eve recipes, as tradition holds that eating salad with black eyed peas brings good luck and prosperity. But it can also be served as a crowd-pleasing dish for game days, potlucks, picnics, or your next barbecue served as a side dish or dip with tortilla chips. 

Blackeyed peas salad in a bowl with spoon on the side

Ingredients

You’ll need two sets of simple, everyday ingredients for this versatile, year-round black eyed peas salad that is sure to impress! 

dressing ingredients from the top view
  • For the salad dressing, I am using my lemon balsamic vinegar dressing. For that, you will need balsamic vinegar, extra-virgin olive oil, freshly squeezed lemon juice, minced garlic, kosher salt, and freshly ground black pepper. 
recipe ingredients from the top view
  • To make the salad, gather canned black eyed peas (15 ounce cans), cherry tomatoes, English cucumber, celery rib, a red bell pepper, fresh or canned corn, red onion, and fresh herbs (italian parsley or cilantro). 

Substitutions

  • Onion: Not everyone prefers the flavor of red onion (or has one on hand). Instead, substitute green onions for a more mild flavor with an equally great crunch! Or, for a sweeter flavor, substitute with a Vidalia onion (sweet onion). 
  • Dressing: If you don’t have balsamic vinegar on hand for the black-eyed peas dressing, you can use red wine vinegar instead. 
  • Corn: Fresh corn is great in this salad, but if it is not in season, you can use canned corn or even thawed frozen corn instead. 
  • Hot sauce: For my spice-loving friends, add a dash of hot sauce for a great way to kick up the flavors in this recipe! 
  • Cook your own black eyed peas: While using a can of beans is convenient, you can use dried black eyed peas and cook them yourself. Here is a helpful guide on how to cook black-eyed peas.

How to Make This Recipe?

Making this recipe for black eyed peas tomato salad couldn’t be easier. With a quick whisk of the dressing ingredients and a gentle toss of the veggies, you’ll have this vibrant salad on the table in no time! Simply:

a collage of images showing how to make the recipe
  1. Make the vinaigrette: In a small bowl, combine the balsamic vinegar, freshly squeezed lemon juice, minced garlic, and salt and black pepper with a whisk. As you’re whisking, slowly pour in the extra-virgin olive oil and keep whisking until the mixture looks smooth and the ingredients are fully incorporated. Set aside. 
  2. Assemble the salad: Grab a large bowl and add in your salad ingredients: black-eyed peas, fresh tomatoes, cucumber, celery, red peppers, corn, red onion, and chopped fresh parsley or cilantro. 
  3. Add the dressing: Drizzle the dressing over the salad and toss it gently until just combined. 
  4. Season: Top with additional chopped fresh parsley or cilantro. Give it a taste and season it with more salt and black pepper, if necessary. 
  5. Rest: If time permits, let the salad rest overnight or at least for a few hours. A marinated black eyed pea salad tastes the best!
  6. Serve: You can serve the salad alone at room temperature or with tortilla chips on the side. 

How to Make Ahead & Store Leftovers

  • Make ahead: If you know you’re going to be short on time, you can make this recipe in advance. Simply make the salad and cover it with stretch film or store in an airtight container. Keep in the fridge overnight or until you’re ready to serve. 
  • Storage: You can store the leftover salad in an airtight container in the fridge and enjoy it for up to four days. Be sure to give it a toss and season it with salt and pepper before serving.

What Goes Well With This Salad?

This easy black eyed pea salad with corn is a year-round favorite and is the perfect accompaniment for everything from your Thanksgiving meal to New Year’s Day celebrations to summer BBQ parties to simple weeknight dinners. Here are some serving suggestions:

black eyed pea tomato salad garnished with parsley with spoons on the side

Variations

Whether you are a Greek food connoisseur or can’t get enough of Mexican cuisine, you can change up this Southern salad to suit whatever flavor your heart desires! There are so many different ways, but here are some suggestions:

  • Make it Mexican: Add jalapeño and cilantro and top with my Chili Lime Vinaigrette. You can even make black eyed pea salad with Rotel. 
  • Give it a Greek/Mediterranean flair: For a Mediterranean black eyed pea salad or a black eyed pea salad Greek version, toss in a cup of crumbled feta cheese and top with chopped fresh mint and fresh dill. 
  • Try an African black eyed pea salad: Layer the salad over a base of basmati rice and substitute the lemon juice for lime juice. 

FAQs

Is black-eyed peas good for you?

Black-eyed peas, which are technically beans, are a great source of plant-based protein. They also provide a high amount of fiber, which helps you feel full throughout the day, stabilize your blood pressure, and improve your heart health.

Are canned black-eyed peas already cooked?

Canned black-eyed peas are pre-cooked and are safe to eat from the can. This recipe, in fact, is a canned black-eyed peas salad recipe. Easy peasy!

Do you rinse canned black-eyed peas?

It’s best to rinse canned black-eyed peas under cold water before use to remove excess liquid and salt from the can.

Other Bean Salads You Might Also Like

Everyone loves this black-eyed pea salad’s Southern versions, such as those made by Pioneer Woman, Delicious Miss Brown, Southern Living, and Hattie B’s, but I hope you give my version a try. In my opinion, it gives those famous ones a run for their money! If you can’t get enough of this blackeyed pea salad, here are some other bean salad recipes you need to try!

If you try this Black-Eyed Pea Salad recipe or any other salad recipes on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Black Eyed Pea Salad in a bowl
Print

Black Eyed Pea Salad Recipe

Here is a wholesome Black Eyed Pea Salad recipe that you can make in 20 minutes. Serve it as a side dish for holiday dinners or summer barbeque gatherings or by itself for a humble yet delicious lunch.
Course Vegan & Gluten-Free Salad
Cuisine American
Diet Vegan
Prep Time 20 minutes
Cook Time 1 hour
Total Time 1 hour 20 minutes
Servings 6 Servings
Calories 214kcal

Ingredients

For The Dressing:

  • 3 tablespoons balsamic vinegar
  • 2 tablespoons lemon juice freshly squeezed
  • 1 clove garlic peeled and minced
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • 1/2 teaspoon black pepper
  • 1/4 cup extra virgin olive oil

For The Salad:

  • 2 cans black eyed peas drained and rinsed
  • 2 cups cherry tomatoes sliced
  • 1 English cucumber (medium-size ) cut into small pieces (approximately 1 to 1 ½ cups)
  • 1 celery rib sliced thinly
  • 1 large red bell pepper
  • 1 cup corn fresh, canned or thawed from frozen
  • ½ cup red onion finely diced
  • ½ cup Italian Parsley or cilantro chopped

Instructions

  • To make the vinaigrette, whisk together balsamic vinegar, fresh lemon juice, minced garlic, salt and black pepper in a small bowl. While still whisking, slowly add the extra-virgin olive oil and continue whisking until fully incorporated and smooth. Set it aside.
  • To assemble the salad: Place black-eyed peas, cherry tomatoes, cucumber, celery, bell pepper, corn, and red onion in a bowl.
  • Drizzle the salad with the dressing. Add the parsley. Give it a toss.
  • Taste for seasoning and add more, if necessary. If you have the time, let it rest for at least four hours or preferably overnight.
  • Serve by itself, as a side dish, or with tortilla chips as a dip.

Video

Notes

  • Make ahead: This is a terrific make ahead salad that gets better as it sits. I highly recommend making it a day ahead, covering it with stretch fil, and keeping it in the fridge overnight or until you’re ready to serve. 
  • Storage: You can store the leftover salad in an airtight container in the fridge and enjoy it for up to four days. Be sure to give it a toss and season it with salt and pepper before serving.
  • Change it up: I used my Lemon Balsamic Vinegar to make this salad, but if you want to change it up, you can also make it with my Chili Lime Dressing.

Nutrition

Calories: 214kcal | Carbohydrates: 24g | Protein: 6g | Fat: 12g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Sodium: 594mg | Potassium: 481mg | Fiber: 6g | Sugar: 12g | Vitamin A: 1699IU | Vitamin C: 21mg | Calcium: 48mg | Iron: 2mg

The post Black Eyed Pea Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/black-eyed-pea-salad-with-peaches-and-pecans-2/feed/ 29
40 Best Summer Salads That Are Perfect For Your Next Gathering https://foolproofliving.com/best-summer-salads/ https://foolproofliving.com/best-summer-salads/#comments Wed, 29 Jun 2022 22:38:08 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=54780 Crisp lettuce and flavorful toppings come together for refreshing summer salad recipes you can enjoy at any meal. Plus, you’ll find fan-favorite summer salad dressing ideas, like my Lemon Vinaigrette and Lemon Balsamic Dressing, to brighten every bowl. Summertime Salads for a Crowd Say goodbye to party planning stress! These make-ahead salad recipes for a crowd will satisfy guests with minimal prep and maximum flavor. It’s no wonder these fresh...

The post 40 Best Summer Salads That Are Perfect For Your Next Gathering appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
Crisp lettuce and flavorful toppings come together for refreshing summer salad recipes you can enjoy at any meal. Plus, you’ll find fan-favorite summer salad dressing ideas, like my Lemon Vinaigrette and Lemon Balsamic Dressing, to brighten every bowl.

A salad image with a text that says The Best Summer Salads that anyone can make

Summertime Salads for a Crowd

Say goodbye to party planning stress! These make-ahead salad recipes for a crowd will satisfy guests with minimal prep and maximum flavor. It’s no wonder these fresh party favorites are some of my most popular salad recipes.

Texas Caviar being served from the front
  1. Texas Caviar: It only takes 30 minutes to prepare this Southern-inspired salad. Plus, it is made with canned beans so no cooking is required. Serving it for a crowd? No problem, double or triple it. Quick, easy, and delicious, I’d say this Cowboy Caviar is one of the best summer salads for a crowd. You can even serve this fresh corn salad as a dip for a mess-free spread.
  2. Pesto Caprese Salad with Pasta: Everyone loves a classic Caprese salad. You can take this Italian signature to the next level by adding top-rate ingredients, like garlicky Pesto Vinaigrette, sweet cherry tomatoes, and freshly picked basil. If you need a good salad recipe to use fresh tomato, I’d say this is one of the best pasta salads out there.
  3. Mexican Corn Pasta Salad: If you’re on the hunt for flavor-packed salads for a summer party, this authentic Mexican street corn salad is just what you need. Made with summer corn, jalapenos, and cotija cheese, this easy pasta salad is going to be the first thing to disappear from your summer buffet.
Cold summer tomato salad with mozzarella and cucumber
  1. Cucumber Tomato Mozzarella Salad: Drizzled with Lemon Balsamic Dressing and mixed with fresh mozzarella cheese, this recipe is one of my favorite summer brunch salads. This colorful side dish comes together in minutes and can be multiplied as many times as you want, which is why it is great if you are serving a crowd.
  2. 5 Bean Salad: This green bean salad strikes a perfect balance between soft, tender beans and the robust tang of mustard vinaigrette. You can even make this delicious dish ahead of time for a travel-ready potluck.
  3. Homemade Potato Salad: When I think of “summer salads for a crowd,” this classic potato salad from my mom’s cookbook is another favorite. Everyone will adore this simple recipe’s creamy mayo dressing, tangy dill pickles, and sharp red onion.

Cold Salads for Summer

Fresh ingredients, crisp veggies, and light dressings make these chilled salad recipes some of my favorites. These simple recipes will keep you cool on hot summer days, from the best summer picnic salads to quick midday meals.

A bowl of white bean cold summer salad from the top view
  1. Turkish Bean Salad (aka Piyaz): Bring authentic Mediterranean eats to your table with this simple white bean salad. It takes 10 minutes to prepare and uses stylish ingredients like juicy tomatoes, briny olives, and tangy sumac.
  2. Corn and Black Bean Salad: Your tastebuds will thank you for this Mexican-inspired dish. Packed with red bell peppers, pickled jalapenos, and creamy black beans, this outdoor salad serves as a dip and a meal.
  3. No Mayo Coleslaw: Healthy salads for summer are at your fingertips with this vegan recipe. This dish’s vinegar-based dressing will turn crunchy cabbage into the perfect side dish, topping (for tacos!), or midday snack.
Yogurt coleslaw is being served as a chilled summer salad
  1. Yogurt Coleslaw: Made with my 5-minute Yogurt Salad Dressing, this recipe is one of my favorite mayo-free summer salad ideas. This colorful side is so delicious that you’ll want to add it to your collection of the best healthy cold salads.
  2. Tabbouleh: This Middle Eastern classic combines delicious bulgur with fresh herbs, like fresh mint, dill, and parsley, for a cold summer salad everyone loves. In just 30 minutes, you can have authentic Turkish cuisine ready to serve.
  3. Greek Yogurt Cucumber Salad: From summer picnics to the dinner table, this healthy cucumber salad recipe is a great way to cool down and satisfy your tastebuds. A great alternative to mayo and sugar-laden cucumber salads, this easy recipe is made with my yogurt salad dressing and flavored with fresh dill.

Summer Luncheon Salads

Fresh vegetables, creamy cheese, and flavorful grains turn these salads for lunch into a delicious meal. Whether you’re looking for a dish packed with leafy greens, tender quinoa, or crisp peppers, this healthy collection is perfect for you.

Broccoli salad from the top view
  1. Cauliflower Broccoli Salad: Sunflower seeds, baked turkey bacon, and Greek yogurt dressing? Sounds too good to be true! You won’t have to look for great salads once you have this creamy-crunchy dish in your recipe book.
  2. Lentil Quinoa Salad: If you love the rich flavor of seasoned quinoa and lentils mixed with the freshness of mint, you’ll adore this Mediterranean meal. You’ll feel like you’re vacationing on the Mediterranean coast with summertime salad recipes like this.
  3. Shrimp Spinach Salad: Feta cheese, zesty shrimp, and sweet peas make this recipe one of the best salads to satisfy your seafood cravings during the summer months. Packed with baby spinach leaves and drizzled with a quick red wine vinaigrette, it is a meal-worthy salad that can be made in less than 30 minutes.
  4. Quinoa Salad with Avocado: The perfect lunch salad is only 15 minutes away when you have this Mediterranean recipe on hand. It is made with creamy avocado, quinoa, baby spinach, and my go-to lemon salad dressing, this salad is the ultimate quick healthy lunch recipe when you need one.  Plus, with my foolproof guide on cooking quinoa, you can whip up this ultimate summer salad like a pro.
Quinoa salad being drizzled with the dressing
  1. Quinoa Feta Salad: This Greek salad bursts with authentic Mediterranean flavors, like creamy feta, fresh lemon juice, and kalamata olives. You don’t have to be a master chef to enjoy delicious salads like this.
  2. Seared Tuna Salad: Out of all the quick salads, this Asian-inspired 20 min recipe takes the cake. Sesame-crusted tuna pairs perfectly with the antioxidant-rich black rice, but you can serve it with quinoa or just by itself with crackers on the side. Either way, this seafood salad is a must-try when you can get your hands on fresh tuna.
  3. Summer Garden Salad: No one can say “no” to this light summer salad from Weelicious. Tasty ingredients, like roasted beets, sundried tomatoes, and Persian cucumber, make this salad as stunning as it is delicious. 

Meal Worthy Dinner Salads

There’s no reason why healthy summer salad recipes can’t be filling, too. Turn your fresh veggies into a complete meal with this yummy collection of main dish summer salads.

Waldorf salad in a bowl
  1. Chicken Waldorf Salad: Everyone will want a bowl of this dish’s tangy dressing, tender chicken, and tart apples. Topped with crisp veggies and chopped walnuts, this salad will be your new dinner special.
  2. Southwest Avocado Chicken Salad: One of my most beautiful salads, this Southern-inspired dish comes with a Creamy Avocado Salad Dressing that tastes out-of-this-world good. A great way to use leftover chicken breasts, it even has fresh cilantro and cheddar cheese for top Southwestern flavors!
  3. Shrimp and Corn Salad: When making warm weather salads with meat, try adding some surf to your turf. This yummy seafood salad uses grilled corn, cherry tomatoes, marinated grilled shrimp, and butter lettuce to please everyone at the dinner table.
Greek Yogurt Chicken Salad in a bowl
  1. Chicken Salad with Greek Yogurt: For a good salad that fills you up, chicken is just what you need. Top a sandwich with this creamy, make-ahead dish, or eat it straight from the bowl. Either way, you won’t be able to get enough.
  2. Thai Beef Salad: Among all these recipes, this grilled steak dish packs some of the meatiest flavors. Meat lovers and Asian foodies will fall head over heels for this dish’s Thai marinade, pickled onions, and English cucumber.
  3. Jen Aniston Salad: Also known as the “Friends” salad, the social media viral Jennifer Aniston Salad is a wonderful meal-worthy salad recipe that you can make with cooked quinoa or cooked bulgur wheat. Packed with chickpeas, cucumbers, red onion, and pistachios, it is a great vegetarian salad that doubles as a weeknight dinner.

Green Salad Recipes with Summer Produce

These healthy bowls are just what you need for summer salad recipes. Packed with vibrant greens and crisp veggies, each bite will bring your tastebuds to life with a garden-fresh flavor.

person drizzling a summer green salad with dressing
  1. Spring Mix Salad: It’s no secret why this summer mix salad is one of my favorite trending salads. Crisp, nutritious, and bursting with summer-fresh flavors, this green summer side salad pairs with almost any main course.
  2. Butter Lettuce Salad: Refreshing salad ideas are a cinch to make when you have butter lettuce on hand. This easy meal contains tasty ingredients—like crisp radish, asparagus, and toasted almonds—to fill your salad bowl with all the goodness you need.
  3. Kale and Quinoa Salad: This superfood-packed recipe proves that salads without pasta can be just as filling as those with pasta. Chickpeas, avocado, broccoli, and pomegranate are just a few ingredients in this summer-ready dish.
A fun summer salad made with kale and avocado served in a bowl
  1. Avocado Kale Salad: Avocado lemon dressing makes a lip-licking pair with the leafy kale of this hearty summer salad. Top this dish with roasted pine nuts, and voila! A salad fit for a five-star restaurant.
  2. Arugula White Bean Salad: Made with almond-parmesan pesto, this arugula salad is the nuttiest of my hearty summer salads. This delicious dish’s warm beans and robust garlic will satisfy your mouth and stomach.
  3. Summer Lettuce Salad: Looking for light summer salads that pack major flavor? This grilled romaine salad combines the smoky flavor of the grill with a bright ranch dressing sure to please.

Classic Salads To Cool You Off

It doesn’t matter if you’re feeding your neighbor or a food critic: These sophisticated salads will impress anyone who takes a bite. Elegant, innovative, and always tasty, these brunch-ready classics are the best summer salad recipes for a first-rate meal.

Caesar salad in a bowl from the top view
  1. Original Caesar Salad: Out of all my romaine lettuce salads, this recipe is a must-have summer classic. No one can resist the creamy Caesar dressing, nutty Parmesan cheese, and garlic croutons of this restaurant-style side.
  2. Mexican Corn Salad: Once you taste this summer corn salad’s spicy tang, you won’t be able to put your fork down. Crumbly cotija cheese and smoky chili powder are a match made in heaven that pairs perfectly with any grilled main dish.
  3. Nicoise Salad with Salmon: Want to impress your guests with unusual summer salad recipes? This elegant seafood salad brings the taste of France to your table with salty capers, tangy Dijon mustard, and mild potatoes.
classic summertime salad made with shrimp, red onion, and orzo from the top view
  1. Shrimp Orzo Salad: This Mediterranean classic explodes with fresh, seaside flavor. Nothing pairs better than the succulent shrimp, bright lemon, and tender orzo of this herby dish. This Barefoot Contessa recipe is one of the most popular summer salad recipes on the blog.

Sweet Salads for Summer

Who says you can’t satisfy a sweet tooth and eat healthily? These fruity sweet summer salad recipes brim with luscious fruits, creamy dressings, and crisp veggies. This sweet combination will have you licking your lips all season long.

  1. Mango and Avocado Salad: If you love sweet-and-spicy dishes, this unique summer salad recipe will be your new favorite. Fruity mango, spicy jalapeno, and zippy Chili Lime Vinaigrette make a delectable flavor combination.
peach avocado salad recipe in a bowl
  1. Peach Avocado Salad: Made with creamy avocado and juicy peaches, this delicious recipe is my go-to August salad. This peach salad is equal parts tart and luscious, making it one of the best salads to satisfy your cravings.
  2. Blueberry Salad: Sweet blueberries, salty feta, and baby spinach make this refreshing salad one of the most colorful creations you’ll whip up this summer. Getting seasonal produce at the farmer’s market has never been so fun!
watermelon avocado salad from the top
  1. Watermelon and Avocado Salad: Watermelon salad is one of my recipe book’s most refreshing summer salads. Not only does this simple recipe only take 20 minutes to make, but it also uses fresh lime juice to bring its summer flavors to life.
  2. Strawberry Salad with Poppyseed: This refreshing salad pairs ripe berries and earthy goat cheese for a spread that tastes straight out of a charcuterie board. Topped with my Poppyseed Dressing, this summertime salad will have you asking for seconds.

Quick and Easy Summertime Salads

Need a super quick and easy salad for your next BBQ party? Below are a few of our easy salad recipes that are ready in less than 15 minutes and made with just a few basic ingredients.

Watermelon cucumber salad in a bowl from the top view.
  1. Watermelon Cucumber Salad: This is possibly the easiest light and refreshing fruit salad you can make in less than 15 minutes. Sweet cubed watermelon mixed in with crunchy cucumbers and savory feta cheese and then drizzled with honey lime dressing, this salad is a summertime classic.
  2. Burrata Caprese: The classic Italian Caprese made with burrata cheese instead of mozzarella. Ready in 10 minutes, it is the best way to use summer tomatoes and garden fresh basil.
  3. La Scala Salad: Social media viral La Scala salad, also known as Kardashian Salad, sounds fancy, but it is actually easy to make. Made with a combination of iceberg lettuce and romaine, this simple salad is packed with chickpeas, Italian salami, and mozzarella cheese.

FAQs

It doesn’t matter whether you want to make hearty dinners, light lunches, or refreshing salads for any time of the day. This FAQ section will provide you with the answers you are looking for preparing the tastiest healthy salad recipes during the warmer months.

What is a summer salad?

Summer salads are cold, light salads popular during the hotter months. Furthermore, they typically contain in-season ingredients, such as tomatoes, cucumber, bell peppers, sweet corn, and even berries.

What to put in a summer salad?

Fresh summer salads are generally made from a mix of in-season produce, though it’s up to you which ingredients you choose. Most summer salads begin with a bed of lettuce, such as romaine, arugula, or butter lettuce. They then include a variety of summer vegetables, like cucumber, bell peppers, carrots, corn, and radishes. Some of my favorite summer salads also include in-season fruits, like strawberries, peaches, and tomatoes. Top your summer salad with add-ons—like feta cheese or chicken—and a light olive oil dressing (Lemon Vinaigrette is my favorite!), and you’re ready to eat.

How to make a summer salad?

There are countless ways to make a summer salad, but the key is to use fresh, in-season ingredients. Choose a type of lettuce to serve as your salad base, then add in-season fruits and veggies as desired. Finally, drizzle your summer salad with a light dressing or vinaigrette, and top it off with any final add-ins.

You Might Also Like:

If you try any of these summer salad recipes, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

tomato cucumber mozzarella salad in a bowl with two spoons on the side
Print

20 Best Summer Salad Recipes

I think the best summer salads are those that are made with seasonal ingredients such as sweet corn, juicy tomatoes, and fresh herbs. Top it with your favorite cheese and avocados for a delicious and visually impressive summer salad that is guaranteed to impress. Here is one of the most popular summer salad recipe, Tomato Cucumber Mozzarella Salad.
Course Salad
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 10 minutes
Total Time 10 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 337kcal

Ingredients

For the dressing:

  • 3 tablespoons balsamic vinegar
  • 2 tablespoons lemon juice freshly squeezed
  • 1 clove garlic peeled and minced
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt or 1/2 teaspoon sea salt, more if needed at the end
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • 1/4 cup extra virgin olive oil

For the salad:

  • 4-5 Persian cucumbers sliced ¼-inch thick slices (skin on)
  • 2 cups colorful cherry tomatoes cut into quarters
  • 8 ounces fresh mozzarella cheese cut into small cubes
  • handful fresh basil leaves or Italian parsley leaves (optional)

Instructions

  • To make the dressing: Place balsamic vinegar, fresh lemon juice, minced garlic, salt and pepper in a small bowl. Give it a whisk. While still whisking, slowly add in the extra-virgin olive oil and continue whisking until fully incorporated and smooth. Set it aside.
  • To assemble the salad: Place cucumber slices, tomatoes, and mozzarella cheese in a bowl. Drizzle the dressing over the salad. Give it a toss.
  • Garnish with fresh basil or Italian parsley.
  • Taste for seasoning and add in some more salt and crushed black pepper, if necessary. Serve.

Notes

  • Make Ahead: Prepare the salad and the tangy balsamic vinaigrette and store them in separate containers. Storing them separately will keep your veggies—especially the tomatoes—from getting soggy.
  • Storage: This Chopped Caprese Cucumber Salad will stay fresh in an airtight container for up to 2 days.

Nutrition

Calories: 337kcal | Carbohydrates: 11g | Protein: 14g | Fat: 27g | Saturated Fat: 9g | Cholesterol: 45mg | Sodium: 367mg | Potassium: 419mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 6g | Vitamin A: 1427IU | Vitamin C: 18mg | Calcium: 313mg | Iron: 1mg

The post 40 Best Summer Salads That Are Perfect For Your Next Gathering appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/best-summer-salads/feed/ 2
Mango Avocado Salad https://foolproofliving.com/mango-avocado-salad/ https://foolproofliving.com/mango-avocado-salad/#respond Sat, 18 Jun 2022 19:52:37 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=54258 Once you try a bite of this refreshing, vibrant salad, you’ll be adding avocado to all your summer fruit salads. While I think that creamy avocado and ripe mango are a match made in heaven, avocado is also the perfect addition to other fruit salads. Try this Peach Avocado Salad or Watermelon and Avocado Salad for a refreshing twist. Readers also love my Kale Avocado Salad or this Avocado Quinoa...

The post Mango Avocado Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>

Once you try a bite of this refreshing, vibrant salad, you’ll be adding avocado to all your summer fruit salads. While I think that creamy avocado and ripe mango are a match made in heaven, avocado is also the perfect addition to other fruit salads. Try this Peach Avocado Salad or Watermelon and Avocado Salad for a refreshing twist. Readers also love my Kale Avocado Salad or this Avocado Quinoa Salad for a more savory option. 

And if you have some leftover mangoes, try our Pineapple Mango Salsa.

Avocado Mango Salad in a bowl with a spoon on the side

Ingredients

You’ll need two sets of simple ingredients to make this mango salad with avocado. A few well-loved, familiar pantry items make up the dressing, and a handful of fresh produce from your local farmer’s market or grocery store comprise the salad. 

avocado mango dressing ingredients
  • For the chili lime dressing, you’ll need extra-virgin olive oil, lime zest, fresh lime juice, garlic, ground cumin, chili powder, kosher salt, and maple syrup (or honey).
mango salad ingredients
  • To make the recipe for mango salad, gather ripe avocados and ripe mangoes, thinly sliced red onion, jalapeño, and fresh cilantro. 

Substitutions and Possible Additions

  • Dressing: If a spicy mango avocado salad isn’t your thing, try this Balsamic Lemon Dressing for a tangy, balsamic vinegar-based salad addition with fresh lemon juice.
  • Fresh herbs: I know that Mango Salad with cilantro might not be everybody’s cup of tea. If that is you, feel free to swap it with fresh parsley or mint to pack an aromatic punch. 
  • Onions: If you don’t have red onion on hand, green onions are a perfect substitute!
  • Peppers: Not a fan of jalapenos? Use a small red bell pepper or 
  • Nuts & Seeds: For a salty crunch that beautifully balances the sweetness of the mango, try adding a handful of pumpkin seeds or chopped walnuts. 
  • Other produce: Create endless salad varieties with any fresh summer produce you have on hand. Turn this recipe into a Mango Avocado Tomato Salad by tossing in a cup of cherry tomatoes, or throw in a cup of diced English cucumber for some extra crunch. 
  • Salad greens: Make a green salad with mango and avocado by adding in some spring mix, butter lettuce, or your favorite leafy greens. 
  • Add in some protein: Looking for a good protein source to make this salad more filling? Try adding a few grilled or baked chicken breasts for a delicious copycat version of the fan-favorite Cheesecake Factory salad with mango and avocado. Or if you have the grill on, top it off with grilled shrimp on top.

How to Make Mango Salad 

With a little bit of chopping and a gentle toss of the ingredients, this delicious avo mango salad comes together in the blink of an eye and is sure to impress at any summer gathering. Simply:

person showing how to make mango avocado salad
  1. Make the dressing: Add all ingredients into a mason jar. Screw on the lid tightly and shake until thoroughly combined. 
  2. Assemble the salad: Grab a large bowl and add in your cubed avocado, chunks of fresh mango, sliced red onion, chopped jalapeño (optional), and freshly chopped cilantro. 
  3. Add the dressing: Drizzle the dressing over the salad and toss it gently until just combined. 
  4. Season: Season to taste with salt and black pepper, if necessary. Enjoy!

How to Make Ahead and Store Leftovers

  • Dressing: To make this recipe come together quickly, you can make the dressing a day in advance. Simply combine all ingredients in a mason jar and place in the fridge. 
  • Prep: Avocado is difficult to prep ahead of time because it can quickly turn an unappealing brown color once cut. I recommend chopping up the ripe avocado and the rest of the ingredients as soon as you’re ready to assemble the salad. You can, however, prep the mango and jalapeño in advance, but be sure to store them in an airtight container in the fridge. 
  • Storage: You can store the salad in an airtight container in the fridge and enjoy it for up to two days. 

What to Serve it With

A salad this versatile, refreshing, and vibrant is sure to brighten up your favorite summer main dish. Here are some serving suggestions:

Salad with mango and avocado in a bowl from the front view

Expert Tips

While this recipe for avocado and mango salad is super simple and easy, follow these helpful tips to achieve maximum results and flavor!

  • Use ripe fruit: Avocados and mangoes have the best texture and flavor when they’re ripe. Also, it is best if you cut them in bite-sized pieces.
  • Ensure your prepped fruit is similar in size: Make sure every bite of your salad is consistent by cutting your mango and avocado into equal-sized cubes or chunks. 
  • Toss gently: Avocado tends to turn mushy if over-handled, so be sure to toss your salad gently when combining.

FAQs

How do you know if a mango is ripe?

To tell whether a mango is ripe, use your thumb to gently apply pressure to the skin. If it feels soft or gives slightly, it’s ready! If you’re not quite sure, locate the fruit’s stem and give it a whiff. If it gives off a sweet, fruity aroma, it’s ripe. 

Is mango skin edible?

Mango skin is edible, and studies show that the skin contains a variety of health and nutritional benefits. However, keep in mind that eating mango skin may cause allergic reactions or lead to the ingestion of pesticides or harmful chemicals. The skin is also generally bitter and tough to chew.

Why Should You Make this Salad?

I know you’ll love this mango and avocado salad as much as I do! Here’s why:

  • Quick, easy, and nutrient-dense: Healthy has never been easier! Throw this simple salad together in 15 minutes for your daily dose of essential fatty acids and vitamin-C
  • The ideal accompaniment to grilled favorites: This is a perfect salad to pair with fish tacos, grilled seafood, meats, and other main dishes. Or, serve it as a mango salsa with your favorite tortilla chip! 
  • Bursting with refreshing summer flavor: This fresh summer salad is the perfect way to cool off on a hot summer day. 

Other Fruit Salads You Might Also Like

If you loved this avocado mango salad, here are some other fruity salad recipes you need to try!

If you try this delicious Mango Avocado Salad recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

mango salad with avocado in a bowl from the top view
Print

Mango Avocado Salad Recipe

This Mango Avocado Salad recipe is made with fresh mango, ripe avocados, and chili lime dressing. Ready in 15 minutes, it is the perfect side dish for the grilling season.
Course Salad
Cuisine Mexican/Southwestern
Diet Vegan
Prep Time 15 minutes
Total Time 15 minutes
Servings 4 people
Calories 358kcal

Ingredients

For The Chili Lime Vinaigrette:

  • ¼ cup extra virgin olive oil
  • 1 teaspoon of lime zest
  • 4 tablespoons lime juice freshly squeezed
  • 1 clove garlic minced
  • 1 teaspoon ground cumin
  • ½ teaspoon chili powder
  • ¾ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon maple syrup/honey

For The Salad:

  • 2 ripe avocados cut into cubes
  • 2 ripe mangos cut into 1-inch chunks
  • ½ cup red onion thinly sliced – from a small red onion
  • 1 small jalapeno pepper seeded and chopped (optional)
  • ½ cup chopped fresh cilantro

Instructions

  • Make the dressing by combining everything in a mason jar. Close the lid tightly and give it a shake until all ingredients are thoroughly mixed.
  • Place the cubed avocados, mango chunks, red onion slices, jalapeno, and cilantro in a salad bowl.
  • Drizzle it with the dressing and give it a toss to combine.
  • Taste for seasoning and add in if necessary.

Video

Notes

  • The finished salad is about 4 cups with 1 cup per serving.
  • Storage: You can store the salad in an airtight container in the fridge and enjoy it for up to two days.
  • Cut them in similar bite-size chunks: For best results, cut avocado and mango cubes in similar sizes.
  • Toss gently: Avocado tends to turn mushy if over-handled, so be sure to toss your salad gently when combining. 

Nutrition

Calories: 358kcal | Carbohydrates: 28g | Protein: 3g | Fat: 29g | Saturated Fat: 4g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 3g | Monounsaturated Fat: 20g | Sodium: 452mg | Potassium: 743mg | Fiber: 9g | Sugar: 16g | Vitamin A: 1528IU | Vitamin C: 59mg | Calcium: 38mg | Iron: 1mg

The post Mango Avocado Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/mango-avocado-salad/feed/ 0
Avocado Peach Salad https://foolproofliving.com/peach-avocado-salad/ https://foolproofliving.com/peach-avocado-salad/#comments Mon, 06 Jun 2022 20:48:17 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=14574 I think we can all agree that having a few summer salad recipes in your back pocket will make your life easier, especially when it comes to putting dinner on the table when it is 90 degrees outside. They are fresh, vibrant, crunchy, and colorful – and usually require only one bowl. While I adore Avocado Kale Salad, Quinoa Avocado Salad, Mango Avocado Salad, and Watermelon Avocado Salad, this is...

The post Avocado Peach Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>

I think we can all agree that having a few summer salad recipes in your back pocket will make your life easier, especially when it comes to putting dinner on the table when it is 90 degrees outside. They are fresh, vibrant, crunchy, and colorful – and usually require only one bowl. While I adore Avocado Kale Salad, Quinoa Avocado Salad, Mango Avocado Salad, and Watermelon Avocado Salad, this is by far my favorite.

avocado peach salad in a bowl with a spoon on the side from top view

Why Should You Try This Recipe?

This peach and avocado salad is the dictionary definition of a simple summer salad. I know you will love it because:

  • Packed full of fresh summer produce: Yellow peaches, Persian cucumber, and creamy avocado – does anything get better than that? It’s also gluten-free, vegan, vegetarian and nut free!
  • Easy, homemade, Mediterranean-inspired dressing: The flavors of cumin and coriander really sparkle in this peach salad recipe and they compliment the sweet fruit so well.
  • Super customizable: Stick to the original recipe or amp it up with a few ingredient add-ins.

Ingredients

The ingredient list for this peach avocado salad is nothing more than a mix of pantry and fresh, flavorful produce. Venture out to your favorite farmer’s market for this one.

ingredients for the recipe in small portions on a marble backdrop

Gather together pumpkin seeds, ground coriander, ground cumin, extra virgin olive oil, serrano chile, fresh cilantro, fresh parsley, fresh lemon juice, kosher salt, yellow ripe peaches, Persian cucumbers, ripe avocado and sesame seeds.

Ingredient Substitutions and Notes

  • Chile: Use a jalapeno or fresno chiles if serranos are hard to find.
  • Fresh Herbs: Add an extra sprinkle of chopped fresh mint or basil.
  • Acid / Vinegar: Swap out the lemon juice for lime juice or balsamic vinegar (either white or dark) instead. Alternatively, use my lemon balsamic vinaigrette or chili-lime vinaigrette as a spicy kick.
  • Fresh Peaches: I love sweet yellow juicy peaches, but you could also try white peaches, donut peaches, or other stone fruit like nectarines.
  • Cucumber: English cucumber is the next best thing to Persian cucumbers. It is a personal preference whether or not to peel and remove the seeds.
  • Seeds / Nuts: Replace the pumpkin seeds with thinly sliced almonds (or toasted almonds), walnuts, pine nuts, or pistachios instead.
  • Spice: A final sprinkle of black pepper would be a great way to amp up the spice, too.

How to Make

The avocado peach salad recipe comes together in a few easy steps. Simply:

person toasting pumpkin seeds and making the dressing
  1. Toast pepitas and sesame seeds: Place pumpkin seeds and sesame seeds in a non-stick skillet. Set over medium heat and toast, stirring frequently, until lightly golden, about 5-7 minutes. Do not leave the sight of it as they can burn easily. Pour onto a plate to cool.
  2. Make the dressing: In a large bowl, add the ground coriander, ground cumin, olive oil, Serrano chile, cilantro, parsley, lemon juice, and salt. Gently whisk until combined.
person assembling and tossing peach salad
  1. Coat the fruit and vegetables: To the bowl with the dressing, add the peach slices, cucumbers and avocado. Gently toss to ensure all pieces are coated.
  2. Sprinkle with seeds and serve: Finish with the toasted pumpkin seeds and sesame seeds. Taste and season with salt and pepper, if necessary. Enjoy!

Serving Suggestions

This avocado and peach salad can be served in a number of different fashions. You could try:

  • Appetizer: Serve it as the salad course for dinner. All that juicy produce will certainly wet your appetite.
  • Side Dish: Make it a light and bright side dish to main meals like Cornish Hens, Whole Roasted Chicken, Chicken Rice Pilaf or a simple Lemon Herb Quinoa
  • Potluck / Dinner Party: This makes the perfect summer salad and a gorgeous accompaniment to bring to your next potluck or dinner party with friends.
  • Picnic / BBQ: Keep it chilled right up until it’s time to eat or serve the bowl on top of a larger bowl of ice at any outdoor engagement like a picnic or BBQ. This summer peach salad would be perfect when served with grilled shrimp skewers, shrimp kabobs shrimp tacos, or guacamole burgers.

Variations

Feel free to get fun and creative with this avocado salad with peaches. Add ½ – 1 cup of any of the following:

  • Top it off with cheese: This summer peach salad would be perfect with the addition of crumbled goat cheese, feta cheese cubes, sliced fresh mozzarella, or better yet hand torn burrata. My personal favorite is peach and goat cheese salad as it tastes very similar to my Warm Pear Salad recipe.
  • Add in some green leafy vegetables: Turn it into a green salad by adding arugula, baby spinach, butter lettuce, or even grilled lettuce.
  • Add some onion: If you can’t imagine a salad without onions, feel free to add some sliced red onion for extra flavor.
  • Grilled peaches: If the grill is on and you have the time, why not grill some peaches for the dreamy grill marks and caramelized flavors. Grilled Peach Salad with all the other fresh and crunchy ingredients is an easy way to take it up a notch.

How to Store

  • Storage: The fresh peach salad will keep for up to 1 day covered tightly with plastic wrap in the fridge. After that, I find the avocado starts to turn slightly brown and bitter – and you lose too much of the crunch from the cucumbers. Wake up the leftovers with an extra squeeze of lemon.
  • Freezing: I would not recommend freezing this salad as it will lose most of its tangy flavors and texture.

Expert Tips

  • Toss minimally and gently. If you toss this nectarine avocado salad too much, the avocado will melt into the salad and you will lose some of the texture.
  • Serve immediately. This salad is best enjoyed the moment it is made. I like to keep all the produce in the fridge right up until I’m ready to prepare so the ingredients stay crisp and chilled.
  • Chill the salad bowl. For even more insurance, chill your serving bowl in the fridge if you have some extra time. 
peach avocado salad in a bowl from the top view

FAQs

How long will avocado last in a salad?

Avocado will last in a salad refrigerated for only 1-2 days, after too much time, the avocado breaks down and turns slightly brown and bitter.

How to keep avocado in a salad from turning brown?

Directly cover the dressed salad with a layer of plastic wrap, then wrap it once more with another layer of plastic wrap. This keeps the air from oxidizing the avocado and turning it brown.

Other Summer Salads You’ll Enjoy:

If you try this Avocado Peach Salad recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

This recipe has been adapted from Bon Appetit’s Peach and Cucumber Salad Recipe with minor changes.

avocado peach salad in a bowl from the top view
Print

Avocado Peach Salad Recipe

This Avocado Peach Salad recipe is the perfect vegan summer salad featuring fresh peaches, along with ripe avocados, toasted pumpkin and sesame seeds. Packed with sweet, savory and crunchy flavors, this easy salad recipe is all you need for your summer get-togethers.
Course Salad
Cuisine American
Diet Vegan
Prep Time 15 minutes
Total Time 15 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 308kcal

Ingredients

For The Toasted Seeds:

  • 1/3 cup raw pumpkin seeds (unsalted)
  • 1 tablespoon sesame seeds

Salad Dressing Ingredients:

  • ½ teaspoon ground coriander
  • ½ teaspoon ground cumin
  • ¼ cup extra virgin olive oil
  • 1 serrano chile seeds removed and chopped – or jalapeno
  • 3 tablespoons fresh cilantro chopped – omit it if you are not a fan
  • 3 tablespoons fresh parsley chopped
  • 1 tablespoon lemon juice freshly squeezed
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt

For The Salad:

  • 4 medium size yellow peaches ripened & sliced with the skin on
  • 2 Persian cucumbers sliced thinly
  • 1 ripe avocado cut into small cubes

Instructions

  • Toast the seeds: Place pumpkin seeds and sesame seeds in a non-stick skillet. Toast in medium heat, stirring frequently, until golden brown, 5-7 minutes. Do not leave sight of it as it can burn easily. Set aside to cool.
  • Make the salad dressing: In a large salad bowl, mix together ground coriander, ground cumin, olive oil, Serrano chile, cilantro, parsley, lemon juice, and salt.
  • Assemble salad: Add the sliced peaches, cucumbers, and avocado to the same bowl. Gently toss to ensure that peaches, cucumbers and avocados are coated with the dressing and herbs.
  • Sprinkle with pumpkin and sesame seeds. Give it a toss.
  • Taste and season with more salt, if necessary. Serve immediately.

Notes

  • Pick ripe fruit: I find that this salad works best with peaches that are ripened. Though you do not want them to be too ripened that it’s mushy.
  • Storage: This peach avocado salad will keep for up to 1 day covered tightly with plastic wrap in the fridge. After that, I find the avocado starts to turn slightly brown and bitter – and you lose too much of the crunch from the cucumbers. Wake up the leftovers with an extra squeeze of lemon.

Nutrition

Serving: 1g | Calories: 308kcal | Carbohydrates: 21g | Protein: 5g | Fat: 25g | Saturated Fat: 4g | Sodium: 298mg | Potassium: 639mg | Fiber: 7g | Sugar: 14g | Vitamin A: 879IU | Vitamin C: 22mg | Calcium: 43mg | Iron: 2mg

The post Avocado Peach Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/peach-avocado-salad/feed/ 1
Pesto Caprese Pasta Salad https://foolproofliving.com/brown-rice-caprese-spaghetti-7/ https://foolproofliving.com/brown-rice-caprese-spaghetti-7/#comments Mon, 23 May 2022 23:20:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=9752 Why Should You Make This Recipe? No more stressful grocery store runs when you make this easy dish. Pasta salad with pesto and mozzarella is a tasty yet effortless dish you can whip up in no time and for any occasion. Ingredients For this pasta pesto salad recipe, gather pasta, cherry tomatoes, mozzarella cheese pearls, shredded parmesan cheese, fresh basil leaves, kosher salt, and ground black pepper. To make the...

The post Pesto Caprese Pasta Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
Why Should You Make This Recipe?

No more stressful grocery store runs when you make this easy dish. Pasta salad with pesto and mozzarella is a tasty yet effortless dish you can whip up in no time and for any occasion.

  • This quick recipe is easy enough for even beginner chefs to prepare. Plus, you can serve it at room temperature, warm, or as a cold Caprese pasta salad for maximum flexibility.
  • Basil pesto pasta salad makes an irresistible side dish for grilled meat and veggies. You could even have it by itself for a satisfying yet simple lunch.
  • If you need a potluck-ready recipe, you can easily make this cold pesto salad for a crowd. Whether you need a pasta salad for a baby shower, summer barbecues, or weeknight get-togethers, these Caprese flavors will be a big hit.
orecchiette caprese pasta salad with pesto in a serving plate with a spoon on the side

Ingredients

For this pasta pesto salad recipe, gather pasta, cherry tomatoes, mozzarella cheese pearls, shredded parmesan cheese, fresh basil leaves, kosher salt, and ground black pepper.

Ingredients for the recipe on a white backdrop from the top view

To make the Pesto Dressing, you’ll need basil leaves, pine nuts, minced garlic, white wine vinegar, fresh lemon juice, parmesan cheese, kosher salt, black pepper, and extra virgin olive oil.

ingredients for the salad dressing

Helpful Notes & Substitutions

  • Pesto: You can make homemade basil pesto vinaigrette or you can use store-bought pesto for a simplified version. If you prefer to use a storebought brand, simply mix ½ cup prepared pesto with ¼ cup white wine vinegar and ¼ cup parmesan cheese to turn it into a salad dressing.
  • Tomatoes: I suggest using grape tomatoes for this cold pasta salad, but any fresh tomatoes or heirloom tomatoes will also work, as long as you chop them up.
  • Mozzarella: I make this pasta salad with mozzarella balls (aka mozzarella pearls). However, you could also buy a package of fresh mozzarella cheese and cut it into small pieces. You could also use burrata cheese (as I did in this Burrata Caprese recipe) if you want to make it even more creamy. No matter what kind of mozzarella you use, make sure it’s fresh.
  • Pasta: I use orecchiette pasta for this recipe, but virtually any pasta will work—including spaghetti, orzo, rotini pasta, and gluten-free pasta options such as quinoa pasta and brown rice pasta. Other fan-favorite options include pesto macaroni salad and rotini pesto pasta salad.
  • Black olives: If desired, you can add a layer of saltiness to your pesto pasta salad recipe by adding black olives or chopped kalamata olives. The Mediterranean feel of this variation is as delectable as my Orzo Shrimp Salad.
  • Balsamic glaze: It is optional but if you want to continue with the Italian flavors, follow the traditional Caprese salad recipe and finish it off with a drizzle of balsamic reduction.

How to Make This Recipe

This cold pasta pesto salad comes together in a cinch. With only simple ingredients, you’ll be able to sample this summer dish in fewer than 10 steps.

Make the Pesto Salad Dressing

a collage of images showing how to make the pesto salad dressing
  1. Prepare the Caprese pasta salad pesto: Place basil leaves, pine nuts, garlic, vinegar, lemon juice, parmesan cheese, salt, and pepper into the bowl of a food processor. Give the ingredients a rough chop (4-5 pulses).
  2. Add the olive oil: Turn your food processor on and drizzle the olive oil through the tube. Stop the machine and scrape the bowl 1-2 times until the vinaigrette becomes creamy.

Make the Pasta Salad

a collage of images showing how to make pesto caprese pasta salad
  1. Cook the pasta: Bring a large pot of salted water to a boil. Cook your pasta according to the package directions. Reserve one cup of the pasta water. Place the now-cooked pasta in a large serving bowl.
  2. Assemble the salad: Add the fresh mozzarella balls and tomatoes to the large bowl with the cooked pasta.
  3. Dress the salad: Drizzle your salad with the prepared pesto sauce and toss the mixture until fully coated.
  4. Season: Sprinkle your salad with parmesan cheese and add any necessary extra seasoning.
  5. Serve: Garnish your dish with fresh basil leaves, and serve while still warm.

How to Store

This recipe for pesto pasta salad is a must-have for easy meal prep. Whether you prepare this dish in advance or store leftovers for later, cut your assembly time in half with these simple tips.

  • Make ahead: To make this pesto mozzarella pasta ahead of time, chop up the tomatoes and prepare the pesto. Store them in separate airtight containers in the fridge for up to a couple of days. Then, cook your pasta just before you’re ready to eat, assemble the salad, and serve in a large salad bowl.
  • Storage: Pesto pasta will stay fresh in an airtight container for up to 4 days.
  • Freezing: Though possible, I don’t recommend freezing this pasta salad recipe. The pasta will lose its texture and not taste as great when thawed.

How to Serve

Herby and light, this easy pesto pasta salad can be served in countless ways. You’ll adore this recipe as a perfect side dish, a light lunch, or even a full meal.

  • Side dish with grilled food: This creamy pesto pasta side dish recipe makes the ultimate pair with all your fresh-from-the-grill favorites. You won’t be able to put down your fork when you taste this recipe alongside my Grilled Shrimp and Shrimp Kabobs.
  • Light lunch with a green salad: Few lunch recipes are as simple, satisfying, or fresh as this healthy pairing. Serve this cold pasta with pesto as the main course with Asparagus Salad or Spring Mix Salad for an unbeatable lunch combo.
  • Top it off with chicken breasts: Want to turn your mozzarella pesto pasta salad into a nutritious and filling meal? Top it off with my Oven-Baked Chicken Breast or leftover Baked Chicken Parm and voila! Skip the hassle of weeknight meal prep with this easy main dish.

Expert Tips

Five-star eats aren’t just for professional chefs. Now you can make this pesto pasta side dish perfect every time with a handful of pro tips.

  • Season the pasta water well: Want to give your pasta great flavor? Salt is the answer! Your pasta water should taste like ocean saltwater when cooking.
  • Cook the pasta al dente: I suggest cooking your pasta al dente—usually 11-12 minutes—to give your pesto salad the ideal texture.
  • Multiply the recipe: This pasta Caprese salad recipe is a godsend when you’re cooking for a crowd. Simply multiply the recipe as many times as necessary to serve your guests.
  • Additional salt: Pesto is usually pretty salty on its own, so be sure to taste your fully prepared pasta salad before adding more salt.
Caprese Salad with Pesto in a large bowl from the top view

FAQs

It doesn’t matter if you’ve been cooking for decades or just starting out. Anyone can make this green pesto pasta salad with an expert FAQ list at hand.

What kind of pasta is best for pasta salad?

I prefer to prepare this pasta salad with orecchiette, but nearly any pasta will work. Elbow macaroni, rotini, orzo, and bowtie pasta are other great options to try.

Can you freeze pesto pasta salad?

Technically you can freeze pesto pasta with mozzarella, but I don’t recommend it. This dish will likely come out mushy and tasteless when thawed.

How long does Caprese pasta salad last in the fridge?

This pasta salad will last up to 4 days when stored in an airtight container.

Similar Recipes You Might Also Like

If you try this Caprese Pesto Pasta Salad recipe or any of our summer salad recipes on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a big help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

 

pesto caprese pasta salad in a salad plate with a spoon on the side
Print

Pesto Caprese Pasta Salad Recipe

Whether you serve it cold or warm, this Pesto Caprese Pasta Salad is the perfect summer salad for picnics, cookouts, potlucks, or barbecue party needs. Ready in 30 minutes, it is guaranteed to impress.
Course Side Dish
Cuisine Italian
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Total Time 30 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 343kcal

Ingredients

For the Pesto Dressing*:

  • 1 ½ cups fresh basil leaves loosely packed
  • cup pine nuts or sliced almonds
  • 2 small cloves of garlic minced
  • 2 tablespoons white wine vinegar
  • 3 tablespoons lemon juice
  • 2 tablespoons shredded parmesan cheese
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • cup extra virgin olive oil

For the Caprese Pasta Salad

  • 1 lb pasta orecchiette, rotini, or your favorite gluten-free pasta
  • 1 ½ lbs cherry tomatoes sliced or cut in half
  • 10 ounces small mozzarella cheese balls or a whole log cut into bite size pieces
  • ¼ cup shredded parmesan cheese
  • Handful of fresh basil leaves to use as garnish
  • Salt & pepper to taste

Instructions

  • Cook the pasta according to package directions. Drain and place it in a bowl.
  • Place fresh basil leaves, pine nuts, garlic, vinegar, lemon juice, parmesan cheese, salt and pepper into the bowl of a food processor. Pulse 4-5 times to give them a rough chop.
  • Turn the machine on and while it is running drizzle in the olive oil through the tube. Stop and scrape once and continue running the machine until the vinaigrette is creamy.
  • To assemble the salad: Into the bowl with pasta, place mozzarella cheese and tomatoes. Drizzle it with the pesto dressing. Give it a toss making sure that everything is coated with the dressing.
  • Sprinkle it with parmesan cheese and taste for seasoning. Add in if necessary.
  • Garnish with fresh basil leaves and serve while still warm.

Video

Notes

  • Store-bought Pesto: If you'd rather use store-bought pesto, you can turn it into a salad dressing by mixing 1/2 cup pesto with ¼ cup white wine vinegar and ¼ cup parmesan cheese.
  • Cook the pasta al dente: I suggest cooking your pasta al dente—usually 11-12 minutes—to give your pesto salad the ideal texture.
  • Multiply the recipe: You can multiply the recipe if you are serving a crowd.
  • Additional salt: Pesto is usually pretty salty on its own, so be sure to taste your fully prepared caprese pasta salad before adding more salt.
  • Make ahead: To make this pesto mozzarella pasta ahead of time, chop up the tomatoes and prepare the pesto. Store them in separate airtight containers in the fridge for up to a couple of days. Then, cook your pasta just before you’re ready to eat, assemble the salad, and serve in a large salad bowl.
  • Storage: Pesto pasta will stay fresh in an airtight container for up to 4 days.
  • Freezing: I do not recommend freezing this dish.

Nutrition

Calories: 343kcal | Carbohydrates: 11g | Protein: 13g | Fat: 29g | Saturated Fat: 6g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 4g | Monounsaturated Fat: 11g | Cholesterol: 22mg | Sodium: 702mg | Potassium: 560mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 6g | Vitamin A: 1252IU | Vitamin C: 36mg | Calcium: 258mg | Iron: 2mg

The post Pesto Caprese Pasta Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/brown-rice-caprese-spaghetti-7/feed/ 14
Pesto Vinaigrette https://foolproofliving.com/pesto-vinaigrette/ https://foolproofliving.com/pesto-vinaigrette/#comments Mon, 23 May 2022 23:18:45 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=52273 Why Should You Make This Recipe? Basil pesto dressing is a mouthwatering yet simple recipe you can’t get enough of. This vinaigrette is easy, fresh, and pairs well with dozens of delicious dishes.  This 5-minute pesto vinaigrette recipe is a great way to use fresh basil, especially if you’re growing your own fresh herbs. Who can resist natural ingredients? Elevate any dish with ease when you top it with this...

The post Pesto Vinaigrette appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
Why Should You Make This Recipe?

Basil pesto dressing is a mouthwatering yet simple recipe you can’t get enough of. This vinaigrette is easy, fresh, and pairs well with dozens of delicious dishes. 

  • This 5-minute pesto vinaigrette recipe is a great way to use fresh basil, especially if you’re growing your own fresh herbs. Who can resist natural ingredients?
  • Elevate any dish with ease when you top it with this herby and robust dressing. Whether you use pesto sauce for salad (or pasta salad!), to drizzle on pizza, or even to top grilled meat, your tastebuds will thank you.
Basil Pesto Salad dressing in a jar

Ingredients

For this pesto dressing recipe, gather fresh basil leaves, pine nuts, minced garlic, white wine vinegar, fresh lemon juice, parmesan cheese, kosher salt, black pepper, and extra virgin olive oil.

Ingredients for the recipe portioned from the top view

Substitutions & Variations

  • Nuts: Don’t have any pine nuts on hand? No problem! Swap out your pine nuts for almonds or even walnuts for an easy substitution.
  • Vinegar: Give your pesto vinaigrette sweeter, sharper, or more robust undertones by swapping out which vinegar you use. Simply substitute your white wine vinegar with an equal amount of red wine vinegar or balsamic vinegar for a delectable Pesto Balsamic Dressing.
  • Make it a 3-ingredient pesto vinaigrette: You can make this pesto vinaigrette with store-bought pesto, white wine vinegar, and parmesan cheese. For measurements, I recommend mixing ½ cup prepared pesto with ¼ cup vinegar and ¼ cup parmesan cheese.
  • Copycat Sweetgreen Pesto recipe: If you have ever dined at one of the Sweetgreen restaurant locations, you probably already know about their pesto dressing. It seems like Sweetgreen’s Pesto Vinaigrette recipe is very similar to mine except that they use red wine vinegar instead of white wine vinegar and add a teaspoon of dijon mustard to your basic lemon pesto dressing.
  • Make it vegan: To make a vegan version of this delicious recipe, all you need to do is use vegan parmesan. For a homemade substitution, I suggest using this recipe for vegan parmesan.

How to Make Pesto Dressing

Wondering how to make pesto vinaigrette? This 5-minute recipe for classic basil pesto dressing is as easy as it is fresh, and it comes together in just three steps.

a collage of photos showing how to make pesto vinaigrette
  1. Chop/Pulse the ingredients in a food processor: Place all the ingredients except the olive oil (i.e., fresh basil leaves, pine nuts, garlic, vinegar, lemon juice, parmesan cheese, salt, and black pepper) into a food processor. Pulse the mixture 4-5 times for a rough chop.
  2. Add the olive oil: Turn on the food processor and, while it runs, drizzle the olive oil through the tube. Stop the machine 1-2 times while mixing to scrape the bowl’s sides. Continue running your food processor until the salad dressing is creamy (approx. 45 seconds).
  3. Season and serve: Taste your pesto salad sauce and add any additional seasoning. Give the mixture one more pulse, and then serve.

How to Store

This pesto salad dressing recipe is a delicious addition to any meal. With these simple storage tips, you can keep your leftover vinaigrette fresh for days.

  • Storage: To store lemon pesto vinaigrette, place it in an airtight container (like a mason jar) in the fridge. Your dressing will stay fresh for up to 5 days.
  • Freeze: You can freeze this vinaigrette for up to 2 months in an airtight container.
  • Thaw: To thaw your pesto dressing, let it sit on the counter for 2 hours before using.

Recipe Ideas to Use

Basil pesto vinaigrette is a delicious dressing that goes with just about anything. This topping adds a sumptuous flavor to countless dishes, from leafy green salads to hearty mains.

pasta salad in bowl using this basil salad dressing

FAQs

Pesto vinaigrette dressing is easy enough for even beginner chefs to prepare. Still, you can become an expert saucier in no time with these helpful FAQs!

How to turn pesto into salad dressing?

For an easy pesto vinaigrette salad dressing, mix ½ cup of leftover pesto, ¼ cup of white wine vinegar, and ¼ cup of parmesan cheese. It’s that easy!

What is in Sweetgreen pesto vinaigrette?

Sweetgreen pesto vinaigrette is made with apple cider vinegar, fresh basil, garlic, dijon mustard, parmesan cheese, pine nuts, and salt and pepper.

What is pesto dressing made of?

This basil pesto salad dressing recipe consists of fresh basil leaves, pine nuts, minced garlic, white wine vinegar, lemon juice, parmesan cheese, salt, pepper, and olive oil.

Other Homemade Salad Dressing You Might Like:

If you try this Pesto Vinaigrette recipe or any other one of my homemade salad dressing recipes on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Pesto Vinaigrette in a spoon
Print

Pesto Vinaigrette Recipe

Learn how to make pesto vinaigrette recipe to use in salads, sandwiches, and more. Made with everyday ingredients, this basil salad dressing is easy and quick to make.
Course Salad Dressing
Cuisine American/Italian
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 10 minutes
Total Time 10 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 254kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 ½ cups of fresh basil leaves loosely packed
  • cup pine nuts or sliced almonds
  • 2 small cloves garlic minced
  • 2 tablespoons white wine vinegar
  • 3 tablespoons of lemon juice
  • 2 tablespoons shredded parmesan cheese
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt*
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • cup extra virgin olive oil

Instructions

  • Place fresh basil leaves, pine nuts, garlic, vinegar, lemon juice, parmesan cheese, salt, and black pepper into the bowl of a food processor. Pulse 4-5 times to give them a rough chop.
  • Turn the machine on and while it is running drizzle the olive oil through the tube. Stop and scrape once or twice and continue running the machine until the salad dressing is creamy, 45 seconds or so.
  • Taste for seasoning and add in if necessary. Give it one more pulse and serve.

Notes

  • This recipe yields 2/3 cup pesto salad dressing.
  • This is one of those recipes that you want to taste as you go. I listed 1/2 teaspoon kosher salt, but please give it a taste before serving to make sure that it is properly seasoned to your taste.
  • Make it a 3-ingredient pesto vinaigrette: You can make this pesto vinaigrette with store-bought pesto. For measurements, I recommend mixing ½ cup prepared pesto with ¼ cup vinegar and ¼ cup parmesan cheese.
  • Pesto Vinaigrette Sweetgreen Recipe: For a version similar to Sweetgreen’s pesto vinaigrette recipe, use red wine vinegar instead of white wine vinegar and add a teaspoon of dijon mustard.
  • Storage: To store lemon pesto vinaigrette, place it in an airtight container (like a mason jar) in the fridge. Your dressing will stay fresh for up to 5 days.
  • Freeze: You can freeze this vinaigrette for up to 2 months in an airtight container.
  • Thaw: To thaw your pesto dressing, let it sit on the counter for 2 hours before using.

Nutrition

Calories: 254kcal | Carbohydrates: 3g | Protein: 3g | Fat: 26g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 6g | Monounsaturated Fat: 15g | Cholesterol: 2mg | Sodium: 336mg | Potassium: 121mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 1g | Vitamin A: 501IU | Vitamin C: 7mg | Calcium: 45mg | Iron: 1mg

The post Pesto Vinaigrette appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/pesto-vinaigrette/feed/ 2
22+ Spring Salad Recipes https://foolproofliving.com/spring-salad-recipes/ https://foolproofliving.com/spring-salad-recipes/#comments Thu, 24 Mar 2022 06:25:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=18810 Anyone who knows me knows, I am a huge fan of salads and I eat a big green salad every single day. With over 100 foolproof salad recipes on this site, I am here with a curated list of Spring Salads to inspire you to put the ingredients of the season to good use. Below you will find recipes ranging from green leafy salads to hearty salads to salads that...

The post 22+ Spring Salad Recipes appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
Anyone who knows me knows, I am a huge fan of salads and I eat a big green salad every single day. With over 100 foolproof salad recipes on this site, I am here with a curated list of Spring Salads to inspire you to put the ingredients of the season to good use.

Below you will find recipes ranging from green leafy salads to hearty salads to salads that are worthy of your Easter table to serve as a side dish or as a masterpiece.

Spring Green Salad Recipes

Equal parts nutritious and delicious, these simple spring salad recipes are just what you need to brighten up your dinner spread. Who can resist the garden-fresh taste of home-mixed greens? One bite of these vibrant veggies and flavorful grains, and you’ll never have to search for good spring salads again.

Springtime green salad in a bowl
  • Spring Mix Salad: One of the easiest spring green salads to make (literally ready in 15 minutes!), this all-natural recipe is both healthy and delicious. Bold red onion, juicy cherry tomatoes, and delicate spring mix give this dish its fresh flavor. Plus, it is the best way to put those farmers market fresh salad greens to good use.
  • Quinoa Tabouli: This tabouli is one of the most popular quinoa salads on the blog and for a good reason. Packed with fresh herbs (i.e. fresh mint, parsley, and dill), juicy tomatoes, and spring onions, it is not only an easy spring salad but also a healthy lunch recipe perfect for the warmer weather.
Tabouli salad as one of the spring salad ideas
  • Turkish Tabbouleh: This spring side salad combines delicious Mediterranean flavors into one irresistible dish. Bulgur wheat, fresh herbs, and bright lemon make this bright salad a fan favorite. Simply put it all in a large bowl and drizzle it with my go-to lemon salad dressing. That’s it!
  • Spring Greens Salad: This early spring salad from The Bojon Gourmet combines crunchy sugar snap peas, tangy buttermilk dressing, and shaved fennel for one delicious spring lettuce salad recipe.
Kale Quinoa Salad being drizzled with the dressing

Hearty Spring Salad Ideas

Few dinner ideas are as healthy, fresh, or delectable as a hearty spring salad. These satisfying recipes are packed with everything from succulent shrimp to tender grilled chicken, making them the ideal main dish. No one will leave the table hungry with these delicious spring salad recipes.

Chickpea Tuna Salad in an oval bowl with spoons on the side
  • Chickpea Tuna Salad: Creamy, satisfying, and filled with healthy fats, this chickpea salad recipe is a great way to feed a crowd. Serve this dish anywhere from potlucks to weeknight dinners.
  • Southwest Chicken Salad: If you’re a fan of southwestern eats, this gluten-free salad is just for you! You’ll love the Creamy Avocado Dressing and spicy peppers of this colorful dish.
Shrimp Orzo Salad in a bowl from the top view
  • Shrimp Orzo Salad:  A filling and healthy meal by itself, this salad is made with tangy feta cheese and tender orzo. Topped off with my Grilled Shrimp (and a drizzle of freshly squeezed lemon juice), it is a meal-worthy feast that tastes as good as it looks.
  • Chicken Salad with Greek Yogurt: Serve this versatile salad on a sandwich, wrap, or even by itself. You won’t be able to get enough of the delicious tangy Yogurt Salad Dressing that it is flavored with.
Asian Sesame Chicken Salad being drizzled with the dressing

Easter Salads for Spring

There’s no better way to celebrate the spring season than with these spring salads for Easter. You can serve these green recipes as an easy side or a mouthwatering main. Light, fresh, and filled with seasonal ingredients, these are some of the best springtime salads to liven up your Easter spread.

spring green salad with asparagus in a bowl
Spinach strawberry salad in a large salad bowl
  • Strawberry Spinach Salad: Sweet strawberries and baby spinach? Yes, please! Creamy Poppyseed Dressing will make this tart dish your new go-to spinach salad. Packed with good-for-you ingredients, this salad embodies the sweet, savory, and creamy goodness all at the same time.
  • Deviled Egg Potato Salad: If you like the rich, tangy flavor of Avocado Deviled Eggs, then you’ll adore this delicious salad. Who can say no to this recipe’s fresh cilantro, capers, and spicy jalapeño?
  • New Potato Salad: My friend Alexandra of Occasionally Eggs makes some of the most mouthwatering salad recipes for spring. And this warm new potato salad recipe flavored with asparagus, lentils, and greens and drizzled with a lemony mustard dressing is no different. It is a gorgeous spring potato salad recipe that happens to be vegan as well.
Cowboy Caviar in a bowl
  • Texas Caviar Salad: You may not be a fan of caviar, but you’ll go head over heels for this southwestern gem because it uses black-eyed peas! This dish’s crisp corn, tangy lime vinaigrette, and creamy beans will make it your new favorite recipe.

Side Salads

Spring time salads are some of the most versatile sides to put on your dinner menu. Topped with creamy cheese and zesty salad dressing, these side salads will have everyone getting a second bowl. Not only do these different salad recipes pair with a variety of meals, but they’re also super easy to make!

Butter lettuce salad in a bowl
  • Butter Leaf Lettuce Salad: This bibb lettuce salad dish is the perfect spring salad with asparagus, peas, and bright red radish. You can put all your favorite spring vegetables into this scrumptious side.
  • Quinoa Salad with Avocado: Made with cooked quinoa, rich avocado, and fresh greens, this simple recipe is an easy way to turn a salad into a complete meal. Everyone will love the fresh ingredients in this yummy side dish.
  • Classic Caesar Salad: For a fresh salad that never goes out of style, Caesar is the way to go! Nutty parmesan cheese and bold garlic make this simple dish one of the best spring salad ideas around.
tomato salad with cucumber
  • Tomato Cucumber Mozzarella Salad: Persian cucumber and fresh mozzarella make this recipe as creamy as it is crisp. This dish is a great recipe to satisfy your cravings for Caprese salad flavors—the healthy way!
  • Red Radish Salad: This spring vegetables salad from my friends at Give Recipe is a great recipe to make when you’re on the go. It only takes 10 minutes to prepare this simple dish’s raw ingredients and poppy seed dressing. 
  • Black Bean Corn Salad: Want a spring salad that won’t fall flat? The spicy, savory flavors and fresh vegetables of this easy salad make it the perfect dish to serve as a side dish, salsa, or even on its own.
  • Easy Creamy Cucumber Salad: You won’t find a recipe for spring salad as tangy, crunchy, or delicious as this one. Mouths will water after tasting the squeeze of lemon in this recipe’s creamy dressing.
black rice salad from the top view
  • Black Rice Salad: Need a recipe for a spring salad that packs a zingy, Asian-inspired punch? This easy Black Rice dish makes a filling meal out of your favorite farmers’ market veggies. Plus, try my friend Tracy’s Forbidden Rice Salad for an Indian-inspired curry version.
  • Halloumi Salad: Your table will look photo-ready when you make this colorful recipe from Kitchen Confidante. Tart blackberries and tender beets come together for a simple spring salad as tasty as it is breathtaking.

Expert Tips For Making The Best Salads During Spring

Before I let you go, I wanted to give you a few of my tips on making the best spring-inspired salad recipes to get to help you as you make your own salads with all the fresh early spring produce that is currently in abundance.

  • Visit Your Local Farmers Market For The Best Produce: We are lucky to live in a day and age that we have access to most of this produce year-round. However, I love visiting my local farmer’s market to find true seasonal produce. This not only helps me support the local farmers but also allows us to have access to the freshest (and most delicious) produce out there.
  • Make Your Own Salad Dressing: I have a hard time understanding people who buy salad dressing from a supermarket. I am sure it is convenient, but I promise making your own salad dressing is just as convenient. I also think that it is key to making deliciously good spring salads. And you know everything that goes into it. Here are a few of my favorite salad dressings (in addition to the ones I mentioned in the post) to get you started – Chili Lime Vinaigrette , Maple Mustard Dressing, and Lemon Dijon Vinaigrette
  • Feel Free to Mix and Match Salad Greens and Herbs That Are in Season: I am a big fan of experimenting with mixing and matching various salad greens with fresh herbs, fruits, and vegetables. I use one of my favorite books, aka my secret weapon when it comes to recipe creation, Vegetarian Flavor Bible (affiliate link) to find the best combinations and create delicious salads.

You Might Also Like:

If you try any of these spring salads, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment to let us know how it turned out. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

asparagus salad from close up for a spring salad recipe idea
Print

20+ Spring Salad Recipes

Here we are with the most popular Spring Salad Recipe on the site. This Asparagus Salad has everything you want in a healthy springtime salad. Made with asparagus, tomatoes, and radishes, it is fresh, green and incredibly flavorful.
Course Salad
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 12 minutes
Total Time 17 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 229kcal

Ingredients

To roast the asparagus:

  • 1 bunch asparagus spears rinsed and the woody ends cut
  • 2 teaspoons vegetable oil
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper

For the lemon vinaigrette:

  • ¼ cup olive oil
  • 3 tablespoons lemon juice
  • 1 clove garlic minced
  • 1/2 teaspoon dijon mustard
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon black pepper

For the salad:

  • 1 cup cherry tomatoes sliced
  • ½ cup radishes thinly sliced
  • 3 scallions stalks – chopped
  • ½ cup kalamata olives
  • ½ cup feta cheese optional
  • ½ cup basil leaves loosely packed and torn (optional)

Instructions

  • Preheat the oven to 425 degrees F. Place asparagus on a sheet pan in one layer. Drizzle with oil and sprinkle with salt and pepper. Give the asparagus a mix making sure that all the spears are coated with the oil and seasoning.
  • Roast for 12 minutes or until the asparagus is cooked. Transfer onto a plate and let it cool. When cooled, cut the asparagus into 2-inch pieces. Place into a salad bowl.
  • While the asparagus is roasting make the lemon vinaigrette by mixing all of the ingredients in a mason jar.
  • To assemble the asparagus salad: Place tomatoes, radishes, scallions, olive into the bowl with the asparagus. Drizzle with the dressing.
  • Stir in the feta cheese and basil leaves. Give it a gentle toss.
  • Serve.

Video

Notes

How To Store Leftovers? The best part about this spring asparagus salad that it holds up well. Simply store it in an airing container in the fridge for up to 4 days. I use my favorite glass meal prep bowls (affiliate link) to store them.
Instructions to Make It Ahead: If you want to make this asparagus tomato and feta salad in advance I recommend preparing and storing all the vegetables in a bowl and then adding the lemon vinaigrette, feta cheese, and basil leaves at the very end right before serving.
 

Nutrition

Calories: 229kcal | Carbohydrates: 6g | Protein: 4g | Fat: 22g | Saturated Fat: 7g | Cholesterol: 17mg | Sodium: 1363mg | Potassium: 172mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 3g | Vitamin A: 606IU | Vitamin C: 18mg | Calcium: 121mg | Iron: 1mg

The post 22+ Spring Salad Recipes appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/spring-salad-recipes/feed/ 10
Kale Avocado Salad https://foolproofliving.com/kale-and-avocado-salad-with-sweet-sour-dressing/ https://foolproofliving.com/kale-and-avocado-salad-with-sweet-sour-dressing/#comments Wed, 23 Mar 2022 15:50:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=511 I am all about a healthy green salad. But there are times when I want to celebrate an ingredient – and that ingredient today is kale, which probably explains why I have so many kale recipes on my website. A few of the reader favorites are my Quinoa Kale Salad, Brussel sprouts kale salad, Kale and Apple Slaw, and this Kale Zucchini recipe. But I think this kale and avocado...

The post Kale Avocado Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
I am all about a healthy green salad. But there are times when I want to celebrate an ingredient – and that ingredient today is kale, which probably explains why I have so many kale recipes on my website. A few of the reader favorites are my Quinoa Kale Salad, Brussel sprouts kale salad, Kale and Apple Slaw, and this Kale Zucchini recipe.

But I think this kale and avocado salad recipe is at the top of my list. Packed with dark leafy greens, healthy fats, and fresh lemon juice, it hits the spot every time. Trust me when I say, this salad will turn any kale-hater into a kale lover!

Kale and Avocado Salad in a bowl with utensils on the side.

Why Should You Try This Recipe?

Kale salad with avocado lemon dressing is a cinch to make. I know you will love it because:

  • Healthy salad and dietary friendly: This salad is wholesome, nutritious, gluten-free, vegan, vegetarian and low-carb.
  • Massaged kale is easier to eat and store: Once you learn how to massage kale, you’ll never go back to eating it raw (unless you prefer to!). It’s much easier to eat and lasts for days. Plus, avocado massaged kale tastes much better than its versions massaged with oil.
  • Easy to customize: This kale avocado lemon salad recipe is easy to make your own with a few simple ingredient swaps.

Ingredients

The kale avocado lemon salad ingredients come in two parts – the dressing and the salad.

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view
  • For the dressing, you will need a ripe avocado, lemon juice, extra-virgin olive oil, garlic, kosher salt, and black pepper.
  • For the salad, gather together one bunch of kale and pine nuts.

Ingredient Substitutions and Notes

  • Dressing: Replace the mashed avocado dressing – take good use of your food processor with avocado salad dressing (this version makes a deliciously creamy kale avocado salad) or lighten it up with a simple lemon salad dressing.
  • Citrus Juice or Vinegar: Experiment with acidic citrus juices (i.e. lime juice) or use apple cider vinegar instead.
  • Garlic: Use ⅛ teaspoon garlic powder instead of fresh garlic.
  • Kale: I used curly kale that was easy to find at my local grocery store. Red kale or Tuscan kale (also known as dinosaur kale) would work, too.
  • Nuts: Toasty pine nuts add a subtle crunch, but you can use sliced almonds or chopped walnuts. Pumpkin seeds, sunflower seeds, or hemp seeds would be a great nut-free alternative.

How to Massage Kale with Avocado Lemon Dressing

Clean hands are your best tool for this avocado-massaged kale salad recipe. Grab your biggest salad bowl and immerse yourself in plenty of greens.

a collage of photos showing how to make kale and avocado salad
  1. Mash the avocado: Place avocado, lemon juice, olive oil, garlic, salt, and black pepper in a large bowl. Using the back of a fork, mash the avocado and mix it with the rest of the ingredients. 
  2. Massage kale: Place kale in a large bowl and using clean hands, massage the kale with the avocado lemon dressing until leaves are covered with the dressing and softened. Give it a taste for seasoning and add if necessary. Set aside to rest.
  3. Toast nuts: Place your choice of nuts in an empty skillet and toast over medium heat, stirring frequently, until lightly browned. This happens really quickly so be sure to keep a close eye on them.
  4. Finish and serve: Sprinkle the kale and avocado salad with the now-toasted nuts (while they are still warm). Give it a big toss and serve immediately.

How to Store

This avocado and lemon salad will keep well in the fridge. After a few days, the kale starts to lose some of its vibrancy and the avocado takes on a bitter taste.

  • Make-Ahead: The avocado kale salad can be made 2 hours in advance and can be stored in the fridge until you are ready to serve it.
  • Storage: Thanks to the sturdy leaves of curly kale, this salad keeps well for upto three days as long as it is kept in an airtight container in the fridge.
  • Meal Prep: Make a batch, divide it in meal prep containers, and serve it for the next 3 days. 

How to Serve

This bruised kale salad recipe can be served in a number of ways. Some of my favorites include:

massaged kale salad with avocado in a bowl from the top view

Expert Tips

  • Remove the thick stems from kale. Simply hold the end of the kale leaf in one hand, then using your other hand, run your fingers in the opposite direction along the stem, removing the leaves as you go.
  • Cut the leaves into thin ribbons. Smaller pieces are easier to massage and eat than larger ones. Plus, they hold more of that creamy avocado dressing.
  • Use your hands. Clean hands work the best when destemming kale and massaging the leaves. A knife and tongs just don’t give you the same results.
  • Massage kale for at least 2 minutes. Raw kale leaves will start to break down and darken in color after about 2 minutes, but you can massage the leaves for as long as 3-4 minutes.
  • Lessen the time of the massaging process if looking to make ahead. The kale will get mushy in the fridge after a couple of days if massaged for too long. Stick to the 2-3 minute mark if planning to make ahead.
  • I do not recommend baby kale. A baby kale salad recipe will not give you the same results. Stick with sturdy, dark green, mature tender kale leaves.
  • Toast the nuts. I know it is an extra step but don’t skip on toasting the nuts. Believe me, toasted pine nuts taste much better.
  • A serving of this Kale Avocado Salad is 234 calories.

Other Salad Recipes You Might Also Enjoy:

If you are a fan of healthy green salads, you are at the right place. Below are a few recipes you might also like:

If you try this Massaged Kale Avocado Salad recipe or any of our other salad recipes on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Kale and Avocado Salad in a bowl
Print

Kale Avocado Salad Recipe

This Kale and Avocado Salad recipe is made by massaging kale with ripe avocados and flavoring it with tangy lemon. Sprinkled with a handful of toasted pine nuts, it is a nutritious green salad perfect for any day of the week.
Course Salad
Cuisine American
Diet Vegan
Prep Time 15 minutes
Total Time 15 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 234kcal

Ingredients

For The Avocado Lemon Dressing

  • 1 ripe avocado plus more as garnish
  • 3 tablespoons lemon juice freshly squeezed
  • 1 tablespoon olive oil
  • 1 clove of garlic minced
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper

For The Salad

  • 1 bunch kale destemmed and chopped (5-6 cups of kale)
  • ½ cup pine nuts sliced almonds, or chopped walnuts

Instructions

  • Place avocado, lemon juice, olive oil, garlic, salt, and black pepper in a large salad bowl. Using the back of a fork mash the avocado and mix it with the rest of the ingredients.
  • Add the chopped kale into the bowl and using clean hands massage the kale with the avocado lemon dressing until leaves are covered with the dressing and softened. Give it a taste for seasoning and add in if necessary. Set it aside to rest.
  • Place your choice of nuts in an empty skillet and toast over medium heat, stirring frequently, until lightly browned. This happens really quickly so be sure to keep a close eye on it.
  • Sprinkle the kale and avocado salad with the now-toasted nuts (while they are still warm). Give it a big toss. Taste for seasoning and add more if necessary.
  • Serve.

Notes

  • Cut the leaves into thin ribbons. Smaller pieces are easier to massage and eat than larger ones. Plus, they hold more of that creamy avocado dressing.
  • Use your hands. Clean hands work the best when destemming kale and massaging the leaves. A knife and tongs just don’t give you the same results.
  • Massage kale for at least 2 minutes. Raw kale leaves will start to break down and darken in color after about 2 minutes, but you can massage the leaves for as long as 3-4 minutes.
  • Storage: Thanks to the sturdy leaves of curly kale, the leftovers of this kale salad keep well for up to three days as long as it is kept in an airtight container in the fridge.

Nutrition

Calories: 234kcal | Carbohydrates: 8g | Protein: 4g | Fat: 23g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 7g | Monounsaturated Fat: 11g | Sodium: 302mg | Potassium: 410mg | Fiber: 5g | Sugar: 1g | Vitamin A: 1503IU | Vitamin C: 23mg | Calcium: 48mg | Iron: 1mg

The post Kale Avocado Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/kale-and-avocado-salad-with-sweet-sour-dressing/feed/ 8
Spring Mix Salad https://foolproofliving.com/spring-mix-salad/ https://foolproofliving.com/spring-mix-salad/#respond Tue, 22 Mar 2022 16:27:53 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=49307 Why Make This Recipe? When it comes to easy side dishes, I think we can all agree that simple spring green salad recipes can’t be beaten. Effortless to make and easy to pair, this salad recipe is worthy of putting on the weekly rotation. You can whip up this recipe for spring mix salad in just 15 minutes. With zero cooking and all-fresh ingredients, this dish might be the easiest...

The post Spring Mix Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>

Why Make This Recipe?

When it comes to easy side dishes, I think we can all agree that simple spring green salad recipes can’t be beaten. Effortless to make and easy to pair, this salad recipe is worthy of putting on the weekly rotation.

  • You can whip up this recipe for spring mix salad in just 15 minutes. With zero cooking and all-fresh ingredients, this dish might be the easiest recipe you’ll ever make.
  • Spring salad mix recipes are some of the most customizable sides out there. You won’t believe how many add-ins, salad dressings, and mixes there are to try.
  • This easy salad goes with everything—from gooey pasta dishes to grilled shrimp kabobs—making it the perfect side salad. 
Spring Mix Salad in a bowl with serving spoons on the side

What is in this Recipe?

My spring mix salad ingredients are among the freshest and most nutritious of any spring blend salad out there. Simply gather red onion, spring mix, cherry tomatoes, cucumber, radish, sunflower seeds, and goat cheese.

Ingredients for the recipe portioned in bowls

For the Lemon Balsamic Dressing, you’ll need balsamic vinegar, fresh lemon juice, minced garlic, salt, black pepper, and extra virgin olive oil. 

Salad dressing ingredients from the top view

Ingredient Substitutions

  • Salad dressings: In my opinion, Lemon Balsamic Vinaigrette Dressing is the best dressing for spring mix. However, if you want to change which spring mix salad dressing you use, Lemon Vinaigrette and Maple Dijon Vinaigrette are tasty options.
  • Cheese: Add an irresistible creaminess to your spring greens salad by topping it off with crumbled goat cheese, feta cheese, or even fresh mozzarella.
  • Seeds and nuts: Though I use sunflower seeds in my spring green mix salad, you can also use pumpkin seeds, walnuts, pecans, and sliced almonds to give it a satisfying crunch. You can even opt for candied walnuts, candied pecans, or toasted almonds for extra-sumptuous flavor.
  • Maple syrup or honey: Want to give your spring green mix salad a delicious hint of sweetness? Simply add a teaspoon of maple syrup or honey to your tangy vinaigrette.

How to Make It

In less than 15 minutes and only four steps, this baby spring mix salad recipe comes together like magic! Even beginner chefs can make this garden-fresh side like a pro.

a collage of images showing how to make the recipe
  1. Mix the dressing: Mix together the salad dressing ingredients in a small bowl.
  2. Soak the red onion: Fill a bowl with hot tap water and submerge your sliced red onion. Let the onion sit for a few minutes before draining.
  3. Assemble the salad: In a large bowl, add the spring mix, cherry tomatoes, cucumber slices, and red onion slices. Then, drizzle the mixture with dressing and toss to combine.
  4. Garnish: Top off your salad with sunflower seeds and crumbled goat cheese. Serve.

How to Make Ahead and Store It

My spring mix salad recipe makes meal prep a piece of cake. Prepare each component of this easy recipe ahead of time, and it’ll be ready to serve in mere minutes.

  • Make ahead: To make this recipe in advance, prepare the vinaigrette dressing and salad ingredients and store them in separate, airtight containers for up to 2 days. Then, assemble your fresh spring blend salad right before serving.
  • Storage: Once prepared, this salad will stay fresh in an airtight container for up to 1 day. However, keep in mind that as it sits it will get soggy and the lettuce greens will wilt.
person tossing the salad in a bowl from top view

Variations

One of my favorite parts about this nutritious side is how versatile it is. From filling add-ins to veggie substitutes, there’s no “wrong” way to build this delicious spring salad mix recipe.

  • Summer spring mix salad: Put a summery spin on your spring mix salad greens by adding other fresh vegetables, like blanched peas, roasted shiitake mushrooms or asparagus. Baked, air-fried, and even sauteed asparagus will add mouthwatering flavor to this tasty salad.
  • Spring mix salad with fruit: Nothing tastes better with salad than tart, juicy fruit. Make this salad with blueberry and goat cheese similar to my Spinach Blueberry Salad.
  • Spring mix and baby spinach salad recipe: If the lettuce in your spring mix doesn’t include spinach, why not add some yourself? Make this nutritious recipe even healthier by mixing in a cup of fresh baby spinach for your own spinach and spring mix.
  • Make it a meal-worthy salad with adding a grain: For spring mix salad recipe ideas that work as a main dish, Quinoa Salads are the way to go! Simply add a cup of cooked quinoa, bulgur, wild rice, or even black rice to this combination salad to make it a complete meal.
  • Spring Mix Salad with Avocado: Make this spring mix salad recipe with feta extra luxurious by topping it off with creamy, nutritious avocado. While you are add it, if you have some, add in some fresh herbs in there too.

What to Serve it With

Spring mix salads make a vibrant pair with dozens of main courses. In fact, baby greens are the perfect side for nearly any chicken, beef, or seafood recipe! Find my favorite pairings below.

Expert Tips

Healthy spring mix salad recipes are a cinch to make when you have these tricks on hand. Now you can cut down on prep time and make this delicious salad like a five-star chef.

  • Soak the red onion: If the raw red onion is too strong for your taste, you’re not alone. Soaking your red onion slices in hot tap water before adding them to the salad will help reduce their pungency. However, you can skip this step if you are short on time.
  • Make the dressing ahead of time: Cut your cooking time in half by preparing your dressing in advance. Simply store your prepared dressing in an airtight container and assemble the salad right before eating.
  • Buy prewashed spring mix: Eliminate unnecessary prep time by purchasing a prewashed spring mix.

FAQs

No guesswork is necessary for this simple salad recipe. Whether you want to know if spring mix comes without spinach or how to keep your salad fresh, this FAQ section is for you.

What lettuce is in spring mix?

Though brands vary, the types of lettuce in spring mix generally include baby lettuce and spinach. Other spring mix greens may consist of romaine, oak leaf, chard, arugula, endive, and radicchio.

What is the purple lettuce in spring mix?

This purple lettuce is usually radicchio, red romaine lettuce, or red oak leaf lettuce.

Do I need to wash supermarket prewashed spring mix before using it?

No, you can consume prewashed spring mix right away. Washing prewashed lettuce can actually introduce new bacteria from your kitchen to the mix.

Is Spring Mix Salad healthy?

Yes! These leafy greens are both low-calorie and nutrient-dense. They even promote bone strength, reduce your risk of Alzheimer’s, and support a healthy heart.

How to keep Spring Mix Salad fresh?

For best results, toss in your dressing right before serving. The leaves in spring mix are so delicate that too much time in the dressing will turn them soggy.

Does spring mix have spinach?

Though many spring mixes contain spinach, some don’t. Therefore, I recommend checking your bag of spring mix to see if it comes without spinach.

Similar Recipes You Might Also Like:

Below are a few of the most popular green salad recipes on the blog:

With so many spring mix salad ideas on the internet, I hope you give this quick, easy, and absolutely delicious recipe a try. If you end up making it please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Spring Mix Salad is placed in a bowl from top view
Print

Spring Mix Salad Recipe

This Spring Mix Salad recipe is an easy green salad made with spring mix. Flavored with homemade lemon balsamic dressing, this is a great side dish that you can serve with any meal.
Course Salad, Side Dish – Salad
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 15 minutes
Total Time 15 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 253kcal

Ingredients

Salad Dressing

  • 3 tablespoons balsamic vinegar
  • 2 tablespoons freshly squeezed lemon juice
  • 1 clove garlic peeled and minced
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • 1/2 teaspoon black pepper
  • 1/4 cup extra virgin olive oil

For The Salad

  • ½ red onion sliced thinly
  • 1 package spring mix 5oz.
  • 1 cup cherry tomatoes cut in half
  • 1 medium-size cucumber peeled and sliced
  • 2 – 3 small radishes sliced
  • ½ cup sunflower seeds pumpkin seeds, walnuts, or sliced almonds
  • ½ cup crumbled goat cheese or crumbled feta cheese – omit for vegan

Instructions

  • Mix together the salad dressing ingredients in a bowl.
  • Place sliced red onion in a bowl with hot tap water and let it sit for a few minutes. Drain.
  • To assemble the salad, in a large bowl place spring mix, cherry tomatoes, cucumber slices, and red onion slices. Drizzle with the dressing and give it a gentle toss to make sure all the ingredients are coated with the dressing.
  • Top it off with the sunflower seeds and crumbled goat cheese. Serve.

Notes

  • Salad dressing: In this recipe, I used my lemon balsamic dressing. However, you can also use my Lemon Salad Dressing or Maple Dijon Vinaigrette.
  • Make-ahead instructions: To make this recipe in advance, prepare the vinaigrette dressing and salad ingredients and store them in separate, airtight containers for up to 2 days. Then, assemble your fresh spring blend salad right before serving.
  • Storage: Once prepared, this salad will stay fresh in an airtight container for up to 1 day. However, keep in mind that as it sits it will get soggy and the lettuce greens will wilt.

Nutrition

Calories: 253kcal | Carbohydrates: 11g | Protein: 5g | Fat: 22g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 5g | Monounsaturated Fat: 13g | Sodium: 594mg | Potassium: 351mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 5g | Vitamin A: 250IU | Vitamin C: 16mg | Calcium: 39mg | Iron: 2mg

The post Spring Mix Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/spring-mix-salad/feed/ 0
Kale Apple Slaw https://foolproofliving.com/kale-apple-slaw/ https://foolproofliving.com/kale-apple-slaw/#comments Wed, 09 Mar 2022 19:33:38 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=49034 Why Should You Try This Recipe? If you’ve ever wondered how to make the kale apple slaw at Tropical Smoothie vegan, this 15-minute recipe is for you! Versatile and delicious, this side is an automatic fan favorite. Vegan, gluten-free, nutritious, and packed with colorful veggies, kale apple carrot slaw is one of the healthiest sides you can prepare. Every bite of kale is packed with antioxidants, Vitamin C, and Vitamin...

The post Kale Apple Slaw appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>

Why Should You Try This Recipe?

If you’ve ever wondered how to make the kale apple slaw at Tropical Smoothie vegan, this 15-minute recipe is for you! Versatile and delicious, this side is an automatic fan favorite.

  • Vegan, gluten-free, nutritious, and packed with colorful veggies, kale apple carrot slaw is one of the healthiest sides you can prepare. Every bite of kale is packed with antioxidants, Vitamin C, and Vitamin K, making this recipe as healthy as my other yummy kale salads: Kale Avocado Salad, Apple Salad, Quinoa Kale Salad, Kale Harvest Salad, and more!
  • It is a great way to get more kale in your diet. Because kale is so durable, it won’t go limp in the vinegar-based dressing like soggy cabbage coleslaw.
  • No other copycat Tropical Smoothie kale apple slaw recipes are as tasty as this one. Lucious apples, crisp kale, and tart vinaigrette make an incomparable pair in this foolproof recipe.
  • Meal prep is a cinch with this kale and apple salad. Prepare it up to two days ahead for the perfect side dish for burgers, tacos, grilled shrimp, and more.
Kale and Apple Slaw in a bowl with two spoons on the side

Ingredients Notes

There are two sets of ingredients in this Kale Apple Slaw recipe; the vinaigrette and the slaw ingredients.

Ingredients for the recipe are portioned and photographed from the top view

For the Maple Dijon Vinaigrette, you’ll need maple syrup, dijon mustard, apple cider vinegar, extra-virgin olive oil, kosher salt, and black pepper.

For the kale slaw, gather red onion, curly kale, carrots, red cabbage, fuji apple, and sunflower seeds.

Ingredient Additions & Variations

My recipe is just one tasty way to put together this easy dish. Switch up which basic ingredients you use to keep this apple slaw as fresh and creative as possible.

  • Maple syrup: I use maple syrup in this recipe to keep it vegan. However, you can also substitute maple syrup for orange juice as a natural sweetener. You can also use honey to make kale and cabbage salad with creamy honey mustard dressing.
  • Apple cider vinegar: Don’t have apple cider vinegar on hand? Don’t worry! Red wine vinegar works just as well for giving this recipe its irresistible bite.
  • Apple: Any apple, cubed or sliced, will work for this recipe. Fuji apples, pink lady apples, and even Granny Smith apples are tasty options.
  • Kale: For this nutritious salad, I use curly kale. However, lacinato kale —also known as dinosaur kale or Tuscan kale—will also work.
  • Nuts: Though I garnish this dish with sunflower seeds, any nuts or candied nuts would be a great addition. Delicious, filling, and protein-packed—who wouldn’t want to add nuts to this apple mixture?
  • Red cabbage: If you’re not a fan of red cabbage, you can use shredded Brussels sprouts instead for a healthy, robust addition. Even better, you can make this step extra easy when you learn how to shred Brussels sprouts like a pro.

How to Make Kale Apple Slaw

Learning how to make kale and apple slaw is a breeze for beginner and expert chefs alike. Simple, quick, and delicious, this 15-minute dish will become one of your new favorite recipes.

person showing how to make maple dijon vinaigrette
  1. Prepare the Maple Dijon salad dressing: In a small bowl, whisk together the maple syrup, dijon mustard, apple cider vinegar, olive oil, salt, and pepper. Then, add the sliced red onion to the dressing mixture, and let them steep in the liquid while you prepare the rest of the ingredients.
Person showing how to make kale apple slaw with step by step photos
  1. Prepare the salad: In a large bowl, add the kale, shredded carrots, and sliced red cabbage. Drizzle the veggies with the maple apple cider vinaigrette dressing and red onion. Then, use your hands to toss and lightly massage the salad ingredients until your kale leaves soften. Your dressing should be evenly distributed throughout the salad when finished.
tropical smoothie kale apple slaw recipe in a bowl
  1. Serve: Top off your salad with sliced apple and sunflower seeds. Toss the mixture once more and serve.

How to Serve

There are countless ways to serve this Tropical Smoothie Cafe kale & apple slaw. Whether you serve it as a stand-alone salad or alongside a meaty main, it’ll give any meal a healthy twist.

  • By itself: Serve this kale slaw as a big, healthy salad, and you’ll have mouths watering in no time. Simply add grain to make this meal extra filling. Anything from quinoa to bulgur wheat, black rice to wild rice, will work! And if you want to treat yourself, sprinkle it with a few tablespoons of shredded parmesan cheese at the end.
  • With shrimp: Kale slaw makes a great side dish for smoky and succulent grilled shrimp. Try this recipe alongside shrimp kabobs, and your tastebuds will thank you.
  • With tacos: The garden-fresh bite of this kale slaw is the perfect accompaniment for Flank Steak Tacos, Beef Brisket Tacos, and even Quinoa Black Bean Tacos.

How to Store

Few recipes make meal prep as easy as this kale apple salad. Now you can expertly plan menus and not let a single bite go to waste when you put together this flavorful dish.

  • Make ahead: You can prepare your Maple Dijon Vinaigrette up to 2 days in advance and store it in an airtight container or mason jar. Then, put together the rest of the apple salad recipe on the day you wish to eat it. Assembly only takes 5 minutes! 
  • Storage: Once prepared, kale and apple coleslaw will stay fresh in an airtight container for up to 3 days. Be sure to store it in an airtight container in the fridge.
person tossing kale slaw from top view

Expert Tips

To make this Tropical Smoothie kale apple slaw recipe as delicious as the Cafe does, all you need are these pro tips! Find all you need to make this recipe as tasty as possible right here.

  • Steep the red onion: Letting your red onion soak in the vinaigrette will give them a great texture and make them less bitter. This step ensures that red onion gives your salad a robust flavor without being overpowering.
  • Slice everything thinly: To make sure every bite of this recipe bursts with flavor, make sure you thinly slice all of your ingredients. Small pieces make it easier for your veggies to soak up the tangy dressing.
  • Massage the kale: Though it may seem like an odd step, massaging the kale is crucial to giving your leaves the perfect, tender texture. The massaging process infuses the kale with the acidic dressing, which helps break down the parts of fresh kale that are hard to digest. This process is also used in my Kale Avocado Salad to make it as succulent and flavorful as possible.

Other Kale Recipes You’ll Enjoy:

Think it can’t get better than this kale apple salad from the Tropical Smoothie Cafe? Think again! These other kale recipes are just as nutritious, delicious, and easy to make.

If you try this Kale Apple Slaw recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Kale Apple Carrot Slaw in a bowl with two spoons on the side
Print

Kale Apple Slaw Recipe

Kale Apple Slaw recipe like you find at Tropical Smoothie Cafe made in 15 minutes! Vegan & gluten-free, it’s a great recipe to serve by itself for a healthy and nutritious meal or to serve as a side dish with tacos and meat dishes.
Course Salad
Cuisine American Vegan
Diet Vegan
Prep Time 15 minutes
Total Time 15 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 250kcal

Ingredients

For The Maple Dijon Vinaigrette

  • 2 tablespoons real maple syrup
  • 1 tablespoon dijon mustard
  • 1 clove garlic minced
  • 2 tablespoons apple cider vinegar or red wine vinegar
  • ¼ cup olive oil
  • ½ teaspoon Kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • ½ small red onion sliced thinly

For The Kale Apple Slaw

  • 6 cups curly kale (1 bunch destemmed and cut into ribbons)
  • 2 carrots shredded
  • 1 cup red cabbage sliced thinly
  • 1 apple sliced thinly
  • 1 cup sunflower seeds or any other nuts

Instructions

  • To make the salad dressing: Whisk together maple syrup, dijon mustard, garlic, apple cider vinegar, olive oil, salt and pepper in a small bowl or in a mason jar. Add in the sliced red onion and let it steep in it as you work on the rest of the ingredients.
  • To make the Apple Kale Slaw: Place kale, shredded carrots and sliced red cabbage in a bowl. Drizzle it with the dressing. Using clean hands, give them a light massage making sure to distribute the dressing evenly throughout the salad. As you massage, the tough kale leaves will soften.
  • Top it off with sliced apple and sunflower seeds. Give it a toss and serve.

Notes

  • Steep the red onion: This is an optional step but letting your red onion slices soak in the dressing will give them a great texture and make them less bitter and overpowering.
  • Slice everything thinly: To make sure every bite of this recipe bursts with flavor, make sure you thinly slice all of your ingredients. Small pieces make it easier for your veggies to soak up the tangy dressing.
  • Massage the kale: Though it may seem like an odd step, massaging the kale is crucial to giving your leaves the perfect, tender texture. The massaging process infuses the kale with the acidic dressing, which helps break down the parts of fresh kale that are hard to digest.
  • Storage: Once prepared, kale and apple coleslaw will stay fresh in an airtight container for up to 3 days. Be sure to store it in an airtight container in the fridge.

Nutrition

Calories: 250kcal | Carbohydrates: 28g | Protein: 5g | Fat: 15g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 10g | Sodium: 401mg | Potassium: 752mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 14g | Vitamin A: 15412IU | Vitamin C: 138mg | Calcium: 193mg | Iron: 2mg

The post Kale Apple Slaw appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/kale-apple-slaw/feed/ 2
Maple Dijon Dressing https://foolproofliving.com/maple-dijon-dressing/ https://foolproofliving.com/maple-dijon-dressing/#respond Wed, 09 Mar 2022 19:25:41 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=49003 It is no secret that I am on a mission to help you never have to buy a salad dressing from the store again. Today’s recipe, Maple Dijon Salad Dressing, is the newest recipe to my collection of homemade salad dressing recipes. If you are new to making your own homemade vinaigrette recipes, be sure to also check out my Lemon Dijon Dressing, Lemon Salad Dressing, Yogurt Salad Dressing, and...

The post Maple Dijon Dressing appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>

It is no secret that I am on a mission to help you never have to buy a salad dressing from the store again. Today’s recipe, Maple Dijon Salad Dressing, is the newest recipe to my collection of homemade salad dressing recipes.

If you are new to making your own homemade vinaigrette recipes, be sure to also check out my Lemon Dijon Dressing, Lemon Salad Dressing, Yogurt Salad Dressing, and Lemon Balsamic Vinaigrette recipe

Spoon of Maple-Dijon Vinaigrette in a jar

Why Should You Make This Recipe?

This maple mustard dressing recipe is an easy recipe that takes less than 5 minutes to make. Below are a few other reasons why it is worth a try:

  • You know what goes in there: A great salad starts with a great dressing. Most store-bought dressings are made with low-quality ingredients, added sugar, and preservatives. When you make your own homemade salad dressing, you know everything that goes into it. Plus, it is such a simple dressing that you can make with basic pantry staples.
  • It stores well: Make a batch of this maple mustard vinaigrette as a part of your meal prep, keep it in an airtight container (such as a mason jar) in the fridge, and use it throughout the week. 
  • The perfect balance of sweet, savory, and tangy all at the same time: While most people consider this vinaigrette to be an all-purpose fall harvest salad dressing, I use it throughout the year, especially in some of my favorite salads that use fresh or dried fruit as an ingredient.

Recipe Ingredients

The ingredient list for this maple salad dressing consists of just a few simple ingredients that you probably already have in your pantry. 

ingredients for the recipe portioned in bowls from top view

So, go grab pure maple syrup, dijon mustard, fresh garlic, apple cider vinegar, extra virgin olive oil, kosher salt, and black pepper. 

Helpful Notes on Ingredients & Substitutions:

  • Maple Syrup: If you can get your hands on some delicious Vermont maple syrup, this is the best time to use it. 
  • Honey instead of maple syrup: If you are not a fan of maple flavor, you can use honey instead of maple syrup to turn this recipe into a honey dijon vinaigrette (just like I did in my Mixed Bean Salad recipe).
  • Dijon mustard: I am a fan of the tangy flavor of dijon mustard, but this maple vinaigrette would also be delicious with grainy mustard. 
  • Balsamic Vinegar or Red Wine Vinegar: If you can’t get your hands on apple cider vinegar, you can use red wine vinegar or balsamic vinegar instead. The flavor profile might be slightly different, but it would still be delicious. 

How To Make This Recipe?

The process of making this maple dijon salad dressing could not be more straightforward. 

Two photos showing how to make the recipe

Simply place all ingredients in a bowl and give it a whisk until creamy. Alternatively, you can place everything in a mason jar, put the lid on and give it a vigorous shake.

How To Store?

The best way to store this maple dijon mustard dressing is to put it in a jar with a tight-fitting lid in the fridge for up to a week. 

Be sure to give it a good shake before using.

Ways To Use This Vinaigrette Dressing

As I mentioned earlier, this maple cider vinaigrette recipe is perfect to use in pretty much any green hearty salad recipe. Below are a few ways to help you get started:

Maple Vinaigrette in a glass bowl with vegetables around it

Expert Recipe Tips

  • Use a Mason Jar: I keep a few small mason jars on hand to store my homemade salad dressings. They are perfect for everyday use and store dressings well in the fridge.
  • Multiply the recipe: This maple mustard vinaigrette recipe can be multiplied if you want to make a big batch and use it in every one of your salads throughout the week.
  • Adjust the recipe according to your taste buds: The recipe below uses equal parts of maple syrup and apple cider vinegar. If you are after a more tangy dressing, you can use a little bit more vinegar. Start with an additional half tablespoon apple cider vinegar and adjust as necessary.
  • Make it a Maple Dijon Sauce: If you are more after a sauce consistency (perhaps for using it as a dipping sauce), I would recommend using double the amount of maple syrup and dijon mustard and using the half amount of olive oil with the rest of the ingredients being the same.

Other Homemade Salad Dressing Recipes You Might Like

I hope you add this Dijon Maple Vinaigrette Dressing to your favorite salad dressings collection and include it as a part of your weekly meal plan. Below are a few other recipes you might also like:

If you try this recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to give it a star rating and/or leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them in my stories.

Maple Dijon Salad dressing in a spoon over a jar
Print

Maple Dijon Dressing Recipe

Maple dijon salad dressing recipe made with just a few basic ingredients in 5 minutes. This is a great vinaigrette recipe to use in salads, grain bowls, and everything in between
Course Salad Dressing
Cuisine American
Diet Vegan
Prep Time 5 minutes
Total Time 5 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 152kcal

Ingredients

  • 2 tablespoons maple syrup
  • 1 tablespoon dijon mustard
  • 1 clove of garlic minced
  • 2 tablespoons apple cider vinegar or red wine vinegar
  • ¼ cup olive oil
  • ½ teaspoon Kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper

Instructions

  • Whisk together maple syrup, dijon mustard, minced garlic, apple cider vinegar, olive oil, salt and black pepper in a small bowl or in a mason jar.
  • Give it a whisk (or a vigorous shake). Taste for seasoning and add in more if necessary.

Notes

  • This recipe makes a little less than 1/2 cup maple dijon salad dressing.
  • Store it in a jar with a tight-fitting lid in the fridge for up to a week.
  • Use it in green leafy salads, grain bowls, and more.

Nutrition

Calories: 152kcal | Carbohydrates: 7g | Protein: 1g | Fat: 14g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 10g | Sodium: 335mg | Potassium: 38mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 6g | Vitamin A: 3IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 16mg | Iron: 1mg

The post Maple Dijon Dressing appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/maple-dijon-dressing/feed/ 0
Waldorf Chicken Salad https://foolproofliving.com/waldorf-chicken-salad/ https://foolproofliving.com/waldorf-chicken-salad/#comments Sun, 20 Feb 2022 15:55:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=19545 If you have been a reader for a while, you know that I am a big fan of chicken salad recipes like Greek Yogurt Chicken Salad, Southwest Chicken Salad, and Sesame Chicken Salad recipe. But I like to think of this salad as a celebration of all things sweet and savory, kind of like this apple salad. When mixed with lean protein like baked bone-in chicken breasts, it becomes a...

The post Waldorf Chicken Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>

If you have been a reader for a while, you know that I am a big fan of chicken salad recipes like Greek Yogurt Chicken Salad, Southwest Chicken Salad, and Sesame Chicken Salad recipe.

But I like to think of this salad as a celebration of all things sweet and savory, kind of like this apple salad. When mixed with lean protein like baked bone-in chicken breasts, it becomes a good recipe you can serve in different ways.

Waldorf chicken salad in a bowl from the top view

Got some extra spring mix? Also, try the La Scala Chopped Salad and Spring Salad.

Why Should You Try This Recipe?

This classic Waldorf salad is a sensational salad recipe. I know you’ll love it because:

  • An easy recipe that’s whisked and mixed in one bowl: Both the dressing and salad contain simple ingredients that come together in one bowl, making for easy prep and clean-up.
  • Made with my lightened up dressing: The original Waldorf chicken salad recipe is made using mayo as the base of the dressing. In my version, I substituted some of the creamy mayo with greek yogurt to lighten it up.
  • Easy to make ahead: Serve it right away or make this classic American salad ahead of time for quick lunches and easy meals.

Ingredient Notes

The chicken Waldorf salad ingredients come in two parts – the dressing and the salad.

ingredients for the salad dressing
  • For the dressing, you will need mayonnaise, plain yogurt, lemon juice, salt, and black pepper.
Ingredients for the recipe from the top view
  • For the salad, gather together a chopped apple, seedless red grapes, celery, chopped walnuts, pomegranate arils, salad greens, and cooked chicken.

Ingredient Substitutions & Additions

  • Mayo: Vegan mayo (aka Vegannaise) would be a great alternative.
  • Apple: Go for green Granny Smith apples for more sour notes or red apples such as Honeycrisp, Fuji or Gala.
  • Grapes: Red and black grapes are sweet grapes, but green grapes are traditional.
  • Nuts: Crunchy walnuts are part of the original Waldorf salad recipe, but you can use any nut you have on hand such as pecans, almonds, or even pistachios.
  • Greens: Use a mix of baby greens, arugula, or spinach. Rather than mixing in the greens, feel free to serve it over a bed of greens or butter lettuce cups instead.
  • Chicken: I used baked and cubed bone-in chicken breasts, but you can use leftover rotisserie chicken or poached chicken breasts instead.
  • Pomegranate Arils (optional): Omit, if desired, or swap out for raisins, dried cranberries, or dried cherries. Red onions also offer a nice pop of color and savory flavor.
  • Red Onion: Although not traditional, you can add in a half of a thinly sliced small red onion.

How to Make

This recipe for chicken Waldorf salad comes together in three easy steps. Simply:

A collage of photos showing how to make Waldorf Chicken salad recipe
  1. Make the dressing: In a small bowl, stir together mayonnaise, yogurt and lemon juice. Add salt and pepper and whisk to combine.
  2. Toss: In a bowl mix, salad greens, diced apple, grapes, celery, walnuts, and cooked chicken. Drizzle it with the dressing and give it a gentle toss to combine.
  3. Serve: Transfer to a shallow salad bowl for serving. Enjoy!

How to Serve

I cannot tell you how many compliments I get on this salad. Some of my favorite occasions to serve include:

  • Brunch: Nothing beats a salad recipe that pairs well with Lemon Ricotta Pancakes, Brioche French toast and spinach feta frittata.
  • Outdoor Picnics: My friends go crazy for this chicken salad whenever we plan an outdoor picnic or party. Just make sure to keep it on ice or in a cooler before and after serving. Transform it into Waldorf salad wraps or sandwiches, too.
  • Holidays: Easter, Memorial Day, 4th of July, Labor Day – the options are endless with this one.

How to Make Ahead, Store, and Meal Prep:

Due to the mayo and yogurt-based dressing, this chicken Waldorf salad recipe must be kept refrigerated, on ice or in a cooler.

  • To make ahead: Make the chicken Waldorf salad dressing and cook the chicken a day in advance. Store them separately in airtight containers in the refrigerator. Prepare the rest of the ingredients on the day you are planning to serve the salad.
  • To store leftovers, the Waldorf salad recipe with chicken will keep in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 2 days.
  • Meal Prep: If planning to make the salad ahead of time for meal prep, I would omit the greens and walnuts and mix in for an extra crunch just before serving.
person serving chicken waldorf salad in a bowl

Expert Tips

  • A great way to use leftover chicken or store bought rotisserie chicken. If you have some cooked chicken this Chicken Waldorf recipe comes together in less than 15 minutes.
  • Taste for seasoning. You might not need any salt or less depending on how salty your mayo is and how the chicken was seasoned. If it’s too salty, a squeeze of lemon will brighten it up.
  • Keep it cool. Since the dressing contains mayo and yogurt, make sure to keep it covered in a fridge or cooler. Serve it over ice if enjoying outside.

FAQs

What is Waldorf salad dressing made of?

The dressing for Waldorf salad is made of mayonnaise and a touch of sugar, but I like to lighten it up with a combo of mayo and yogurt. A squeeze of lemon juice adds a nice, tangy bite. Feel free to add a teaspoon or two of honey, if you’d like it sweeter.

What is the meaning of Waldorf salad?

A Waldorf salad is a salad made of apples, grapes, celery, walnuts, and mayonnaise. It is typically served over a bed of lettuce for an appetizer or light meal.

Where did the Waldorf salad come from?

The original Waldorf salad recipe was first served at the Waldorf-Astoria Hotel in New York City in 1896. It was a simple combination of apples, celery, and mayonnaise.

How many calories in Waldorf Chicken Salad?

The Chicken Waldorf Salad recipe below serves 4 dinner portions and each portion is about 505 calories.

Other chicken recipes you might like:

If you try this Easy Waldorf Chicken Salad recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Waldorf Chicken Salad in a bowl from the top view
Print

Waldorf Chicken Salad Recipe

This Waldorf Chicken Salad is my take on the classic American Chicken Salad with Grapes and Apples. It is loaded with roasted chicken, fruits, greens, and nuts; comes together in less than 30 minutes; and is a great dish to take with you to parties and picnics.
Course Salad
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Total Time 30 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 505kcal

Ingredients

For the Dressing:

  • cup mayonnaise
  • ½ cup plain yogurt
  • 1 tablespoon lemon juice freshly squeezed
  • 1/2 teaspoon kosher salt
  • 1/4 teaspoon black pepper

For The Salad:

  • 1 apple cut into small cubes (I kept the skin on)
  • 3 cups salad greens washed and spin dried
  • 1 cup seedless red grapes halved
  • 1 cup 2-3 medium size celery stalks, cut into small pieces
  • 1 cup walnuts roughly chopped
  • 2 cups cooked chicken breasts cut into bite-sized cubes

Instructions

  • Make the dressing: In a large bowl, stir together mayonnaise, yogurt, lemon juice, salt and pepper.
  • Toss: Add the diced apple, grapes, celery, walnuts, pomegranate arils (if using), salad greens, and chicken. Toss to coat with the dressing.
  • Serve: Transfer to a shallow salad bowl for serving. Enjoy!

Notes

  • As you can see in the pictures, I used fresh seedless grapes, but if you can’t get your hands on them, you can use raisins as a substitute.
  • As long as it is kept covered in the fridge, this salad is good on the next day. I usually put it in between two slices of toast and make it a Waldorf Chicken Salad Sandwich.
  • As you can see in the recipe below, my version of the dressing is a combination of mayonnaise and yogurt. I wanted to cut down on the calories by mixing mayo with yogurt, but feel free to play around with it. If you want, you can make the dressing with only mayo or only yogurt.
  • The nutrition values below are approximate values and should not be used as medical advise.

Nutrition

Calories: 505kcal | Carbohydrates: 22g | Protein: 28g | Fat: 35g | Saturated Fat: 5g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 14g | Monounsaturated Fat: 4g | Cholesterol: 63mg | Sodium: 493mg | Potassium: 599mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 13g | Vitamin A: 555IU | Vitamin C: 13mg | Calcium: 98mg | Iron: 2mg

The post Waldorf Chicken Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/waldorf-chicken-salad/feed/ 7
Classic Caesar Salad https://foolproofliving.com/classic-caesar-salad/ https://foolproofliving.com/classic-caesar-salad/#comments Wed, 16 Feb 2022 10:00:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=1943 Similar to this Authentic Caesar Salad, easy and simple salads are an everyday occurrence in my house. While I adore an everyday, simple green salad, I also like to turn it up a notch with Salmon Nicoise Salad, Chickpea Tuna Salad, Grilled Shrimp Corn Salad, Orzo Shrimp Salad, and my collection of Quinoa Salad Recipes. That being said, there is something about a classic that makes my heart skip a...

The post Classic Caesar Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>

Similar to this Authentic Caesar Salad, easy and simple salads are an everyday occurrence in my house. While I adore an everyday, simple green salad, I also like to turn it up a notch with Salmon Nicoise Salad, Chickpea Tuna Salad, Grilled Shrimp Corn Salad, Orzo Shrimp Salad, and my collection of Quinoa Salad Recipes.

That being said, there is something about a classic that makes my heart skip a beat. Enter Classic Caesar Salad. Light on effort, yet rich in flavor, I know this will become a part of your favorite salad repertoire.

Traditional Caesar Salad in a bowl with wooden spoons on the side from the top view

Recipe Ingredients & Substitutions

The list of traditional Caesar Salad ingredients is broken down into two parts – the homemade croutons and the creamy and classic Caesar dressing.

Ingredients needed to make croutons
  • For the crunchy croutons, you will need a few thick slices of bread, garlic, olive oil and salt.
Main ingredients for making authentic Caesar salad dressing
  • For the homemade Caesar salad dressing, gather together fresh lemon juice, egg yolks, garlic cloves, anchovy paste, freshly ground black pepper, Worcestershire sauce, extra-virgin olive oil and Parmesan cheese.
  • And for the greens, you will need a few heads of fresh romaine lettuce hearts washed, dried in a salad spinner, and cut into bite-sized pieces.

Ingredient Substitutions

  • Bread: I used multi-grain, but feel free to use a classic Italian, French or Sourdough loaf.
  • Egg Yolks: I know some people are concerned about using raw egg yolk in the dressing. If you are concerned about salmonella, according to the USDA, your local grocery store may now carry pasteurized fresh eggs in their shell sold in the refrigerated section. That being said, you can replace the two egg yolks with 1 tablespoon Dijon mustard and 1 tablespoon mayo.
  • Garlic Powder: Classic Caesar salad dressing is made with fresh garlic cloves, but in a pinch you can use garlic powder. 
  • Anchovies: If you can’t find anchovy paste, use 3 whole anchovies or anchovy fillets mashed into a paste with the side of a knife blade. If looking to omit anchovies in Caesar salad, 1 tablespoon finely chopped capers or kalamata olives can also be used. If you omit anchovies, you may have to add more salt and pepper to the recipe for seasoning. I would recommend to give the dressing a taste and adjusting it according to your tastebuds.
  • Worcestershire sauce: Authentic Worcestershire sauce contains anchovies, but you can get an anchovy-free brand nowadays – just read the back of the label to know for sure.
  • Lettuce: Romaine leaves are the quintessential Caesar salad lettuce because it has crisp and sturdy leaves which allow them to hold onto the dressing. Feel free to use green or red leaf lettuce or baby gem. Kale Caesar is also a nice twist on the classic.

Step By Step Instructions

A quick whisk and a gentle toss give you the best traditional Caesar salad recipe made right at home. Here are the step-by-step instructions:

How To Make Croutons

Person showing how to make croutons
  1. Place bread cubes into a medium bowl. Add minced garlic, 3 tablespoons of olive oil, and a pinch of salt. Give it a toss, squeezing gently so the bread absorbs the oil.
  2. Heat the remaining 1 tablespoon olive oil in a 12-inch non-stick skillet over medium heat. Transfer seasoned bread into the skillet.
  3. Cook, stirring frequently until golden brown and crisp, 8-10 minutes.
  4. Transfer crispy croutons to a bowl and set aside.

How To Make Caesar Salad Dressing?

In a large mixing bowl:

Person showing how to make Caesar Salad Dressing
  1. Whisk together fresh lemon juice, egg yolks, garlic, anchovies (or anchovy paste), black pepper, and Worcestershire sauce. 
  2. While continuing to whisk constantly, drizzle extra virgin olive oil into the bowl in a steady stream until fully emulsified. 
  3. Add 1/2 cup grated Parmesan and whisk until incorporated. 

How To Make Caesar Salad?

Person showing how to make Caesar Salad in step by step photos

Right before serving, add croutons and drizzle roughly chopped romaine lettuce with the dressing and gently toss to coat. Sprinkle it with more Parmesan cheese. Enjoy!

How to Serve

Celebrate Caesar salad in all its glory by serving it just as is, as a light lunch, dinner, or side dish with extra grated Parmesan cheese on the side. However, you can take this recipe for Ceasar Salad and easily pair it with an entree meal for a feast. Here are some ideas:

How to Store

Caesar salad is best enjoyed as soon as it is assembled. But you can get a few steps ahead and make the croutons and dressing ahead of time.

  • To Make Ahead:
    • Croutons: Cook as directed and cool. Store in an airtight container or ziptop plastic bag at room temperature for up to a week.
    • Creamy Caesar Dressing: Whisk and transfer to a mason jar or airtight container. Store in the fridge for up to 5 days.
  • To Store Leftovers: Place in an airtight container,  store in the fridge and be sure to consume the next day.

Expert Tips

  • Gently squeeze bread cubes with oil. This helps some of the oil and garlic flavor infuse into the bread.
  • Make croutons in the oven: Alternatively, you can toast the bread cubes in the oven. To do so, spread them on a parchment paper lined baking sheet in a single layer after mixing them with olive oil and garlic. Bake in the oven for 7-9 minutes tossing halfway through for even baking.
  • Slowly pour olive oil when making the dressing. This will ensure the dressing emulsifies into a smooth, silky consistency. Alternatively, you can use a food processor to make this creamy Caesar dressing.
  • Dress just before serving. Although romaine takes some time to wilt down, I find this salad is best enjoyed the moment it is made.
  • The authentic Caesar dressing uses a combination of olive oil and vegetable oil. In my version here, to make it easier, I only used extra virgin olive oil. However, you can substitute some of the olive oil with other vegetable oils like canola oil or avocado oil.
Person tossing Anchovy Caesar Salad with two wooden spoons

FAQs

Where is Caesar salad from originally?

The salad’s original recipe is attributed to Chef Caesar Cardini, an Italian immigrant who invented the salad at his restaurant Caesar’s in Tijuana in Northern Mexico. He even added the dramatic flair of making the dressing and salad tableside.

What was in the original Caesar salad?

An authentic Caesar salad is a green salad of crisp romaine lettuce and croutons (sometimes made from stale bread) dressed with lemon juice, egg yolk, anchovies, Worcestershire sauce, garlic, Dijon mustard, black pepper, and Parmesan cheese.

Which ingredient is not commonly found in classic Caesar salad?

Variations include switching out the lettuce, adding meat such as grilled chicken or bacon, or omitting ingredients such as raw egg yolks and anchovies. Since some people dislike anchovies and prefer not to use raw eggs, mayonnaise-based dressing has also become popular.

Can You Taste The Anchovies In This Recipe?

Even though it is very mild, you can taste the anchovies in the dressing.

Can I Use Store Bought Croutons?

You sure can. The only thing I would caution you about is the amount of salt in your recipe. Some store-bought croutons could be very salty, so it is best to give it a taste and adjust the seasoning in your Caesar salad dressing.

Why Should You Try This Recipe?

Not all Caesar salads are created equal. But I can assure you this is one you will make over and over again. I know you’ll love it because:

  • Made with pantry basics in 15-20 minutes: All it takes is a handful of umami-packed ingredients and 15-20 minutes of your time to make a salad to remember.
  • I’ve got you covered with substitutions: I wanted this recipe to be as close to the Authentic Caesar Salad recipe that you would order at a restaurant. However, I made sure to provide you with easy ingredient swaps. You can keep the Caesar dressing as is, or follow some of my substitution and expert tips if concerned about using raw eggs or anchovies.
  • Easy to Make Ahead: Make the croutons and dressing ahead of time so all you have to do upon serving is chop the lettuce and toss with the dressing.

Other Salad Recipes You Might Also Like:

If you try this easy recipe for Classic Caesar Salad or any other salad recipes on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Traditional Caesar Salad in a bowl with wooden spoons on the side
Print

Classic Caesar Salad Recipe

Classic Caesar Salad recipe made with the traditional Caesar dressing. There is no doubt that this restaurant favorite salad is one of those recipes that stood the test of time. The good news is that now you can make it at home with this foolproof recipe.
Course Salads
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 8 minutes
Total Time 18 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 357kcal

Ingredients

For the Croutons:

  • 3 thick slices bread cut into 1-inch cubes (I use multi-grain)
  • 1 garlic clove peeled and pressed through a garlic press or minced
  • 2 tablespoons olive oil
  • 1/4 teaspoon salt

For the Dressing & Salad:

  • 3 tablespoons freshly squeezed lemon juice
  • 2 large egg yolks
  • 2 garlic cloves peeled and pressed through a garlic press or minced
  • 1 tablespoon anchovy paste*
  • 1/4 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper
  • 1/2 teaspoon Worcestershire sauce
  • 1/2 cup extra-virgin olive oil
  • 1 1/2 ounces 3/4 cup grated Parmesan cheese – divided
  • 2 romaine lettuce hearts rinsed and dried – cut into 3/4 –inch pieces

Instructions

To make the Croutons:

  • Place bread cubes into a bowl. Add minced garlic, 1 tablespoon of olive oil, and salt. Give it a toss, squeezing gently so the bread absorbs the oil.
  • Heat the remaining 1 tablespoon olive oil in a large non-stick skillet over medium heat. Transfer seasoned bread into the skillet.
  • Cook, stirring frequently until browned and crisp, 8-10 minutes.
  • Transfer croutons to a bowl and set aside.

To make the Dressing & Assemble the Salad:

  • In a large bowl, whisk together lemon juice, egg yolks, minced garlic, anchovy paste, black pepper, and Worcestershire sauce. While continuing to whisk constantly, drizzle olive oil into the bowl in a steady stream until fully emulsified.
  • Add 1/2 cup grated Parmesan and whisk until incorporated.
  • Right before serving, add the croutons and drizzle the dressing over romaine lettuce and give it a gentle toss to coat.
  • Sprinkle it with more Parmesan cheese. Enjoy!

Video

Notes

  • Not a fan of anchovies? Use an equal amount of capers or chopped pitted kalamata olives. 
  • If you can’t get your hands on anchovy paste, use 3 anchovy fillets mashed into a paste with the side of a knife blade.
  • Not a fan of using raw egg yolks? Replace them with 1 tablespoon Dijon mustard and 1 tablespoon mayonnaise.
  • To Make Ahead:
    • Croutons: Cook as directed and cool. Store in an airtight container or plastic bag at room temperature for up to a week.
    • Creamy Caesar Dressing: Whisk and transfer to a mason jar or airtight container. Store in the fridge for up to 5 days.
  • To Store Leftovers: Place in an airtight container,  store in the fridge and be sure to consume the next day.

Nutrition

Calories: 357kcal | Carbohydrates: 13g | Protein: 9g | Fat: 31g | Saturated Fat: 5g | Cholesterol: 108mg | Sodium: 585mg | Potassium: 126mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 2g | Vitamin A: 1432IU | Vitamin C: 5mg | Calcium: 180mg | Iron: 1mg

The post Classic Caesar Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/classic-caesar-salad/feed/ 6
Best Healthy Quinoa Recipes https://foolproofliving.com/quinoa-recipes/ https://foolproofliving.com/quinoa-recipes/#comments Mon, 10 Jan 2022 21:30:52 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=47748 If you know how to cook quinoa perfectly, you can easily make a wide variety of quinoa dishes for any meal with ease. In addition to being a superfood, quinoa is a beautiful blank canvas that can be adapted to use in any of your breakfast, lunch, and dinner recipes. Below, you will find my favorite quinoa recipes that happen to be healthy, filling, nutritious, and most importantly delicious. How...

The post Best Healthy Quinoa Recipes appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
If you know how to cook quinoa perfectly, you can easily make a wide variety of quinoa dishes for any meal with ease. In addition to being a superfood, quinoa is a beautiful blank canvas that can be adapted to use in any of your breakfast, lunch, and dinner recipes.

Below, you will find my favorite quinoa recipes that happen to be healthy, filling, nutritious, and most importantly delicious.

A person is placing a quinoa chili on the table with sliced bread on the side

What is Quinoa

Quinoa (pronounced “KEEN-wah”) is a member of the amaranth family and comes from the plant goosefoot, which is related to spinach and beets. Considered one of the most popular ancient grains, it is actually a psuedo grain, meaning that it is eaten like a grain, but botanically speaking, it is actually a seed.

And these tiny seeds are a nutritional powerhouse. 1 cup of cooked quinoa provides about 8 grams of protein and 5 grams of fiber. Plus, it contains all the nine essential amino acids the body needs (making it a complete protein), and it comes packed full of B vitamins, iron, fiber, minerals, and unique plant compounds necessary for healthy body functioning.

How To Cook Quinoa Perfectly

If you want to know how to prepare quinoa for cooking, you have come to the right place. Below I have outlined the different methods that you can follow for perfectly cooked quinoa every time.

person fluffing quinoa in a saucepan

As with all quinoa recipes, make sure to rinse quinoa first. Then, follow how to make quinoa with one of the effortless options below:

  • On the Stove Top: Stovetop quinoa, or as some call it, steamed quinoa, is easy to prepare. We like to refer to this as “quinoa rice” in my house because it is so versatile. 
  • In the Microwave: Microwave Quinoa is the fastest and easiest way to get quinoa from the package to your table in under 10 minutes. 
  • In a Rice Cooker: Rice Cooker Quinoa is pretty much hands-off and ideal for when you want to accomplish multiple tasks in the kitchen at one time.
  • In an Instant Pot: Pressure Cooker Quinoa is another hands-off cooking method that allows you to set-it-and-forget it for a super convenient cooking experience.

Now that we talked about how to cook it, let get to the fun part. Healthy quinoa recipes are easy to come by once you learn how to use this pseudo-grain in recipes and make it a part of your weekly meal prep.

Here is a list of some of my favorite quinoa dishes broken down into breakfast, lunch, vegetarian, and dinner categories.

Fast and Easy Recipes for Breakfast:

Believe it or not, quinoa makes a fabulous breakfast. As filling as oatmeal and as tasty as cereal, quinoa keeps you full and focused throughout the morning with its high protein content. Some of my favorite delicious quinoa recipes for breakfast include:

Breakfast quinoa recipes side by side - Quinoa Porridge in Microwave and Quinoa bowl
  • Quinoa Breakfast Porridge – Don’t get me wrong. I am a huge fan of steel cut oatmeal and my almond milk oatmeal. However, quinoa porridge is a great alternative when you need a break from your everyday routine. Packed with plant protein, this recipe keeps you plenty full until lunch. Plus, just like oatmeal, you can top it off with whatever you have on hand. Berries, nuts, chia seeds, flaxseeds, etc.—the sky’s the limit!
  • Quinoa Crunch – Raw quinoa gets a major upgrade (and serious crunch factor) when it’s tossed with almonds, sesame seeds and maple syrup, then baked to golden perfection.
  • Instant Pot Quinoa Breakfast Bowl – Put your Instant Pot to good use with a make-ahead and super simple quinoa recipe where almond milk is the star.
  • Quinoa Porridge in Microwave – Quick and easy never tasted so good with this customizable breakfast bowl. Ready in about 15 minutes, this fast and easy bowl is one of my favorite ways to eat quinoa for breakfast.

Quinoa Lunch Recipes:

If you’re looking for healthy lunches with quinoa , these meal prep recipes are a dream come true. The best part is that you can take them work with you because they store well.

Want to get a head start? Batch cook quinoa on the weekend and mix one of these simple quinoa salad recipes a day. Then, you’ll have food right at your fingertips all week long.

Quinoa lunch ideas for work two recipes side by side
  • Quinoa Avocado Salad – Quinoa salad recipes get a serious upgrade with the addition of creamy avocado. Toss this veggie dish in my go-to quinoa salad dressing—lemon vinaigrette—and there really is nothing better.
  • Kale Quinoa Salad – This easy quinoa salad is one of the top rated recipes on the blog. I call it the superfood grain salad, as it perfectly balances sweet, salty, creamy and earthy flavors in one nutritious bowl. 
  • Thai Quinoa Salad – Feeling a bit global? Try this Thai-inspired quinoa salad recipe! Not only does it feature crunchy vegetables, but it also includes my go-to Asian salad dressing—sesame ginger dressing—made with almond butter.
Mediterranean Quinoa Salad and Thai Quinoa Salad for quinoa dinner ideas
  • Quinoa Black Bean Salad – No one can resist the protein and sweet vegetables of this Mexican-inspired meal. One of my favorite quinoa bowls, this recipe is made by mixing quinoa with black beans, corn, and bell pepper and then drizzling it with lime juice salad dressing. This is one of my favorite quinoa lunches to take to work, as it is easy to store and carry.
  • Mediterranean Quinoa Salad – I cannot talk about my favorite quinoa recipes and not mention this salad. This garden-fresh dish is packed with Mediterranean favorites like kalamata olives, feta cheese, cucumbers and tomatoes. Made with simple ingredients, it comes together in less than 30 minutes.
  • Southwest Quinoa Salad – The secret to this savory recipe is simple: chili lime vinaigrette! Not only does it add tangy and spicy flavors to this complex dish, but it also complements the sweet red peppers, cilantro and black beans. I think this is the best quinoa salad recipe if you are a fan of Tex-Mex flavors.

Vegetarian Recipes Made With Quinoa

Vegetarian quinoa bowls to serve for lunch or dinner, or to meal prep for the week are my favorite. Versatile and tasty, they give me the choice to go completely plant-based or add a small portion of lean meat protein.

Quinoa bowls - Sweet Potato and Butternut squash recipes side by side
  • Lemon Quinoa – This is the perfect seasoned quinoa side dish that does double duty as a blank canvas for both lunch and dinner. It is made by cooking white quinoa with shallots and then flavoring it with fresh ingredients like lemon zest, Italian parsley and radishes.
  • Sweet Potato Quinoa Bowl – This quick bowl recipe is made by mixing roasted sweet potatoes and red onion with black beans and quinoa. I also added a touch of Middle Eastern flair with a tahini yogurt sauce that brightened every flavor in this hearty and healthy quinoa recipe.
  • Butternut Squash Quinoa – Sweet, tangy, crunchy and colorful, this is one of those quinoa recipe ideas that is simple enough for weekday enjoyment, but elegant enough for a holiday meal.
  • Quinoa Lentil Salad – If you’re wondering what to put in quinoa, look no further than this lentil salad that is chock-full of grains and legumes. It is made by simultaneously cooking quinoa and green lentils and then drizzling the mixture with my lemon vinaigrette for a filling, protein-packed lunch.
  • Quinoa Tabbouleh – Here is a fun and gluten-free twist on Middle Eastern tabbouleh, featuring multicolor quinoa as the star. A colorful mix of fresh herbs and crunchy vegetables really makes this dish shine. 
  • Quinoa Power Bowl – This vegan and Meatless Monday-inspired meal will have you meal prepping on Sunday so it can power you through your busy week!
  • Brussels Sprouts Sweet Potato with Quinoa – If you think you don’t like Brussels sprouts, this recipe will convert you! I usually make this recipe when I have some leftover quinoa. Simply roast Brussels sprouts with sweet potatoes, mix them with quinoa, and drizzle the mixture with my fruity citrus balsamic dressing.

Healthy Dinner Ideas with Quinoa:

There are so many ways to cook quinoa for dinner, it’s no wonder this superfood gets all the glory. These tiny seeds add a hearty pop of plant-based protein to chilis, stews, tacos and so much more.

Quinoa Dinner recipes side by side - Quinoa Chili and Quinoa Stew
  • Quinoa Chili – Quinoa main dish recipes are easy to master with this five-star combination. Beans, tomatoes and corn unite to create a gluten-free and vegan chili perfect for a crowd. This is one of my favorite dinner recipes to serve during the cold winter months.
  • Vegetable Quinoa Stew – Garden-fresh vegetables and Peruvian spices bring simple quinoa meals to life. Finish this recipe with creamy avocado and fresh cilantro for an extra touch of comfort.
  • Quinoa Black Bean Tacos – Fill a warm tortilla with quinoa taco meat for a quinoa dish you won’t be able to stop talking about. Topped with a generous dollop of my Avocado Dressing, this is the perfect Taco Tuesday recipe.
  • Mexican Quinoa – This is one of my favorite vegan quinoa entree recipes that makes clean-up a breeze. All it takes is one pan and 30 minutes to reach this Mexican heaven. I usually make this dish in a pan, but after so many readers asked for it, I made sure to share its pressure cooker version, too. If you are one of them, be sure to check out my Instant Pot Mexican Quinoa, as well.
  • Quinoa Stuffed Acorn Squash – I like to think of this vegan stuffed squash dish as one of those easy quinoa recipes I can turn to time and time again—especially during the holiday season. This recipe is a lifesaver if you have family members who follow a vegan and/or gluten-free diet.
  • Turkey Pumpkin Chili with Quinoa – This quinoa recipe has fall written all over it. Its vibrant orange hue and photo-ready presentation will have your family and friends taking out their cameras.

Expert Tips:

Now that you have the most delicious quinoa recipes at your fingertips, you might need help with quinoa basics. Below are some helpful resources to help you take your quinoa recipes to the next level.

  • How To Rinse Quinoa? It’s important to rinse quinoa to get rid of bitter-tasting saponin, a natural coating that protects the grain in nature. The best way to rinse quinoa is with a fine mesh strainer under cool running water for 30-60 seconds, or until the water runs clear.
  • How To Season Quinoa? If you’re wondering how to flavor quinoa to make delicious quinoa recipes, look no further than a generous squeeze of lemon juice, drizzle of olive oil and tons of fresh herbs. However, that is just the beginning. There is much more you can do and I made sure to list them all in one place.
  • Can You Freeze Quinoa? You sure can and I made sure to cover everything you need to know about freezing quinoa in this post.
Cooked White, red, multicolor, and black quinoa cooked in bowls

What does quinoa go well with?

A simple quinoa pilaf or any of the other quinoa recipes I shared here are like a beautiful blank canvas you can serve with chicken, beef, turkey, or anything vegetarian. Below are some of my favorite recipes to serve alongside quinoa. Check them out if you are wondering what goes with quinoa for dinner.

Meat Recipes:

Vegetarian Meals:

FAQs

What is the best water to quinoa ratio?

In my own experience, I have found the best quinoa to water ratio is 1:2 (1 cup quinoa to 2 cups water, chicken stock, or vegetable broth) for a perfectly cooked and fluffy quinoa.

How long does it take to cook quinoa?

The quinoa cooking time will vary depending on the cooking method you choose and the type of quinoa (white, red, black or tricolor) you use. Below is the approximate cooking time for each method. 
Stove Top quinoa takes about15 minutes for white quinoa, 18 minutes for red quinoa, 20 minute for black quinoa, and 18 minutes for tricolor quinoa.
Microwave Quinoa takes 8-10 minutes but cooking times might vary based on the brand you are ucing.
Instant Pot Quinoa takes 15-20 minutes to cook with only 1 minute active cooking time.
Rice Cooker Quinoa takes about 25-35 minutes to cook.

How to cook quinoa quickly?

The fastest, quickest and, some may say, most convenient way to make the best quinoa is in the microwave. It takes a total of 8 minutes—6 minutes on high, a quick stir, then another 2 minutes on high. Try this method for a soft and fluffy quinoa every time.

What is quinoa supposed to look like cooked?

When quinoa is cooked, the small grains will become plump, opaque and showcase that quintessential “spiral” or “tail” (this is actually the germ of the grain).

How to flavor quinoa and make it tasty?

If you’re wondering how to season quinoa to make tasty quinoa recipes, look no further than a generous squeeze of lemon juice, drizzle of olive oil and tons of fresh herbs. Check out my detailed post on How to Make Quinoa Taste Good for even more quinoa cooking tips and tricks.

Do you add salt to quinoa when cooking?

Yes. Adding ½ teaspoon of kosher salt for every 1 cup dry quinoa is just the right amount to bring out quinoa’s nutty, earthy flavor without making it taste salty.

How much quinoa per person is ideal?

The ideal quinoa portion size per person is ½ to ¾ cup cooked grains (1 cup dry quinoa yields approximately 3 cups cooked quinoa). In other words, 1 cup of raw quinoa is just the right amount for 4 servings as a side.

How to toast quinoa?

For additional flavor, toast quinoa with a tablespoon of oil (olive oil, coconut oil, avocado oil, grapeseed oil, or even butter) over medium heat for 4-5 minutes prior to cooking.

If you try any of these recipes, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories. Thank you!

Mexican Quinoa in a bowl from the top
Print

Best Quinoa Recipes: Mexican Quinoa

This Mexican Quinoa recipe is one of the most popular quinoa recipes on the blog. It is a versatile dish that you can serve for breakfast with an egg on top or turn it into a 30-minute weeknight dinner with a plant-protein packed nutritious meal.
Course Side Dish
Cuisine Mexican
Diet Vegan
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Total Time 30 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 346kcal

Ingredients

For The Mexican Quinoa:

  • 1 tablespoon olive oil
  • 1 medium-sized onion chopped
  • 2 small bell peppers chopped (or 2 jalapeno peppers, seeded and chopped)
  • 1 teaspoon ground cumin
  • ½ teaspoon ground coriander
  • 2 cloves garlic peeled and minced
  • 1 cup quinoa rinsed and drained
  • 1 15 oz. can black beans, drained and rinsed
  • 1 cup corn kernels fresh or frozen
  • 1 can diced tomatoes with all their juices (15 oz.)
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • 1 cup water or vegetable broth
  • ¼ cup fresh cilantro chopped – plus more as garnish

As Garnish:

  • 1 ripe avocado
  • 2 stalks of scallions chopped
  • 1 lime cut into wedges
  • Handful of pumpkin seeds optional

Instructions

  • Heat oil in a 12-inch pan with a lid over medium heat. Add in the onion, peppers, cumin, and coriander. Cook, stirring occasionally, until onions are translucent, 7-8 minutes.
  • Stir in the garlic and cook for 30 seconds.
  • Add in the quinoa, black beans, corn kernels, tomatoes, and salt and pepper. Give it a large stir.
  • Pour in the liquid, put the lid on, and bring it to a boil. Then turn the heat down to low and let it simmer for 20-23 minutes or until all the liquid is absorbed.
  • Let it sit for 5 minutes or so and fluff with a fork. Right before serving stir in the fresh cilantro.
  • Spoon the Mexican quinoa into bowls and garnish with fresh cilantro, avocado, and scallions. Serve with wedges of lime.

Video

Notes

A few notes for the best results:
  • Spices: Do not skip on sautéing ground cumin and coriander at the beginning. They are both oil-soluble spices, which means in order for them to release their flavors they need to interact with oil. If you want to make this recipe spicier, you can swap bell peppers with sliced jalapeños.
  • Top it off with a dollop of sour cream or Mexican cotija cheese: I wanted to keep this recipe basic and vegan so I just garnished it with avocado slices and some fresh cilantro. However, if you don’t mind it being vegetarian, you can (in true Mexican fashion) top it off with some sour cream or cotija cheese as well.
  • Want to make this in a pressure cooker instead? Try my Instant Pot Mexican Quinoa recipe.
  • You can follow the recipe as written and cook your quinoa with the vegetables. Doing so takes about 20-25 minutes. However, if you are short on time and have some leftover cooked quinoa (like I did in the how-to video), you can add that in after the vegetables are cooked. This way you do not have to wait for the quinoa to cook. Once it is warmed throughly your meal will be ready.

Nutrition

Calories: 346kcal | Carbohydrates: 50g | Protein: 10g | Fat: 14g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Sodium: 388mg | Potassium: 845mg | Fiber: 10g | Sugar: 6g | Vitamin A: 778IU | Vitamin C: 42mg | Calcium: 81mg | Iron: 4mg

The post Best Healthy Quinoa Recipes appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/quinoa-recipes/feed/ 2
Ottolenghi’s Butternut Squash Salad with Tahini and Bulgur https://foolproofliving.com/roasted-butternut-squash-salad-with-bulgur-and-tahini-dressing/ https://foolproofliving.com/roasted-butternut-squash-salad-with-bulgur-and-tahini-dressing/#comments Mon, 13 Dec 2021 09:56:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=2717 Can’t get enough of butternut squash goodness? Be sure to check out my other squash recipes like Butternut Squash Noodles, Butternut Squash Soup, Butternut Squash Arugula Salad, and Butternut Squash Thai Curry. Why Should You Try This Recipe? It’s no secret that I am a lover of Middle Eastern cuisine. Colorful, flavorful, and textural are the first words that come to mind. So when I came across Yotam Ottolenghi’s roasted...

The post Ottolenghi’s Butternut Squash Salad with Tahini and Bulgur appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>

Can’t get enough of butternut squash goodness? Be sure to check out my other squash recipes like Butternut Squash Noodles, Butternut Squash Soup, Butternut Squash Arugula Salad, and Butternut Squash Thai Curry.

Ottolenghi's Roasted Butternut Squash Salad with Tahini Dressing in a plate with a spoon on the side

Why Should You Try This Recipe?

It’s no secret that I am a lover of Middle Eastern cuisine. Colorful, flavorful, and textural are the first words that come to mind. So when I came across Yotam Ottolenghi’s roasted butternut squash in the Jeruselum cookbook last week, I knew this was a recipe I had to share. I know you’ll love it because:

  • Seasonal root vegetables, namely butternut squash, with golden brown bits are the star of the show, with some background highlights of hearty grains, crunchy nuts, and a super special herb blend to make it a complete meal.
  • It can be served at any temperature degree – warm, room temperature, or cold – making for a wonderful make-ahead recipe.
  • It’s super customizable, meaning you can swap out those maybe hard-to-find Middle Eastern ingredients for ones you already have on hand.
  • It’s the best way to use already prepared roasted butternut squash halves or baked butternut squash cubes.

Ingredients

The ingredient list for this easy roasted butternut and onions salad comes in three parts – the vegetables, tahini dressing, and assembled salad.

Ingredients for the recipe
  • Roasted Vegetables: Pick up some butternut squash, red onions, olive oil, salt, and pepper.
    If you are new to cooking butternut squash and need a bit of guidance, be sure to check out my guide on how to prepare and cut butternut squash.
Tahini dressing ingredients
  • Tahini Dressing: This requires a simple mix of light tahini, lemon juice, chopped garlic clove, water, and Kosher salt. Or, change it up a bit with tahini yogurt dressing for a vegetarian option.
Recipe ingredients on a white marble counter
  • Bulgur and Mix-ins: Gather together cooked bulgur, za’atar, toasted pine nuts, Italian parsley, flaky sea salt, and black pepper.
    If you are new to cooking bulgur be sure to check out my comprehensive guide on how to cook bulgur. In that post, I share everything you need to know about types of bulgur and how to cook them.

A Few Notes on Ingredients:

  • Bulgur: Bulgur is cracked wheat that is sold in a number of different varieties. Look for it in the international section of the grocery store. This recipe uses medium coarse bulgur but coarse or even red bulgur would also work. If you are not familiar with types of bulgur, be sure to check out my detailed post on Types of Bulgur Wheat.
    If you can’t get your hands on bulgur wheat or are looking for a gluten-free option, use an equal amount of cooked quinoa or pick one of the many bulgur wheat alternatives.
  • Za’atar: This unique herb-seed blend is a mix of dried oregano, thyme, and/or marjoram, sumac, and sesame seeds. It’s savory, tangy, and pungent. You can make Za’atar at home or buy it at the store. If all else fails and you can’t get your hands on it, simply use 1 tablespoon of sesame seeds instead.
  • Pine Nuts: Buy a small package of pine nuts, since these tend to be the most expensive nut on the market. They are usually sold raw, so toast for a few minutes in the oven when you get home or in a small frying pan over medium-low heat with a little extra oil. With that being said, you can also use walnuts or pumpkin seeds (for a nut free option) in this recipe.
  • Fresh herbs: The recipe below uses fresh parsley to finish it off but if you are serving it for your Thanksgiving dinner, you can use chopped sage leaves as well.
  • Pomegranate Seeds: Sprinkle on a handful of pomegranate seeds for extra pop and color.
  • Citrus Zest: Add some lemon zest from a large lemon or even orange zest at the very end.

How to Make Middle Eastern Butternut Squash Salad

This is a simple butternut squash salad with a bit more bulk. The toasty pine nuts and za’atar give it a world of Middle Eastern flair.

Steps showing how to make roasted butternut squash salad
  1. Season vegetables: Preheat the oven to 425 °F. Place butternut squash and red onion wedges in a large mixing bowl. Drizzle with a few tablespoons of the olive oil and sprinkle with teaspoon salt and pepper. Toss well, making sure that all vegetables are coated with olive oil and seasoning.
  2. Roast vegetables: Transfer the vegetables to a baking sheet lined with parchment paper. Spread into one even layer. Roast in the oven for 20-25 minutes, or until tender and onions are slightly brown. The onions might cook a bit earlier so keep a close eye on it after the 20-minute mark. Set aside to cool.
  3. Make the dressing: Whisk tahini paste, lemon juice, garlic, water, and a pinch of salt in a small bowl.
  4. Assemble the salad: Place cooled butternut squash mixture in a large salad bowl and add the bulgur. Drizzle with the dressing and give it a very gentle stir. Sprinkle with za’atar, toasted pine nuts, and chopped parsley. Taste for seasoning and add more, if necessary.

How to Serve

I love a butternut squash roasting recipe that can act as a meal prepped lunch or colorful side dish to any meal. Serve it warm, cold, or room temperature in any of the following ways.

  • Lunch: Serve it as is, and keep the rest for meal prep throughout the week.
  • Dinner: Serve it on separate plates as a side dish to easy weeknight dinners. This dish would be a perfect side dish with Cornish Hens, Beef Stroganoff, and Mediterranean Lemon Chicken.
  • Holiday Party or Celebration: Bring it to your guest’s house and serve it as a lovely compliment to potlucks, holiday parties, and more.

How to Make Ahead and Store

I put a little spin on the original roasted butternut squash with red onion and added some bulk with bulgur wheat. This small addition adds some oomph and holds up well in the fridge.

  • Vegetables: Roast as directed and store in an airtight container in the fridge.
  • Tahini Dressing: Mix as directed, then transfer to a mason jar. Keep in the fridge until ready to serve.
  • Bulgur and Mix-Ins: Store the cooked bulgur on its own, with the chopped parsley sprinkled on top, if desired. Store the toasted pine nuts in a small container on the kitchen counter.

Leftovers will keep for up to 5 days in an airtight container in the fridge. I do not recommend freezing the salad.

Expert Tips

  • Use two large baking sheets, if necessary. The vegetables will roast and caramelize much more efficiently when spread out into one single layer. I lined the sheets with large parchment paper. If you use aluminum foil, the vegetables will roast a few minutes faster.
  • Adjust the consistency of the lemon-tahini sauce. The tahini paste may need more water depending on how runny you would like it. I like to mix it until it is the consistency of honey. Adjust with more tahini or water and taste test as you go.
  • Go for plenty of pepper. A good grind of pepper highlights the sweet squash beautifully.
  • This easy salad recipe multiplies well so feel free to double or triple the recipe if you are serving a crowd.

FAQs

Do I have to peel the large butternut squash?

If we were to follow Ottolenghi’s footsteps, he does not peel the butternut squash and roasts the squash skin side down. However, I much prefer the taste and texture of peeled butternut squash. My best recommendation – if the squash is super young and seasonal with thin skin, you can leave it intact. If it is older with a thick, tough outer skin, peel the skin away with a sharp knife or vegetable peeler.

What is za’atar?

Za’atar is an herbaceous and tangy Middle Eastern herb blend with sesame seeds. The main herbs include oregano, thyme, sometimes marjoram, and sumac – the dried and ground berries of the sumac flower. Sesame seeds are also included. It can be seasoned with a generous pinch of salt if desired.

Note text

Roasted Butternut Squash Bulgur Wheat plated and photographed from the front view

Other Fall Salad Recipes You Might Like:

If you try this Ottolenghi Butternut Squash Salad recipe or any other salad recipes on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them in my stories.

Butternut Squash Salad with bulgur wheat in a plate with a spoon on the side
Print

Ottolenghi Butternut Squash Salad Recipe with Bulgur and Tahini Dressing

This vegan Roasted Butternut Squash Salad with Bulgur and Tahini Dressing is a festive salad recipe that is made with the famous ingredients and flavors of the Middle Eastern. With its gorgeous colors and rich flavors, make this salad to brighten your holiday table.
Course Salad
Cuisine Middle Eastern
Diet Vegan
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 35 minutes
Total Time 50 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 476kcal

Ingredients

For The Vegetables:

  • 2 lbs large butternut squash peeled and cut into cubes
  • 2 medium-size red onions peeled and cut into wedges
  • 3 tablespoon olive oil
  • 1/2 teaspoon Kosher Salt
  • 1/4 teaspoom Black Pepper

For The Tahini Dressing:

  • 3 tablespoon tahini paste shake well before use
  • 2 tablespoons lemon juice freshly squeezed
  • 2 garlic cloves pressed through a garlic press or minced

For The Salad:

  • 2 tablespoon pine nuts toasted
  • 1 tablespoon za’atar *
  • 1 tablespoon Italian parsley chopped
  • 1 cup cooked bulgur
  • sea salt and freshly ground black pepper

Instructions

  • To roast the vegetables: Pre-heat the oven to 425 Degrees F. Place butternut squash and red onion wedges in a large bowl. Drizzle it with olive oil. Sprinkle it with kosher salt and freshly ground black pepper.
  • Spread them evenly on the sheet pan. Toss well, making sure that all vegetables are coated with olive oil and seasoning. Transfer it to a baking sheet lined with parchment paper.
  • Roast in the oven for 20-25 minutes. Keep a close eye on it as onions may roast before butternut squash. That being said, I allowed my onions brown a little bit for them to give a caramelized flavor to my salad.
  • Take it out of the oven and set aside to cool.
  • To make the dressing: Whisk tahini paste, lemon juice, garlic, and water in a small bowl.
  • To assemble the salad: Once vegetables are cooled down, place them in a large salad bowl. Add the bulgur and gently stir.
  • Drizzle with the dressing over the salad. Give it a very gentle stir. Sprinkle it with za’atar, toasted pine nuts, and chopped parsley. Taste for seasoning and if necessary, add more.
  • Serve it immediately in individual plates.

Notes

  • If you are new to cooking with bulgur, be sure to check out my foolproof recipe for cooking bulgur
  • If you can’t get your hands on za’atar, you can make your own by mixing together 1 teaspoon each of oregano, thyme, sumac, and sesame seeds. Or, simply use 1 tablespoon of sesame seeds instead.
  • Leftovers will keep for up to 5 days in an airtight container in the fridge. I do not recommend freezing the salad.

Nutrition

Calories: 476kcal | Carbohydrates: 70g | Protein: 11g | Fat: 21g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 6g | Monounsaturated Fat: 11g | Sodium: 24mg | Potassium: 1162mg | Fiber: 15g | Sugar: 8g | Vitamin A: 24207IU | Vitamin C: 55mg | Calcium: 159mg | Iron: 4mg

This recipe is adapted (with minor changes) from the cookbook: Jerusalem by Yotam Ottolenghi & Sami Tamimi (affiliate link.)

The post Ottolenghi’s Butternut Squash Salad with Tahini and Bulgur appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/roasted-butternut-squash-salad-with-bulgur-and-tahini-dressing/feed/ 16
Roasted Pear Salad with Goat Cheese https://foolproofliving.com/roasted-pear-salad-with-grapefruit-vinaigrette/ https://foolproofliving.com/roasted-pear-salad-with-grapefruit-vinaigrette/#comments Sun, 21 Nov 2021 05:40:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=4390 This Roasted Pear and Goat Cheese Salad is a tasty salad recipe for anyone who loves fruity, nutty salads. It is bright, colorful, and fresh like my other savory fruit salads Apple Salad, Blueberry Salad, or Strawberry Spinach Salad recipes. Why Should You Make This Recipe? Sweet, Savory, Nutty All in One Salad: The sweetness of the roasted pears and pomegranate seeds complement the nutty pecans and the peppery arugula...

The post Roasted Pear Salad with Goat Cheese appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>

This Roasted Pear and Goat Cheese Salad is a tasty salad recipe for anyone who loves fruity, nutty salads. It is bright, colorful, and fresh like my other savory fruit salads Apple Salad, Blueberry Salad, or Strawberry Spinach Salad recipes.

Roasted Pear Salad with arugula in a large bowl

Why Should You Make This Recipe?

  • Sweet, Savory, Nutty All in One Salad: The sweetness of the roasted pears and pomegranate seeds complement the nutty pecans and the peppery arugula creating a great salad with simple everyday ingredients.
  • Easily Customizable: You can follow the recipe as written or try my variation suggestions to make it your own. Switch up the salad greens, nuts, or the dressing for a different twist if you are missing an ingredient or two.
  • Visually Impressive: Need a centerpiece to wow your family for the Thanksgiving meal? This Roasted Pear Arugula Salad is bright and colorful makes a beautiful side dish at any gathering including the holidays.

Ingredients

Ingredients for the recipe from top view
  • Roasted Pears: Gather your ingredients for the roasted pears. You will need firm pears, extra virgin olive oil, maple syrup, kosher salt (or sea salt), and ground black pepper. 
the dressing ingredients
  • Lemon Vinaigrette: To prepare the dressing, you will need olive oil, lemon juice, a few cloves of minced garlic, dijon mustard, kosher salt, and ground black pepper.
  • The Salad: For the salad, you will need a combination of arugula and spring mix, toasted pecans, crumbled goat cheese, and pomegranate arils.

Substitutions & Helpful Notes on Ingredients:

  • What pears should you use?: I find that the best pears for this arugula pear salad (and for roasting) are Red or Green Anjou Pear, Concord Pear, Bosc Pear, or Bartlett Pears. However, you can use other types of pears as well. You can also mix and match and use two varieties to take advantage of their flavor profiles.
    When shopping at the grocery store be sure to buy firm pears instead of ripe pears. Ripened pears will be too juicy and will get too mushy after they are roasted.
  • Cheese: I use soft goat cheese to garnish the salad, but you can also other soft cheeses like feta cheese, gorgonzola cheese, or blue cheese as well.
  • Salad Greens: I use a combination of mixed greens, like red leaf lettuce, frisee, radicchio, and arugula, but any of your favorite greens, like baby spinach, would also work.
  • Nuts: For this Roasted Pear Salad, I use toasted pecans, but you can also use hazelnuts, walnuts, or even pine nuts as an alternative. Whichever nut you chose to use, I highly recommend spending a few minutes toasting them to bring out their flavors.
  • Sweetener: I used maple syrup to drizzle the pears, but agave or honey roasted pear salad would also be delicious. 

How To Make

This Roasted Pear Salad is easy to make and ready in just a few simple steps! This recipe takes under 30 minutes from start to finish for this delicious, nutritious dish.

How To Roast Pears For Salad?

  1. Preheat oven to 400 degrees F.
Person showing how to roast pears for salad
  1. Prepare pears: Begin by cutting each pair in half vertically, and, using a melon scooper or a small spoon, scoop out the core and discard. Cut pears into smaller pieces by first cutting the halves into quarters, and those quarters in half. Each pear should yield eight pieces. Place pears on a rimmed baking sheet in a single layer. 
  2. Season: Drizzle olive oil, maple syrup, salt, and black pepper and toss pears until they are evenly covered.
  3. Bake: Roast them for 10-12 minutes, or until just softened.

Make The Dressing:

salad dressing being made by a person

For the dressing for this arugula pear salad, I used my all-time favorite lemon vinaigrette that you can make in minutes. Simply whisk together all of the dressing ingredients in a small bowl and whisk for 30-60 seconds, until fully combined. 

Make The Salad

person showing how to make roasted pear salad in 4 steps
  1. The Greens: Place salad greens into a large bowl. 
  2. Toppings: Top it off with crumbled goat cheese, pecans, pomegranate seeds, and roasted pears.
  3. Drizzle with the dressing: Pour the dressing over the salad. 
  4. Toss: Give it a gentle toss to make sure all the greens are coated with the dressing and the toppings are evenly distributed throughout the salad.

How To Make Ahead And Store Leftovers?

Need to make this a part of your holiday meal or meal prep? The beauty of this Roasted Pear and Goat Cheese Salad is that with a little bit of prep you can easily have it ready in minutes.

  • To Make Ahead: Roast pears, let them cool to room temperature and store them in an airtight container in the fridge a day ahead of time. Make the dressing at the same time and again, keep it in the fridge. A few minutes before you are ready to serve, assemble the salad as written and drizzle it with the dressing.
  • To Store leftovers: Leftover salad can be stored in an airtight container in the fridge. However, please be aware that since it is already dressed the salad greens will be quite wilted the next day. 
  • Freeze: I would not recommend freezing this salad.
Roasted pear salad in a bowl with spoons on the side

Variations

My favorite thing about this Roasted Pear Salad is that you can use my basic recipe below and change it up with a few ingredient swaps. Below are a few variations I tried in the past:

  • Arugula Pear Cranberry Salad: Use dried cranberries instead of pomegranate seeds.
  • Arugula Pear Salad with Balsamic Vinaigrette: Use my lemon balsamic vinaigrette recipe or maple balsamic vinegar dressing instead of lemon dressing. 
  • Spinach Pear Pecan Salad: Use baby spinach instead of mixed salad greens.
  • Grilled Pear Salad: Grill pear slices on the grill (or in a grill pan) for 2 minutes on each side. Serve it as a warm pear salad for a change.
  • Turn it into a meal by adding cooked quinoa: Elevate this side dish to a main dish by adding in your favorite grain, like quinoa! Serve it for dinner or make it a part of your weekly meal prep for a healthy weekday lunch.
  • Add in a small sliced red onion: Top it off with thinly sliced red onions or pickled red onions for additional flavor. 

Expert Tips

  • Assemble it At The End: I highly suggest assembling it right before you are ready to serve it. You can place all the ingredients (including the toppings) in a salad bowl but I would wait until the last minute to drizzle it with the dressing so that the salad greens will still be fresh (as opposed to wilted).
  • Roast The Nuts: It might come as an extra step but taking a few minutes to roast the pecans will up their flavor and make your pear salad even more delicious. To do so,  simply place them in a skillet over medium heat. Roast them, stirring frequently, for 5-6 minutes or until it starts to smell. Let them cool for a few minutes before using in the salad.
  • Buy Prewashed Greens: If you are looking to save on time, purchase prewashed greens! This will save you the hassle of having to wash and dry your greens before assembling your salad.

Serve This Salad With

This Roasted Pear Arugula Salad is delicious alongside many different main dishes. If you are wondering what to serve this salad with, here are a few recipes you can try:

  • Cornish Hens: If you are looking to impress your dinner guests, consider making my creative Roasted Cornish Hens. These roasted small birds will pair perfectly with this pear salad recipe.
  • Chicken Breasts: You can’t go wrong with serving juicy, tender baked chicken breasts with this Roasted Pear And Goat Cheese Salad. Delicious and filling, this protein-packed entree is sure to impress your dinner guests but is casual enough for a quiet night in.
  • Butternut Squash Noodles: If you are opting for a vegetarian meal, or just looking to embrace the seasonal vegetables, my Butternut Squash Noodles are an irresistibly creamy, delectable dish.
  • Beef Stew: If you have a few hours on your hands, my Dutch Oven Beef Stew is a veggie-packed dish full of protein and rich flavors and will pair beautifully with this roasted pear salad.

FAQs

Do I have to peel pears for salad?

No, you don’t have to peel pears for the salad. Since the skin of the pears is so thin, it won’t affect the flavors of the salad.

How do you cut pears for salad?

I cut the pears into eighths, but you can also prepare pear quarters for this salad. I first cut the pear in half lengthwise and scoop out the core using a melon baller or small spoon. I then cut the pear halves in half again, and cut those quarters in half for eight pieces total.

How to cook pears for salad?

I suggest roasting pears or grilling pears for the Warm Pear Salad. You can also poach the pears if you prefer softer pears.

How do you keep pears from turning brown in a salad?

Pear slices often turn brown quickly after being cut and exposed to air. To slow down the oxidation, rub slices of pears with a little bit of lemon juice after cutting.

Similar Salad Recipes You Might Also Like:

If you try this Roasted Pear Salad recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

roasted pear salad in a bowl with two spoons on the side
Print

Roasted Pear Salad Recipe

This Roasted Pear Salad is an easy and quick-to-make salad recipe that is flavored with goat cheese, roasted pecans, and pomegranate seeds. Make it to serve as a centerpiece for your holiday menu or add it to your meal prep for a delicious and healthy salad for lunch.
Course Salad
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free, Vegetarian
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 30 minutes
Total Time 45 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 238kcal

Ingredients

For the Roasted Pears:

  • 3 firm pears green or red anjou or bartlett – cored & cut into 8 equal pieces – no need to peel
  • 1 tablespoon of olive oil
  • 1 tablespoon maple syrup honey or agave nectar would also work
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper

For the Lemon Vinaigrette:

  • ½ cup extra virgin olive oil
  • 4 tablespoons lemon juice freshly squeezed
  • 2 cloves of garlic minced
  • 1 teaspoon dijon mustard
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon black pepper

For the Salad:

  • 6 cups of spring mix or a combination of salad greens including arugula
  • 1 cup pecans walnuts or hazelnuts would also work – lightly toasted
  • ½ cup crumbled goat cheese approximately 5 oz.
  • 1 cup pomegranate arils

Instructions

  • Pre-heat oven to 400 degrees F.
  • Place pear slices on a baking sheet. Drizzle with olive oil, honey, salt, and black pepper. Bake for 12 to 15 minutes. Remove from the oven and let them cool for a few minutes.
  • Meanwhile, make the lemon dressing by whisking all of the ingredients in a small bowl until emulsified.
  • To assemble the salad: Place salad greens, pecans, goat cheese, and pomegranate arils in a large bowl. Add the roasted pear slices. Drizzle it with the lemon dressing. Give it a gentle toss to make sure all of the ingredients are equally distributed throughout the bowl. Serve.

Notes

  • You can use Red or Green Anjou Pear, Concord Pear, Bosc Pear, or Bartlett Pears. Feel free to mix and match.
  • Make ahead instructions: You can roast the pears and make the dressing a day in advance and assemble right before serving.
  • Cheese: I used creamy goat cheese but creamy gorgonzola cheese or blue cheese would also work.

Nutrition

Calories: 238kcal | Carbohydrates: 35g | Protein: 6g | Fat: 10g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Cholesterol: 7mg | Sodium: 357mg | Potassium: 381mg | Fiber: 5g | Sugar: 18g | Vitamin A: 963IU | Vitamin C: 34mg | Calcium: 86mg | Iron: 1mg

The post Roasted Pear Salad with Goat Cheese appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/roasted-pear-salad-with-grapefruit-vinaigrette/feed/ 13
Ina Gartenโ€™s Butternut Squash Salad https://foolproofliving.com/roasted-butternut-squash-salad-with-warm-cider-vinaigrette/ https://foolproofliving.com/roasted-butternut-squash-salad-with-warm-cider-vinaigrette/#comments Wed, 17 Nov 2021 05:47:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=1709 Need a quick refresher on the basics of butternut squash? Be sure to check out my posts on How To Cut Butternut Squash, How to Roast Butternut Squash, and Roasted Whole Butternut Squash. Why Should You Try This Recipe? I fell in love with celebrity chef Ina Garten’s roasted butternut squash salad on her Food Network show when I first watched it many years ago. If you are like me,...

The post Ina Gartenโ€™s Butternut Squash Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
Need a quick refresher on the basics of butternut squash? Be sure to check out my posts on How To Cut Butternut Squash, How to Roast Butternut Squash, and Roasted Whole Butternut Squash.

Ina Garten's Butternut squash salad on a plate from the top view

Why Should You Try This Recipe?

I fell in love with celebrity chef Ina Garten’s roasted butternut squash salad on her Food Network show when I first watched it many years ago. If you are like me, a fan of Barefoot Contessa salads (and her recipes in general), this fall squash salad recipe will not disappoint. Here are a few reasons why:

  • Sweet and savory, this fall salad highlights all there is to love about the season. The sweet maple roasted squash and dried cranberries complement the peppery arugula and buttery walnuts for a well-balanced meal.
  • This arugula and butternut squash salad is perfect for meal prep as all components of the salad can be made ahead, stored in the fridge, and assembled come eating time.
  • Simple enough for weekday enjoyment yet elegant (and gorgeous) enough for the holidays. Serve it any day of the week or as a healthy, seriously good-for-you side to your Thanksgiving, Christmas, or New Year’s festivities.
  • It is a great way to use leftover roasted butternut squash from making Butternut Squash Soup, Butternut Squash Noodles, or Butternut Squash Quinoa.

Ingredients

The Ina’s warm butternut squash salad ingredients come in three parts – roasted butternut cubes, warm cider vinaigrette, and the salad greens and mix-ins. Here’s what you need:

Roasted Butternut Squash

Ingredients for maple roasted butternut squash

Gather together maple syrup, olive oil, kosher salt, black pepper, butternut squash, and dried cranberries.

Warm Apple Cider Vinaigrette

salad Vinaigrette/dressing ingredients

This requires a simple mix of apple juice, cider vinegar, shallots, Dijon mustard, olive oil, kosher salt, and black pepper.

Salad Greens and Mix-Ins

Salad ingredients

Gather together baby arugula (or your favorite salad greens), walnuts, and freshly grated Parmesan cheese.

How to Make Squash Salad At Home

If you’ve ever had butternut squash in a salad, you know the cozy, crisp goodness that comes along with enjoying it. And once you master the warm vinaigrette, there is no turning back to store bought bottles. All you have to do is channel your inner Ina Garten for the best squash salad you’ll ever have.

  1. Prep the oven and squash seasoning: Preheat the oven to 400°F.
person showing how to roast butternut squash on a sheet pan in a collage
  1. Toss the squash: Place the butternut squash on a baking sheet. Drizzle it with maple syrup and 2 tablespoons of olive oil. Sprinkle it with 1 teaspoon kosher salt, and ½ teaspoon black pepper. Toss to ensure that all the butternut squash is coated.
  2. Roast and turn: Place it in the oven and roast for 20-25 minutes until tender, turning once halfway through. In the last 5 minutes, add the cranberries.
person making apple cider vinaigrette in a step by step collage
  1. Make the vinaigrette: Place apple juice, apple cider vinegar, and minced shallots in a small saucepan and bring to a boil over medium-high heat. Cook, stirring frequently, for 6-8 minutes, or until reduced to 1/4 cup. Remove from heat.
  2. Finish the dressing: Off the heat, whisk in the Dijon mustard, 1/4 cup of olive oil, 1 teaspoon salt, and 1/2 teaspoon pepper.
Person assembling arugula butternut squash salad on a plate
  1. Assemble the salad: Place the arugula or salad greens in a large bowl. Pour over enough dressing to coat and give it a big toss. Add the roasted butternut squash mixture.
  2. Finish and serve: Top it off with toasted walnut halves and shaved Parmesan cheese. Taste and season with salt and pepper, if necessary. Enjoy!

Variations

The beauty of this roasted butternut squash salad recipe – besides those beautiful colors – is the number of substitutions or add-ins to truly make it your own. You could try:

  • Acorn Squash: Feel free to swap out the butternut for acorn squash. Or, if you’re really lucky, use super sweet honeynut squash when in season.
  • Roasted Beets: Add one diced roasted beet when you assemble the salad for another level of earthy flavor.
  • Apple Cider: Use an equal amount of apple cider instead of apple juice. For the best flavor, look for unfiltered and pasteurized.
  • Almonds or Pecans: Go a little nutty and use some toasted sliced almonds or pecans.
  • Feta or Goat Cheese: Change up the cheese with a crumble of fresh feta or goat cheese.
  • Try it with balsamic vinaigrette: While I think what makes Barefoot Contessa’s butternut squash salad is the dressing she uses, if you are short on time you can drizzle it with my lemon balsamic vinaigrette.
  • Vegan: Omit the cheese completely for a vegan-friendly, plant-based meal. Or, turn it into a butternut squash quinoa salad.

How to Serve

I love a two-for-one recipe that can act as a healthy weekday lunch or elegant holiday side. It’s the perfect addition to all your fall recipes.

  • Lunch: Serve it as is, warm as can be, with a fresh slice of bread or gluten free almond flour bread, if that’s more your style.
  • Dinner: Serve it as a colorful side dish to simple weeknight meals such as baked chicken breasts.
  • Holiday Side: Allow this squash salad to shine and show off your hosting skills. Serve it as the appetizer or salad portion during the upcoming holidays, including Thanksgiving, Christmas or New Year’s.
Barefoot Contessa Butternut Salad in a plate with spoons on the side

How to Make Ahead and Store

This is an easy butternut squash arugula salad where all the components can be prepped ahead of time and easily stored in separate containers in the fridge for a cold butternut salad. Here are my tips for each of the following:

  • Butternut Squash: Roast as directed, cool completely, then transfer to an airtight container. Keep in the fridge for up to 5 days.
  • Warm Cider Vinaigrette: Simmer as directed, then transfer to a mason jar. Store in the fridge for up to 1 week.
  • Salad Greens and Add-Ins: Wash and prep your greens and store in an airtight container in the fridge with a strip of paper towel to soak up any moisture. Store the shredded parmesan right alongside in another container. As for the walnuts, toast them ahead of time and store in a sealed container on your kitchen counter.

Leftovers can be stored in an airtight container in the fridge. As it is with most green salads, the salad greens will be quite wilted, but it will still be delicious the next day.

Expert Tips

Nothing beats a roasted butternut salad, but the real trick is to know how to master it. Here are some of my best tips for perfection every time:

  • Cool the butternut squash salad dressing slightly. This ensures the greens stay super crisp and do not wilt upon mixing.
  • Dress just before serving. Again, this keeps the integrity of the greens and remaining ingredients intact.
  • During the cold weather and holiday season, look for fresh apple cider throughout grocery stores and Farmer’s market to really bring out that fresh apple flavor.

FAQs:

Can you eat butternut squash raw?

Yes, you can eat butternut squash raw, but I much prefer it roasted to tender goodness. For a raw preparation, try slicing it into thin ribbons and toss with a zesty lemon vinaigrette dressing.

What does butternut squash pair well with?

Butternut squash goes with just about anything. Roasting it with maple syrup really brings out its sweet qualities while savory herbs such as thyme, sage, and rosemary are always nice compliments.

Do you peel butternut squash?

Although the skin is completely edible once roasted, I like to use a sharp knife or vegetable peeler to remove the skin. Then, scoop out the seeds with a sturdy spoon or ice cream scoop.

Other Salad Recipes You’ll Enjoy:

If you try Ina Garten’s Roasted Butternut Squash Salad recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

roasted butternut squash and arugula salad on a plate from the top view
Print

Ina Garten’s Butternut Squash Salad Recipe

If you like Barefoot Contessa’s salad recipes you are at the right place. This roasted butternut squash salad with warm cider vinaigrette dressing is one of her old recipes that I make every year during the holiday season. It is easy to make and packed with flavor.
Course Main Course, Salads
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 20 minutes
Cook Time 30 minutes
Total Time 50 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 256kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 1/2 pounds butternut squash peeled and ¾ inch diced
  • 1 tablespoon maple syrup
  • 2 tablespoons + 1/4 cup olive oil divided
  • 2 teaspoons Kosher salt divided
  • 1 teaspoon coarsely ground black pepper divided
  • 3 tablespoons dried cranberries or raisins
  • 3/4 cup apple juice or apple cider
  • 2 tablespoons apple cider vinegar
  • 2 tablespoons shallots minced from one large shallot / or red onion
  • 2 teaspoons Dijon Mustard
  • 6-8 cups arugula or mixed greens
  • 1/2 cup walnut halves toasted
  • 1/4 cup shaved Parmesan cheese

Instructions

  • Prep the oven and squash seasoning: Preheat the oven to 400°F.
  • Toss the squash: Place the butternut squash on a baking sheet. Drizzle it with maple syrup and 2 tablespoons of olive oil. Sprinkle it with 1 teaspoon kosher salt, and ½ teaspoon black pepper. Toss to ensure that all of the butternut squash is coated.
  • Roast and turn: Place it in the oven and roast for 20-25 minutes until tender, turning once halfway through. In the last 5 minutes, add the cranberries.
  • Make the vinaigrette: Place apple juice, cider vinegar, and minced shallots in a small saucepan and bring to a boil over medium-high heat. Cook for 6-8 minutes, or until reduced to 1/4 cup. Remove from heat.
  • Finish the dressing: Off the heat, whisk in the Dijon mustard, 1/4 cup of olive oil, 1 teaspoon salt, and 1/2 teaspoon pepper. Whisk until emulsfied.
  • Assemble the salad: Place the arugula (or salad greens) in a large salad bowl. Pour over the dressing and give it a big toss. Add the roasted butternut squash and cranberries.
  • Finish and serve: Top it off with toasted walnuts and shaved Parmesan cheese. Taste and season with salt and pepper, if necessary. Enjoy!

Video

Notes

Helpful tips:
  • Cool the butternut squash salad dressing slightly. This ensures the greens stay super crisp and do not wilt upon mixing.
  • Dress just before serving. Again, this keeps the integrity of the greens and remaining ingredients intact.
  • Storage: Leftovers can be stored in an airtight container in the fridge. As it is with most green salads, the salad greens will be quite wilted, but it will still be delicious the next day.

Nutrition

Calories: 256kcal | Carbohydrates: 42g | Protein: 5g | Fat: 10g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 7g | Monounsaturated Fat: 1g | Sodium: 1210mg | Potassium: 863mg | Fiber: 6g | Sugar: 20g | Vitamin A: 18799IU | Vitamin C: 41mg | Calcium: 159mg | Iron: 2mg

Adapted from Barefoot Contessa Back to Basics  Cookbook- Pg:88

The post Ina Gartenโ€™s Butternut Squash Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/roasted-butternut-squash-salad-with-warm-cider-vinaigrette/feed/ 10
10 + Quinoa Salad Recipes (Quick, Easy & Healthy) https://foolproofliving.com/quinoa-salad-recipes/ https://foolproofliving.com/quinoa-salad-recipes/#respond Tue, 07 Sep 2021 18:13:24 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=44197 It is no secret that having a few tasty quinoa salad recipes in your weekly rotation is a good idea, especially if you are looking for easy, filling, and healthy meals that happen to be gluten-free. In our household, quinoa salads are a part of our weekly menu. That’s why I thought that it would be helpful to you to put all my best warm and cold quinoa salad recipes...

The post 10 + Quinoa Salad Recipes (Quick, Easy & Healthy) appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
It is no secret that having a few tasty quinoa salad recipes in your weekly rotation is a good idea, especially if you are looking for easy, filling, and healthy meals that happen to be gluten-free. In our household, quinoa salads are a part of our weekly menu. That’s why I thought that it would be helpful to you to put all my best warm and cold quinoa salad recipes in one easy place. 

Packed with protein-rich superfoods and topped with sumptuous dressings, these dishes will be your new favorites—and they take 30 minutes to make! Even better, they are only a handful of my fast and easy quinoa recipes and salad recipes to add to your collection. Your kitchen will brim with fluffy quinoa and fresh veggies with these top-rated meals.

Quinoa Salad recipes placed in a collage with text on the image

Why Should You Make Quinoa Salads a Part of Your Weekly Meals?

There’s a reason why a good flavorful salad is such a popular dish. Nutritious, filling, and always customizable, each of the easy quinoa salads you see here will have you licking your lips.

  • Quinoa is easy to cook and mildly flavored, so it’s the perfect base for any taste profile—especially once you learn how to season quinoa properly.
  • Packed with antioxidants, dietary fiber, and iron, quinoa is a vegetarian superfood that contains all nine essential amino acids. It is also naturally gluten-free.
  • Meal prep is a cinch with these quick quinoa salad recipes. Cook quinoa in bulk, cool it and mix it with whatever you’re craving for a meal that’s ready in minutes. You can even freeze quinoa for long-lasting storage!

How to Cook Quinoa for Salad

You can have a simple quinoa salad ready in no time once you learn these easy methods for how to cook quinoa. No matter what type of quinoa you use, there’s a foolproof recipe just for you!

Cooked quinoa in small bowls

Below are different methods that you can use to cook quinoa. They are all foolproof with everything you need to know to get a perfectly cooked quinoa every time:

Is Quinoa Salad Healthy?

Absolutely. The quinoa salads listed below are made by mixing cooked quinoa with fresh vegetables, legumes, and seasonings (such as fresh herbs and spices). They are also flavored with homemade salad dressings.

Quinoa salads like this are not only filling but also nutritious, especially when they are packed with fresh vegetables like tomatoes, cucumbers, onion, spinach, and more.

Recipes You Should Try

This collection is just what you need to make a quinoa salad that’s perfect for any occasion. Whether you’re making it for a crowd or a quick lunch, you’ll find the perfect recipe here.

All of these basic quinoa salad recipes come with their own salad dressings, but if you need all-purpose quinoa salad dressing recipes, I made sure to include them below.

Best Quinoa Salad Dressing Recipes

Wondering what to add to quinoa salad to make it pop? Once you learn how to make quinoa salad dressings, every bowl will explode with zesty, tangy, or even bold Asian flavor.

a bowl of lemon vinaigrette with a whisk in the bowl
  • Lemon Vinaigrette: Simple and bright, this basic lemon vinaigrette will make any recipe come to life. Better yet, it only needs six dressing ingredients!
  • Lemon Balsamic Dressing: When you’re working with Mediterranean or Italian dishes, this rich and tart mixture is the best dressing for quinoa salad.
  • Sesame Ginger Dressing: Bold garlic, spicy ginger, and sweet honey make this dressing my go-to for any Asian-inspired salad. Fresh veggies never tasted so good!
  • Chili Lime Vinaigrette: It only takes five minutes to whip up this healthy dressing for quinoa salad. Sweet and spicy, this southwestern sauce makes a great dressing and marinade.
  • Avocado Salad Dressing: No one can resist the light, creamy taste of this vegan dressing for quinoa salad. Gluten-free and paleo-friendly, this recipe is safe for most special diets.
  • Tahini Yogurt Sauce: Tangy and creamy, this quinoa bowl dressing is a must-have at every Mediterranean meal. This recipe is so delicious, it even works as a dip!

What To Serve Them With?

To make an amazing quinoa salad even more amazing, serve it with a mouthwatering main dish. Pair a simple salad with anything from roast chicken to hearty beef stew to make a perfect meal.

Chicken Recipes

Succulent, scrumptious, and easy to cook, chicken is a go-to for any weeknight meal and it pairs so well with quinoa. Take my best chicken recipes to the next level by pairing them with a fresh quinoa salad. Here are a few recipes to get you started:

Beef Recipes:

No one can resist the rich umami flavor of classic beef dishes. Now you can add a light side to my favorite beef recipes by serving them with a simple quinoa salad.

Vegetarian Recipes:

When wondering what to have with quinoa salad, what could be better than my top-rated easy vegetarian meals? These meatless matches are guaranteed to make your mouth water:

Expert Tips:

Finding it a challenge to make quinoa salads a part of your meals? Whether you are short on time or are looking for a superfood-packed healthy meal for your family, I hope the tips below will help you:

Batch-cooked quinoa in freezer bags
  • Cook quinoa in large batches and freeze: What makes quinoa so wonderful for quick salads is that it can be frozen after it is cooked and thawed quickly right before you are ready to use it. If you need help with how to do that, be sure to check out my post on How To Freeze Quinoa.
  • Use prewashed greens & pre-cut vegetables: There is nothing wrong with taking advantage of shortcuts. Using pre-washed greens and already-cut vegetables will help you save time. All you need to do is to add the quinoa and drizzle it with your favorite salad dressing.
  • Keep your favorite salad dressings in jars in the fridge: Make it a part of your weekly meal prep to make a few salad dressings and store them in jars. My go-to quinoa salad dressing is this Lemon Dressing Vinaigrette and it works almost all of these quinoa salad recipes (except the ones with Asian flavors.)
  • Add cooked chicken on top: All of these salads would work if you want to add in a baked chicken breast that is cut into smaller pieces. If you are short on time, you can also buy a rotisserie chicken and shred it to top them off.

FAQs

What is quinoa salad?

Quinoa salad is a simple dish made from cooked quinoa, mixed vegetables, cooked meat (if preferred), and dressing. It can be made with or without meat.

Is quinoa salad served hot or cold?

You can serve quinoa salad hot, cold, or even room temperature! If the quinoa salad recipe you are following has salad greens in it, it is better to serve it either cold or at room temperature. If it has roasted vegetables, you can serve it warm or at room temperature.

Can you put raw quinoa in a salad?

No, you should always cook your quinoa before you eat it. Raw quinoa tastes bitter and tough and cooking it makes it easier to digest.

How do you get the bitterness out of quinoa?

Rinsing quinoa is the best way to remove any bitter taste from your grain. Simply place it in a fine-mesh strainer, run it under cold water until the water runs clear, and cook it using your favorite method.

Can I eat quinoa every day?

You sure can. Packed with all essential 9 amino acids, quinoa is considered a superfood. It is also a naturally gluten-free food that can easily be incorporated into breakfast, lunch, and dinner recipes.

Can quinoa be frozen after cooking?

It can be frozen. Simply let it come to room temperature, spread it on a sheet pan, and freeze. Once fully frozen, place in freezer-safe containers and place in the freezer. If you want to know more about it, check out our article on freezing quinoa.

Quinoa Tabbouleh salad in a bowl
Print

Quinoa Salad Recipes: Quinoa Tabbouleh Salad

Need a healthy quinoa salad? Try this traditional Mediterranean Tabbouleh Salad made with protein-rich quinoa, fresh herbs, tomatoes and a simple zesty olive oil dressing.
Course Salad
Cuisine Turkish
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 12 minutes
Total Time 27 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 303kcal

Ingredients

To cook the Quinoa:

  • 1 cup quinoa rinsed
  • 1 ¾ cups water
  • ½ teaspoon salt

For The Dressing:

  • 4 tablespoons lemon juice freshly squeezed – plus more to taste
  • 1/4 cup olive oil
  • 1 teaspoon salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper

For the Tabbouleh:

  • 1 cup fresh parsley chopped
  • 1 cup fresh dill chopped
  • ½ cup fresh mint chopped
  • 1 cup cherry tomatoes chopped
  • 2 small or 1 English cucumbers, peeled and chopped
  • 3-4 scallions sliced thinly both white and green parts

Instructions

  • To cook the quinoa: Place quinoa in a saucepan and add in the water and salt. Give it a mix, put the lid on and bring it to a boil in medium high heat. Once it comes to a boil, turn down the heat to low and cook for 10-12 minutes or until water is fully absorbed. Take it off the heat and let it rest for 15 minutes. Fluff it with a fork and place it in a large salad bowl.
  • Make the salad dressing: Meanwhile, prep the dressing by whisking all dressing ingredients in a small bowl. Set it aside.
  • To assemble the quinoa tabbouleh: Place all tabbouleh ingredients in the bowl with the cooked quinoa.
  • Drizzle it with the dressing. Give it a toss.
  • Taste for seasoning and serve immediately.

Video

Notes

  • Can I make quinoa tabbouleh in advance? You certainly can make this salad a day in advance. If you do so, be sure to keep the salad in an airtight container in the fridge. Some people chop everything up, mix it with cooked quinoa, and drizzle it with the dressing at the very last minute, but I prefer adding the dressing in as I assemble the salad. I find that the time spent marinating in the fridge yields a more flavorful salad.
  • What to do with the leftovers? If you have any leftovers, you can place them in an airtight container and keep it in the fridge up to 2 days. This quinoa tabbouleh salad makes the most amazing lunch on the next day.

Nutrition

Calories: 303kcal | Carbohydrates: 33g | Protein: 8g | Fat: 16g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Sodium: 903mg | Potassium: 563mg | Fiber: 5g | Sugar: 2g | Vitamin A: 2681IU | Vitamin C: 48mg | Calcium: 92mg | Iron: 4mg

The post 10 + Quinoa Salad Recipes (Quick, Easy & Healthy) appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/quinoa-salad-recipes/feed/ 0
Healthy Greek Yogurt Chicken Salad – 4 WAYS! https://foolproofliving.com/greek-yogurt-chicken-salad/ https://foolproofliving.com/greek-yogurt-chicken-salad/#comments Thu, 29 Jul 2021 09:21:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=24967 Today, I come to you with a Healthy Greek Yogurt Chicken Salad Recipe that celebrates the deliciousness of plain yogurt and uses it in place of mayonnaise. The beauty of this recipe is that it comes together in about 30 minutes and is just as delicious as the mayo-laden classic chicken salad that you eat in every potluck. With just a few creative ingredient swaps, all of which are probably...

The post Healthy Greek Yogurt Chicken Salad – 4 WAYS! appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
Today, I come to you with a Healthy Greek Yogurt Chicken Salad Recipe that celebrates the deliciousness of plain yogurt and uses it in place of mayonnaise. The beauty of this recipe is that it comes together in about 30 minutes and is just as delicious as the mayo-laden classic chicken salad that you eat in every potluck. With just a few creative ingredient swaps, all of which are probably already in your fridge/pantry, you can make the best chicken salad without using a drop of mayo.

Plus, below you will find my four favorite ways of serving it so that it will never get boring and will deserve a permanent place in your weekly meal prep all year round. Packed with fresh produce and tossed in a healthy Greek yogurt dressing scented with garlic, lemon juice, and fresh dill, every bite is bursting with flavor. And this high protein, low calorie, and low carb salad is so versatile, you’ll find yourself making it over and over again.

Greek Yogurt Chicken salad with apples, grapes, and avocados photographed from the top view

Ingredients:

To make this chicken salad with yogurt you will need three sets of ingredients:

  1. The dressing: Grab plain regular yogurt, garlic, lemon juice, olive oil, fresh dill, and salt and pepper.
  2. Salad Ingredients: Get together cooked chicken, crunchy celery, green onions, red onion, sliced almonds, and red grapes.
  3. Optional Add ins: You can pretty much add in whatever you have on hand but my favorite add ins are ripe avocado, cucumber, radishes and chives.
Ingredients: scallions, red onion, almonds, apples, grapes, celery, chicken and yogurt dressing are photographed on top view.

Ingredient Notes & Substitutions:

  • Chicken: You can cook chicken right before making the salad or use leftover rotisserie chicken (more on this below) for a 30-minute recipe.
  • Yogurt: I like to use full-fat Greek yogurt in this recipe but for more of a Skinny Chicken Salad with Greek yogurt, simply use fat-free or non-fat yogurt instead of whole milk.
  • Fresh herbs: I use a combination of fresh dill and fresh chives but you can use fresh parsley or even fresh mint if you like.
  • Not a fan of grapes? If you prefer your yogurt chicken salad without grapes, simply omit using them.
  • Want to make a chicken salad with no fruit? Replace the apple and grapes with an equal amount of diced fennel and cucumber for a bright, crisp flavor.
  • For a sweeter, fruitier salad, use Honeycrisp or Gala apples. For a tart, crisp chicken salad, use Granny Smith apples instead.
  • Make a shredded chicken salad recipe with Greek yogurt by replacing the cubed chicken with an equal amount of shredded chicken. Just note – it will be softer in texture.

How To Make Greek Yogurt Chicken Salad (Without Mayonnaise)

This simple salad recipe comes together in 3 folds.

  1. Make the dressing: Prepare the Greek yogurt dressing by whisking together the plain Greek yogurt, garlic, lemon juice, olive oil, salt, and pepper in a small bowl. Add in the fresh dill, give it a good stir, and set it aside.
    Want to see how I make it? Check out my post on how to make Greek yogurt salad dressing.
Mayo free Greek Yogurt Chicken Salad photographed from the top view before it is drizzled with the greek yogurt salad dressing.
  1. Gather the salad ingredients: Place the prepared chicken, scallions, red onion, celery, apples, grapes, and almonds in a large bowl.
Salad is being drizzling with the dressing
  1. Assemble: Drizzle the ingredients with the Greek yogurt dressing and give it a gentle toss. I used the whole cup of the dressing, but you can use less of it if you want.

    Taste for seasoning, adjust to your liking, and serve as a salad, sandwich, lettuce wrap, or in a jar (more on that later!).

Step By Step Video of How To Make This Healthy & Light Chicken Salad:

Different Variations

Make It With Seasonal Ingredients:

The beauty of this chicken fruit salad is that it is so versatile. I used apples and grapes mixed with sliced almonds as I took some inspiration from my Waldorf Chicken Salad. But feel free to use fresh, seasonal ingredients so you can make this recipe any time of year.

For the Spring/Summer months, use fresh blueberries and diced strawberries instead of apples and grapes. For the Fall/Winter months, use dried cranberries or raisins instead of grapes and replace the sliced almonds with more robust nuts such as walnuts or pecans.

PRO TIP: To bring out the flavor in the sliced almonds (or whatever nut you’re using), lightly toast them in a dry skillet over medium-low heat, stirring occasionally, until light golden brown and fragrant (no more than 5-7 minutes). Cool completely before tossing with the remaining ingredients.

Make Chicken Salad With Leftover Chicken

Like most chicken salad recipes, using leftover chicken makes this come together quick and easy. Luckily, I have a local market that makes some of the best rotisserie chicken in the area. It’s a great way to make this a rotisserie chicken salad with Greek yogurt in under 30 minutes

When I have time, I usually roast 2 or 3 split chicken breasts and use them in this salad. I like breast meat because it is easy to flavor and low in calorie compared to other parts of chicken. If you need a foolproof recipe, be sure to try my Oven-Baked Bone-In Chicken Breast recipe.

With that being said, you can use an equal amount of roasted chicken thighs as well.

PRO TIP: For this recipe, I purchase about 3 large rotisserie chicken breasts, since one breast will give you roughly 1 cup of cubed chicken. If you don’t mind a mix of light and dark meat in your salad, 1 whole rotisserie chicken will yield about 5-6 cups cubed chicken. You can either double the recipe or use the other half for another use.

How to Serve? – 4 Creative Ways To Serve It

Now comes the fun part. This chicken salad with Greek yogurt and grapes can be served in a few different ways. Below are a few to get you started.

As A Part Of Your Meal Prep

Salad placed in meal prep bowls

Portion the chicken salad into 4-5 reusable meal prep containers for a super fast grab-and-go meal. When I make the meal prep version, I really enjoy transforming it into a complete salad.

To do this, add the cubed avocado, sliced cucumbers, and radishes, and a sprinkling of fresh chives, put the lid on, and store in the fridge to enjoy throughout the week.

BONUS: If your chives are in season, don’t forget the fresh chives flowers. They pack tons of fresh onion flavor and add a pop of color to your chicken salad.

Healthy Chicken Salad Sandwich

Greek Yogurt Chicken Salad Sandwich photographed in a woman's hands.

Take two slices of bread, drizzle a few tablespoons of the yogurt dressing on each piece of bread, scoop your chicken salad onto one half (about a ½ cup), top with sliced avocado, place the other piece of bread on top, cut in half, and enjoy!

Keto Chicken Salad With Greek Yogurt

Keto Greek Yogurt Chicken Salad served on lettuce as a lettuce wrap served with yogurt dressing on the side

For a light chicken salad that is keto-friendly and low carb, place the prepared salad in buttery Boston lettuce cups. Gently wash and dry your Boston lettuce cups and lay out flat on your counter. Place a large spoonful of the salad (about a ¼ cup) into each lettuce cup and drizzle with the remaining dressing.

Salad In A Jar With Greek Yogurt Dressing On The Side

Salad in A Jar is being drizzled with the Dressing

In a mason jar, place a bed of chopped Boston lettuce in the bottom. Then top with the salad, drizzle with the remaining Greek yogurt dressing, and place another handful of chopped Boston lettuce on top. Repeat it until you are finished with all the chicken salad.Seal and store in the fridge for the week.

When ready to eat, place it in a bowl and give it a good stir.

How To Store:

Store leftovers in an airtight container for up to 5 days. As it sits in the fridge, it may dry out a little bit. Feel free to add in a tablespoon of yogurt to the leftovers for a creamy chicken salad before serving.

FAQs

Can You Substitute Greek Yogurt For Mayo?

Yes, you can. Using plain, full-fat Greek yogurt and mixing it with fresh ingredients like fresh garlic, olive oil and lemon juice helps imitate the tangy flavor of mayo giving this chicken salad with yogurt a healthier and protein-packed twist.

How To Make Yogurt Taste Like Mayonnaise?

After a lot of trial and error, I found the best way to make Greek yogurt taste like mayo is to add fresh lemon juice and minced garlic. These two ingredients provide an added burst of savory flavor, getting it as close to mayo as we can.

Another great example of using this yogurt dressing in a recipe is my Greek Yogurt Coleslaw dressing recipe. Again, by mixing lemon juice and garlic with yogurt I was able to omit using mayonnaise.

How Long Does Chicken Salad Last In The Fridge?

The chicken salad recipe with greek yogurt and dill will last in the fridge for 3-5 days if stored properly in an airtight container.

Can You Freeze Chicken Salad? Is It Safe?

I do not recommend freezing chicken salad as Greek yogurt has the tendency to separate in the freezer. Plus, there is the added risk of bacteria build-up if kept out on the counter for longer than 2 hours. 
Therefore, in my opinion, I think it’s best to enjoy this chicken salad the week it is made. As I mentioned earlier, as long as it is kept in an airtight container, it should keep fresh up to 5 days in the fridge.

How Many Calories in Homemade Chicken Salad with Greek Yogurt?

There are only 419 calories in Greek yogurt chicken salad. This is a light, low-calorie recipe since 1 cup of Greek yogurt only has 200 calories versus 1 cup of mayo, which has a whopping 1,500 calories!

Here Are A Few More Healthy Chicken Salad Recipes

It wasn’t until my trip with Stonyfield Yogurt to organic farms in Northern Vermont when my eyes really opened. On my trip, I was introduced to the organic process of dairy farming. I was so inspired by the farmers and quality of ingredients, I had to come up with a super healthy recipe where Organic Greek Yogurt was the star. That’s where this healthy chicken salad with Greek yogurt came in.

Below are a few other healthy chicken salads that you might also like:

Yogurt chicken salad recipe served in a bowl by a person
Print

Healthy Greek Yogurt Chicken Salad Recipe

Whether you serve it as a sandwich, for meal prep, in a jar, or just by itself, this healthy and easy to make Greek Yogurt chicken salad is perfect for any time of the year. Made with rotisserie chicken, apples, grapes, celery, and sliced almonds, it is guaranteed to please everyone in your family.
Course Salad
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 20 minutes
Total Time 20 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 419kcal

Ingredients

For The Dressing:

  • 1 cup Greek Yogurt
  • 2 cloves garlic minced
  • 4 tablespoons lemon juice freshly squeezed
  • 2 tablespoons olive oil
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • ¼ cup chopped fresh dill optional or parsley

For The Salad:

  • 3 cups cooked chicken cut into small cubes
  • 3 scallions thinly sliced
  • ¼ cup red onion chopped
  • 2 stalks of celery sliced
  • ½ cup cubed apples
  • ½ cup red grapes halved if they are large
  • cup sliced almonds preferably roasted

Optional Add-ins:

  • 1 small avocado cubed
  • ½ cup thinly sliced cucumber
  • ¼ cup thinly sliced radishes
  • 3 tablespoons chives with flowers if they are in season

Instructions

  • To make the dressing: Whisk together yogurt, garlic, lemon juice, olive oil, salt and pepper in a bowl. Add in the fresh dill, if using. Set it aside.
  • To make the salad: Place chicken, scallions, red onion, celery, apples, grapes, and almond into a bowl. If you are adding the additional toppings feel free to do that now.
  • Drizzle it with the dressing. Give it a gentle toss. Taste for seasoning and add in if necessary.
  • Serve.

Video

Notes

  • A Note on the Calorie Information Below: The nutrition values listed below do not include any of the additional toppings listed in the recipe.
  • What if I want to cook my own chicken? You can also roast 2 or 3 split chicken breasts and use them in this salad. If you need a foolproof recipe, be sure to try my Oven-Baked Bone-In Chicken Breast recipe.
  • How Long Does Chicken Salad Last In The Fridge? It should last in the fridge for 3-5 days if stored properly in an airtight container.
  • Can You Freeze Chicken Salad? Is It Safe?This is an interesting challenge and one I am still testing out in my kitchen. I have read a number of articles that say you can freeze chicken salad and still keep its integrity. However, after doing some research and actually freezing some in my own freezer, I know that Greek yogurt has the tendency to separate in the freezer. Plus, there is the added risk of bacteria build-up if kept out on the counter for longer than 2 hours. Therefore, in my opinion, I think it’s best to enjoy this chicken salad the week it is made.

Nutrition

Calories: 419kcal | Carbohydrates: 16g | Protein: 36g | Fat: 24g | Saturated Fat: 4g | Cholesterol: 81mg | Sodium: 688mg | Potassium: 619mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 8g | Vitamin A: 457IU | Vitamin C: 15mg | Calcium: 135mg | Iron: 2mg

This recipe was originally published in June 2019. It has been updated with minor edits and no changes to the original recipe in July 2021.

The post Healthy Greek Yogurt Chicken Salad – 4 WAYS! appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/greek-yogurt-chicken-salad/feed/ 23
Blueberry Salad with Spinach and Feta https://foolproofliving.com/blueberry-salad/ https://foolproofliving.com/blueberry-salad/#comments Wed, 21 Jul 2021 14:45:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=25314 Today’s recipe, Blueberry Salad, is a celebration of the blueberry season and local farmer’s markets. I have been joined by Yankee Candle’s Farmers Market Collection to enhance the experience and help me bring the farmer’s market home with me. If you are a fan of savory fresh fruit salads such as my Apple Salad, Strawberry Spinach Salad, Peach Avocado Salad, and Watermelon Salad, I am pretty sure you will enjoy...

The post Blueberry Salad with Spinach and Feta appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
Today’s recipe, Blueberry Salad, is a celebration of the blueberry season and local farmer’s markets. I have been joined by Yankee Candle’s Farmers Market Collection to enhance the experience and help me bring the farmer’s market home with me. If you are a fan of savory fresh fruit salads such as my Apple Salad, Strawberry Spinach Salad, Peach Avocado Salad, and Watermelon Salad, I am pretty sure you will enjoy this recipe as well.

Packed with juicy blueberries, baby spinach, crunchy pecans, and creamy feta cheese and drizzled with a simple lemon vinaigrette, this spinach and blueberry salad recipe is not only delicious but also easy and quick to put together. Not to mention, it is the perfect salad for all your summer cooking.

Blueberry Salad recipe serve in a bowl by a person

Why Should You Make It?

If you consider the fact that most of us eat with our eyes, you would not go wrong with if you included this blueberry summer salad as a part of your summer cooking spread. But there is more to love because it is:

  1. Packed with superfoods: My husband refers to this salad as “Blueberry Spinach Power Salad” as it is packed with superfoods like spinach, blueberries, onions, and pecans. If you are fan of Dr. Oz, you know he refers to blueberries as brain berries.
  2. Quick & easy to make: All you need is 15 minutes to make this salad from start to finish. It is so easy that it is great for even beginner cooks.
  3. Easy to customize: I made my blueberry salad with feta and spinach but you can play with the choice of greens and cheese and use peppery arugula and blue cheese instead. I made sure to include other creative variations below to help you make this delicious salad your own with what you have in your fridge.
  4. Serve it as a side salad or a light main course: You can serve this simple salad as a side dish with all your grilled meats and vegetables or by itself as a light but filling lunch.
Just came back from the farmer's market with ingredients

Ingredient Checklist:

To make this fresh blueberry salad recipe, you will need two sets of ingredients:

  • The homemade dressing: For the salad dressing, I used my go-to lemon vinaigrette but adjusted the amounts to work for this spinach blueberry salad. You will need freshly squeezed lemon juice, extra virgin olive oil, dijon mustard, fresh garlic, and salt and pepper.
  • Salad ingredients: You will need fresh blueberries, raspberries, baby spinach, red onion, crumbled feta cheese, and pecans.

Ingredient Substitutions & Notes:

  • Salad greens: I used baby spinach but any leafy greens would work here. Spring mix, arugula, romaine lettuce, butter lettuce can all be used in place of baby spinach. Or better yet mix whatever greens you have on hand. I make mixed green salad with blueberries all the time.
  • Berries: I used a combination of fresh blueberries and raspberries but a strawberry blueberry salad is also delicious.
  • Cheese: If you are following a vegan diet, then omit using cheese. If you are not you can use feta cheese like I did or change it up with crumbled blue cheese, creamy burrata cheese, goat cheese, or even shaved parmesan cheese. My favorite combo after the one I shared here is Goat Cheese Blueberry Salad.
  • Salad dressing: If you are a fan of balsamic vinegar, then use my Lemon Balsamic Dressing instead of the basic lemon dressing I used.
  • Nuts: I added a handful of pecans for a nice crunch but any nuts would work here. Swap pecans with sliced roasted almonds, walnuts, or even cashews. And if you have nut allergies use a handful of sunflower seeds.
  • Want to make it more filling? Add in a cup of cooked quinoa for some plant protein. Blueberry Quinoa Salad is one of my go-to meal prep recipes during the summer months.
  • Add a ripe avocado: Avocado comes on top of the list of healthy fats and would make this salad even more delicious.

How To Make A Blueberry Salad

The process of making this blueberry spinach salad has 3 folds and takes no more than 15 minutes to put together.

  1. Make the lemon dressing by simply whisking together extra virgin olive oil, lemon juice, dijon mustard, garlic, salt, and pepper.
four images showing how to make blueberry salad in stages
  1. Assemble the salad: Place all the salad ingredients – baby spinach leaves, sliced red onion, feta cheese, pecans (almonds would also work) and fresh blueberries (or a mix of berries) – in a large salad bowl.
  2. Season/Dress & Toss: Finally, drizzle your blueberry feta spinach salad with the dressing and give it a gentle toss. That’s it!

How To Make Ahead & Store Leftovers

  • Make Ahead: You can make this blueberry spinach salad a day before. To do so, prepare the salad ingredients and dressing and store them in separate airtight containers. Drizzle the salad with the dressing right before serving. Give it a toss and serve.
  • Storage: Place the leftovers in an airtight container and store in the fridge up to 2 days.
Spinach salad with blueberries and feta with spoons on the side

Calorie Information

The recipe below serves 4 servings as a side dish. This blueberry salad is only 196 calories per serving. Not too bad for a delicious and filling summer salad, right?

A Few Tips for The Best Blueberry Feta Salad Recipe

  • As in most recipes that use feta cheese as a garnish, I recommend tasting the saltiness of the cheese before adding salt into the dressing. You can then adjust the amount accordingly.
  • If you have it on hand, a splash of raspberry or blueberry vinaigrette (approximately 1 tablespoon) takes this salad to the next level.
  • I highly recommend spending a few extra minutes to toast pecans before adding them into the salad. Doing so adds another layer of earthy flavor to the overall recipe. Also, you can swap pecans with other nuts like sliced almonds, walnuts, or even hazelnuts.

    PRO TIP: To toast pecans (or any nut), place in a dry skillet over medium-low heat, stirring occasionally, for 5-7 minutes, or until a shade darker. When you smell the fresh scent of toasted pecans, you know they are perfectly toasted! Transfer to a plate and cool completely.
A woman is photographed as she is lighting up a Yankee candle with the blueberry salad in the background.

Make freshly picked farm flavors & smells as a part of your table set up:

If you have ever been to one of the many Yankee Candle stores throughout the country, you know how amazing their candles smell. Having been a fan for years, I can tell you that this new collection is nothing short of incredible. Whether it is the Dried Lavender and Oak, Farmstand Festival (my favorite), or Ciderhouse, it is perfect for any home gathering when you want to share the delicious smells of the farmer’s markets with your friends and family.

I use them every day as a part of my summer table set up.

Other Blueberry Recipes You Might Like:

If are making this spinach salad with blueberries, you might need some more blueberry recipe inspiration to try. Here are a few more recipes you can make:

Blueberry Salad in a bowl
Print

Blueberry Salad with Spinach and Feta Cheese recipe

This Spinach Blueberry Salad recipe is a delicious summer (or any time of the year) salad made with a mix of fresh berries, baby spinach leaves, feta cheese, and red onion. It is drizzled with an easy to make lemon-olive oil-mustard base dressing. We love ours topped off with pecans but almonds would work just as well. Whether you serve it as a side dish for 4 or as an entree for 2, it is the perfect blend of savory and sweet.
Course Salad
Cuisine American
Prep Time 15 minutes
Total Time 15 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 283kcal

Ingredients

For The Salad Dressing:

  • 3 tablespoons extra virgin olive oil
  • 1 tablespoon lemon juice freshly squeezed
  • 1 teaspoon dijon mustard
  • 1 clove of garlic peeled and minced
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon ground black pepper

For The Blueberry Spinach Salad:

  • 6 cups baby spinach washed and spin-dried
  • ¼ cup thinly sliced red onion
  • 1 ½ cups blueberries
  • ½ cup strawberries or raspberries washed and hulled
  • ½ cup crumbled feta cheese
  • ½ cup pecans or almonds lightly roasted

Instructions

  • To make the blueberry salad dressing: Place all ingredients in a mason jar, put the lid and give it a good shake.
  • To Make the salad: Place baby spinach, red onion, blueberries, strawberries (or raspberries), feta, and pecans in a large bowl. Drizzle it with the dressing. Give it a gentle toss.
  • Taste for seasoning and add in if necessary. Serve.

Notes

A Few Helpful Notes:
  • As in most recipes that use feta cheese as a garnish, I recommend tasting the saltiness of the cheese before adding salt into the dressing. You can then adjust the amount accordingly.
  • If you have in on hand, a splash of raspberry vinaigrette (approximately 1 tablespoon) takes this salad to the next level.
  • I highly recommend spending a few extra minutes to toast pecans before adding them into the salad. Doing so adds another layer of earthy flavor to the overall recipe. Also, you can swap pecans with other nuts like sliced almonds, walnuts, or even hazelnuts.
  • To Make Ahead: You can make this blueberry spinach salad a day before. To do so, prepare the salad ingredients and dressing and store them in separate airtight containers. Drizzle the salad with the dressing right before serving. Give it a toss and serve.
  • To Store leftovers: Place the leftovers in an airtight container and store in the fridge up to 2 days.

Nutrition

Calories: 283kcal | Carbohydrates: 15g | Protein: 6g | Fat: 24g | Saturated Fat: 5g | Cholesterol: 17mg | Sodium: 551mg | Potassium: 398mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 8g | Vitamin A: 4329IU | Vitamin C: 31mg | Calcium: 152mg | Iron: 2mg

The post Blueberry Salad with Spinach and Feta appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/blueberry-salad/feed/ 14
Tomato Cucumber Mozzarella Salad https://foolproofliving.com/cucumber-tomato-mozzarella-salad/ https://foolproofliving.com/cucumber-tomato-mozzarella-salad/#comments Mon, 19 Jul 2021 08:54:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=14463 Tomato Cucumber Mozzarella is one of my most requested side dishes—and not only because it pairs with nearly everything! This light yet flavorful salad gives any meal, from a simple Cornish Hen recipe to Grilled Shrimp, a rich and crisp garden taste. This cucumber tomato mozzarella basil salad is as easy as it is flavorful. Drizzled with my Lemon Balsamic Vinaigrette, it is the perfect healthy salad that you can...

The post Tomato Cucumber Mozzarella Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
Tomato Cucumber Mozzarella is one of my most requested side dishes—and not only because it pairs with nearly everything! This light yet flavorful salad gives any meal, from a simple Cornish Hen recipe to Grilled Shrimp, a rich and crisp garden taste.

This cucumber tomato mozzarella basil salad is as easy as it is flavorful. Drizzled with my Lemon Balsamic Vinaigrette, it is the perfect healthy salad that you can make in about 10 minutes. 

Cucumber Tomato Mozzarella Salad in a bowl with spoons on the side

If you’d use any excuse to serve Caprese-inspired dishes like this, look no further! Mouths will water over my other fresh tomato salads: Burrata Caprese, Tomato White Bean Salad, Tabbouleh with Quinoa, and my Tomato Galette Recipe.

Why You Should Make This Recipe:

How often do you find a side dish that’s both delectable and a breeze to make? It’s no wonder why this fresh and tart cucumber tomato and mozzarella salad will be your new go-to side:

  • Cucumber mozzarella salad has tons of flavor. Sharp yet creamy, rich yet simple, and bursting with herbaceous flavor, this salad is an easy fan favorite.
  • This recipe is so quick and easy that it comes together in three steps and less than ten minutes!Perfect as a breakfast salad, light lunch or a side dish with main dishes.
  • This salad is easy to adapt to fit your own tastes, so you can be sure that every bite is as herby, tangy, or juicy as you want it. You can make it with or without basil or change it up with whatever fresh herb you have on hand. Fresh parsley, mint, or even dill would work.

Ingredients:

Don’t spend hours sweating over complicated side dishes. This cucumber tomato and mozzarella salad is so simple that you can find all its fresh ingredients at the farmer’s market!

Lemon Balsamic Vinaigrette ingredients from the top view
  • The Salad Dressing: Gather olive oil, freshly squeezed lemon juice, balsamic vinegar, minced garlic, kosher salt, and freshly cracked black pepper.
salad ingredients in small bowls from the top view
  • Salad Ingredients: For the salad, get together Persian cucumbers, grape or cherry tomatoes, fresh mozzarella cheese, and basil leaves.

Substitutions

Whether you want to add an authentic Italian twist or a zesty tang to this dish, it’s a cinch to do! Check out these simple substitutions to make this delicious salad distinctly yours. 

  • Basil vs. Parsley: It doesn’t matter if you only have basil or parsley on hand. Both taste amazing in this tomato cucumber salad with cheese. You can also do away with herbs altogether for tomato mozzarella salad without basil.
  • Fresh Tomatoes: I used cherry tomatoes but you can use Roma or heirloom tomatoes as well. Be sure to cut them into smaller pieces to make it easier to eat. 
  • Mozzarella: It’s easy to chop up fresh mozzarella into little cubes for this recipe. However, you can also make this salad with mozzarella pearls and turn it into a tomato cucumber bocconcini salad!
  • Persian Cucumbers vs. English Cucumber: Persian cucumbers are smaller than English cucumbers, but both are delicious in this cucumber tomato salad recipe. If you use Persian cucumbers, you’ll need 4-5, but only 1 English cucumber is enough. Whether you peel them is up to you!
  • Lemon Balsamic Dressing: The lemon balsamic dressing used in this cucumber mozzarella salad is a classic, but you can also make it with a basic lemon dressing.

How To Make It

Tomato mozzarella cucumber salad is the easiest side salad you will ever prepare. Did I mention it only takes 10 minutes to make? 

person whisking the salad dressing in a bowl
  1. Make the salad dressing: In a small bowl, whisk together lemon juice, balsamic vinegar, minced garlic, salt and pepper. Pour in the olive oil, while still whisking, and mix until creamy.
  2. Prep the salad ingredients: Cut cherry tomatoes into quarters and slice cucumbers into bite size pieces. Be sure to cut the fresh mozzarella cheese into small pieces as well.
Photos showing how to make tomato mozzarella cucumber salad
  1. Assemble the salad: In a large bowl, layer the cucumbers, tomatoes, and mozzarella.
  2. Garnish the salad: Drizzle the dressing over the salad and garnish with fresh basil. Before serving, taste the salad and add salt and black pepper, if necessary.

Variations:

  • Turn this recipe into a Pesto Caprese Pasta Salad with tomato cucumber and mozzarella by adding two simple ingredients: cooked pasta & my irresistible pesto salad dressing!
  • Add some sliced red onion to give this fresh side dish a tantalizing bite.
  • Give it a Mediterranean flair by adding a handful of chopped Kalamata olives
  • Not a fan of juicy tomatoes? No problem! Try this salad without tomato for a mozzarella salad with no tomato or better yet try my Creamy Cucumber Salad recipe.
  • Add a cubed ripe avocado for extra creaminess and flavor.

Make Ahead & Storage:

You may meal prep for main dishes, but did you know you can meal prep side dishes, too? This cucumber salad with tomatoes and mozzarella can be made ahead for a stress-free side any day. 

  • Make Ahead: Prepare the salad and the tangy balsamic vinaigrette and store them in separate containers. Storing them separately will keep your veggies—especially the tomatoes—from getting soggy.
  • Storage: This Chopped Caprese Cucumber Salad will stay fresh in an airtight container for up to 2 days.

What Dishes Go Well With Caprese Salad With Cucumbers?

This caprese salad recipe with cucumbers is so appetizing that you’ll be looking for any excuse to make it. Serve it any day of the week alongside these perfectly paired mains:

  • Easy Chicken Stroganoff: There’s no pairing quite as balanced as rich, creamy stroganoff and the light, fresh vegetables in Cucumber Caprese Salad.
  • Grilled Shrimp: My cucumber tomato side is the perfect summer salad for any weeknight barbecue—especially when paired with smoky, grilled shrimp.
  • Baked Meatballs and Potatoes: Your dinner table will pop with herby greens, juicy reds, and peppery oranges when you serve this dish alongside this salad
  • Roasted Cornish Hen: This succulent chicken classic never tastes better than when it’s paired with the complex, herby flavors of my salad recipe.
  • Ground Turkey Meatloaf: Put a mature and healthful spin on this childhood staple by serving it alongside my cucumber Caprese salad recipe.
  • Serve it by itself with a crusty loaf of bread like Challah bread or No Knead Dutch Oven Bread.

You Might Also Like:

Enliven your tastebuds with crisp cucumbers, creamy mozzarella, and rich balsamic vinegar without spending hours in the kitchen. Simple seasonings and bold, healthy colors make this cucumber tomato mozzarella basil salad irresistible. Can’t get enough? Here are a few more similar recipes you might also like.

tomato cucumber mozzarella salad in a bowl with two spoons on the side
Print

Tomato Cucumber Mozzarella Salad Recipe

This Tomato Cucumber Mozzarella Salad is a vegetarian salad recipe made with fresh produce like cucumbers and tomatoes. Drizzled with homemade balsamic vinegar dressing, it is easy and quick to make. Perfect when you need a side dish that looks just as delicious as it tastes.
Course Salad
Cuisine American
Prep Time 10 minutes
Total Time 10 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 337kcal

Ingredients

For the dressing:

  • 3 tablespoons balsamic vinegar
  • 2 tablespoons lemon juice freshly squeezed
  • 1 clove garlic peeled and minced
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt or 1/2 teaspoon sea salt, more if needed at the end
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • 1/4 cup extra virgin olive oil

For the salad:

  • 4-5 Persian cucumbers sliced ¼-inch thick slices (skin on)
  • 2 cups colorful cherry tomatoes cut into quarters
  • 8 ounces fresh mozzarella cheese cut into small cubes
  • handful fresh basil leaves or Italian parsley leaves (optional)

Instructions

  • To make the dressing: Place balsamic vinegar, fresh lemon juice, minced garlic, salt and pepper in a small bowl. Give it a whisk. While still whisking, slowly add in the extra-virgin olive oil and continue whisking until fully incorporated and smooth. Set it aside.
  • To assemble the salad: Place cucumber slices, tomatoes, and mozzarella cheese in a bowl. Drizzle the dressing over the salad. Give it a toss.
  • Garnish with fresh basil or Italian parsley.
  • Taste for seasoning and add in some more salt and crushed black pepper, if necessary. Serve.

Notes

  • This salad makes an excellence topping for toast for breakfast, if you have any leftovers on the next day.
  • Make Ahead: Prepare the salad and the tangy balsamic vinaigrette and store them in separate containers. Storing them separately will keep your veggies—especially the tomatoes—from getting soggy.
  • Storage: This Chopped Caprese Cucumber Salad will stay fresh in an airtight container for up to 2 days..

Nutrition

Calories: 337kcal | Carbohydrates: 11g | Protein: 14g | Fat: 27g | Saturated Fat: 9g | Cholesterol: 45mg | Sodium: 367mg | Potassium: 419mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 6g | Vitamin A: 1427IU | Vitamin C: 18mg | Calcium: 313mg | Iron: 1mg

The post Tomato Cucumber Mozzarella Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/cucumber-tomato-mozzarella-salad/feed/ 30
Lemon Balsamic Dressing https://foolproofliving.com/lemon-balsamic-dressing/ https://foolproofliving.com/lemon-balsamic-dressing/#comments Sat, 17 Jul 2021 01:51:41 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=42678 I have been on a mission to help you build a collection of salad dressing recipes for a year now. Today’s recipe, Lemon Balsamic Salad Dressing is the newest one that I think you will enjoy. It is the balsamic vinegar added version of my all time favorite, Lemon Salad Dressing. I recently used this lemon balsamic vinaigrette in Cucumber Mozzarella Tomato Salad recipe but you can pretty much use...

The post Lemon Balsamic Dressing appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
I have been on a mission to help you build a collection of salad dressing recipes for a year now. Today’s recipe, Lemon Balsamic Salad Dressing is the newest one that I think you will enjoy. It is the balsamic vinegar added version of my all time favorite, Lemon Salad Dressing.

I recently used this lemon balsamic vinaigrette in Cucumber Mozzarella Tomato Salad recipe but you can pretty much use it in any salad. This dressing especially compliments salad recipes with a minimal number of ingredients like my Blueberry Salad and Avocado Quinoa Salad.

Lemon balsamic dressing in a bottle

Why Should You Make This Recipe?

  1. You know what goes in there: I get it. It is convenient to grab a bottle of balsamic vinaigrette when you are at the store. However, most of those are packed with preservatives and low quality ingredients. When you make homemade dressings like this one, you know every single ingredient that goes in this one.
  2. It comes together in minutes: All you need is 6 ingredients (including salt & black pepper) and 5 minutes to whip this easy recipe.
  3. Easy to adjust: I think the recipe is perfect but you can easily use it as a base and adjust it to your liking, which I will talk more about below.

Citrus Balsamic Vinaigrette Ingredients:

You will need balsamic vinegar, extra virgin olive oil, fresh garlic, freshly squeezed lemon juice, and salt and pepper to make this lemon balsamic vinaigrette recipe.

Ingredients on a white backdrop

Ingredient Notes & Substitutions:

  • Citrus: While I love the tangy flavors of freshly squeezed lemon juice, when I want it to be a bit sweeter I use orange juice instead. It is extra special if you can get your hands on blood oranges.
  • Meyer lemons: Swap regular lemon with Meyer lemon for a sweeter and more fruity lemon balsamic vinegar salad dressing. Be sure to add the lemon zest for an additional layer of flavor.
  • Sea Salt vs. Kosher Salt: I mostly use Diamond Kosher (affiliate link) salt in my cooking and for this recipe 1 teaspoon kosher salt is ideal. However, if you don’t have it you can use 1/2 teaspoon sea salt instead.
  • Agave Nectar: Most store bought versions of this dressing usually have some sugar in it. If you prefer yours on the sweeter side, I recommend adding in a tablespoon of agave nectar or maple syrup.
  • White Balsamic Vinegar: The lemon balsamic vinaigrette recipe below uses a regular aged, dark colored balsamic vinegar, but if you want it to have a lighter color and less syrupy consistency, use white balsamic vinegar instead.

How To Make Lemon Balsamic Vinegar:

The process of making this salad dressing recipe could not be easier. Simply:

  1. Place balsamic vinegar, fresh lemon juice, minced garlic, salt and pepper in a small bowl. Give it a whisk.
Person showing how to make lemon balsamic vinaigrette recipe
  1. While still whisking, slowly pour in the extra-virgin olive oil and continue whisking until fully incorporated and smooth.
  2. Transfer it to a bottle or jar with a fitted lid. Be sure to give it a good shake before using.

How To Store?

This lemon garlic balsamic vinaigrette keeps well up to 5 days as long as it is stored in an airtight container like a mason jar or bottle with a tight fitting lid in the fridge. 

Ways To Use This Dressing:

  • As a salad dressing: This balsamic lemon vinaigrette can be drizzled over healthy salad greens like arugula, baby spinach, and/or butter lettuce. You can also use it in vegetable salad recipes like Tomato White Bean Salad, Pesto Caprese Pasta Salad, Strawberry Spinach Salad, and Cucumber Caprese Salad (made with juicy cherry tomatoes.) 
  • Use it as dipping oil: While I use this dressing mostly as a simple salad dressing, I sometimes serve it as a balsamic vinaigrette dip as an alternative to my bread dipping oil recipe. It goes well with a loaf of crusty bread like my olive bread.
  • Use it as a chicken marinade: This may come as a surprise but this dressing makes a great light marinade for chicken as well. 
lemon balsamic vinaigrette placed in a bottle with salad ingredients around it.

Expert Recipe Tips:

  • Use good quality ingredients: Be sure to use good quality olive oil and balsamic vinegar for best results. They don’t have to necessarily be expensive. My favorite *affordable* olive oil brand for this simple lemon balsamic vinaigrette salad dressing is California Olive Ranch (affiliate link) and balsamic vinegar is Stonewall brand (affiliate link)
  • Taste before you use: When making a salad dressing my rule is to make it a bit saltier and sour than I would if I was consuming the dressing by itself. Because chances are that you will use it in a salad that is packed with vegetables that can always benefit from being properly seasoned. So, use the recipe below as a place to start, give it a taste and adjust it according to your recipe and taste buds.
  • Add in fresh herbs or Italian seasoning: Depending on the recipe you are using, you can jazz it up with garden herbs like fresh parsley or basil. Or if you are short on time, add in a teaspoon of Italian seasoning for extra flavor.

Other Homemade Salad Dressings You Might Like:

lemon balsamic dressing in a glass bottle from front view
Print

Lemon Balsamic Dressing Recipe

This lemon balsamic vinaigrette dressing recipe is made with just a few simple ingredients and ready in less than 5 minutes. Make this salad dressing to drizzle on salads, use as a dipping sauce or even marinade meat in it.
Course Salad Dressing
Cuisine American
Prep Time 5 minutes
Total Time 5 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 133kcal

Ingredients

  • 3 tablespoons balsamic vinegar
  • 2 tablespoons freshly squeezed lemon juice
  • 1 clove garlic peeled and minced
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • 1/2 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper
  • 1/4 cup extra virgin olive oil

Instructions

  • Place balsamic vinegar, fresh lemon juice, minced garlic, salt and pepper in a small bowl. Give it a whisk.
  • While still whisking, slowly add in the extra-virgin olive oil and continue whisking until fully incorporated and smooth.
  • Transfer it to a bottle or jar with a fitted lid. Be sure to give it a good shake before using.

Notes

  • This recipe makes 2/3 cup of Lemon Balsamic Dressing. The calorie information below considers it to be good for 4 servings.
  • To store: Place in the fridge in an airtight container like a mason jar or a bottle with a tight fitting lid.
  • Swap lemons with Meyer lemons for a little bit sweeter dressing.
  • I used Diamond Kosher salt but you can also use sea salt. If you do so, use 1/2 teaspoon sea salt.
  • Before using it in your recipe be sure to give it a taste and add in seasoning if necessary.

Nutrition

Calories: 133kcal | Carbohydrates: 3g | Protein: 1g | Fat: 14g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 10g | Sodium: 585mg | Potassium: 28mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 2g | Vitamin A: 2IU | Vitamin C: 3mg | Calcium: 7mg | Iron: 1mg

The post Lemon Balsamic Dressing appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/lemon-balsamic-dressing/feed/ 8
Black Rice Salad https://foolproofliving.com/black-rice-salad/ https://foolproofliving.com/black-rice-salad/#comments Fri, 09 Jul 2021 00:59:27 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=42102 Black rice is so versatile and can be served as a side dish or can be added to soups and salads to make them more filling and nutritious. I love it so much that I always keep some on hand, which is also why I shared every possible way of cooking it. Stove Top Black Rice and Rice Cooker Black Rice are simple and no fuss. But if you are...

The post Black Rice Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
Black rice is so versatile and can be served as a side dish or can be added to soups and salads to make them more filling and nutritious. I love it so much that I always keep some on hand, which is also why I shared every possible way of cooking it. Stove Top Black Rice and Rice Cooker Black Rice are simple and no fuss. But if you are in a rush, try cooking Black Rice in Instant Pot instead.

Regardless of the method you use, it is easy to flavor and incorporates in salads, just like I did it in this Black Rice Salad recipe. Also referred to as Emperor’s rice, forbidden rice or purple rice, it offers many health benefits and is packed with antioxidant properties. Not to mention, black rice contains more fiber, iron, and protein than regular brown rice or white rice.

Black rice salad on a pink plate being served by a person

If you are a fan of salads made with grains like this one, try my other reader favorites like Wild Rice Salad, Turkish Bulgur Salad, and Mediterranean Quinoa Salad all of which are just as creative and delicious as this cold black rice salad recipe.

Why I Love This Recipe

  • Creative: This salad recipe  is a clever use for black rice with  a unique twist on the typical grain salads. Packed with vegetables like snow peas, bell peppers, radishes and cilantro, it offers an eye-catching combination of colors with earthy flavor and chewy texture.
  • Quick: If you have already cooked black rice during your weekly meal prep, this recipe will come together in minutes.
  • Craveable: If you love international flavors like I do, this Asian black rice recipe will satisfy your cravings. Similar to my Thai Quinoa Salad and Seared Ahi Tuna Salad, it is packed with all the addictive Asian flavors we love.
  • Suitable for most special diets: Made with naturally gluten free black rice, this purple rice salad recipe is vegan and gluten free.

Ingredients:

There are three categories of ingredients in this Black Rice Salad: the salad dressing, the rice, and the veggies.

Ingredients for the salad dressing
  • The Rice Salad Vinaigrette Dressing: You will need rice vinegar, shallot (or red onion), honey, Asian chili-garlic sauce (I used Huy Fong – affiliate link), garlic, ginger, olive oil, and toasted sesame oil.
  • The Black Rice: You will need rinsed black rice, water and kosher salt.
Ingredients for forbidden rice salad
  • The Veggies: This salad combines crunchy snap peas (or edamame), crisp radishes, sweet red or yellow bell pepper, and fresh cilantro.

Substitutions:

  • Snap Peas: If you can’t find snap peas, use shelled edamame. They are usually sold in the frozen section of the grocery store and available all year round.
  • Bell Peppers: I love the pop of color bell pepper offer, but if you like spicy flavors you can add in a small jalapeno as well.
  • Not a fan of cilantro? Just omit it.

How To Make?

  1. Cook the Black Rice on the Stove: Place rice, salt, and water in a medium saucepan over medium heat. Bring it a boil and cook until the rice is tender, about 20-25 minutes. Drain in a fine-mesh strainer and let it cool. Alternatively, you can cook black rice in a pressure cooker or rice cooker.
Person showing how to make rice salad dressing with two photos
  1. Prep Salad Dressing: Make the salad dressing by whisking together rice vinegar, shallot, honey, chili garlic sauce, garlic, and ginger in a small bowl. While still whisking, drizzle in the olive oil and sesame oil until the dressing ingredients are thoroughly combined.
Assembled salad and a person drizzling it with the dressing
  1. Assemble the Salad: Place the now-cooled rice, sugar snap peas (or shelled edamame), radishes, bell pepper, and cilantro in a large salad bowl. Drizzle it with the dressing and give it a gentle toss.
  2. Check the Seasoning: Give it a taste for seasoning and add salt if necessary. Serve in a large serving bowl.
Person tossing the forbidden rice salad recipe

Tips for Making Ahead and Storage:

  • Make Ahead: You can make each part (cook the black rice, prep the veggies, and prepare the dressing) of this salad a day in advance but store them separately. Combine all the components just before serving.
  • Storage: The salad will keep for up to three days refrigerated in an airtight container.

Helpful Expert Tips

  • Cool the Black Rice: If you have time, spread the black rice on a rimmed baking sheet to help it cool to room temperature quickly. 
  • Add in Extras: Black rice salad with avocado would be an excellent addition. Creamy avocado pairs flawlessly with the simple vinaigrette and nutty forbidden rice.
  • Taste for seasoning: Be sure to give it a taste before serving and add more if necessary.
  • Be sure to check the label of your rice vinegars: Most rice vinegars are gluten free. However, some are made in a facility that processes grains. If you are gluten sensitive, be sure to check the label of your rice vinegar to make sure it’s indeed gluten free.

What Goes With Black Rice Salad?

This Black Rice Salad recipe offers delicious Asian flavors and can be paired with a number of dishes. Below are a few of my favorites:

Chicken Recipes to pair with this salad:

Seafood recipes to pair with this salad:

Vegetable recipes to pair with this recipe:

This recipe has been adapted from America’s Test Kitchen’s cookbook The Complete Salad Cookbook (affiliate link.)

Black rice salad on a bowl close up
Print

Black Rice Salad Recipe

This Asian flavored black rice salad is bright, fresh, and packed with good for you ingredients like black rice, snow peas, and radishes. Easy to make, filling, hearty, flavorful, and perfect for meal prep.
Course Salad
Cuisine Asian
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 30 minutes
Total Time 45 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 362kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 cup black rice rinsed and drained
  • 4 cups water
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt

For The Salad Dressing:

  • 3 tablespoons rice vinegar
  • 1 small shallot or 2 teaspoons minced red onion
  • 2 teaspoons honey
  • 2 teaspoons Asian Chili-Garlic Sauce
  • 2 cloves garlic minced
  • 1 teaspoon fresh ginger grated
  • ¼ cup olive oil
  • 1 tablespoons toasted sesame oil

For The Salad:

  • 1 cup sugar snap peas cut into 1-2 inch pieces
  • 5 radishes – sliced thinly
  • 1 red or yellow bell pepper seeded and chopped
  • ¼ cup fresh cilantro roughly chopped

Instructions

  • Place black rice, salt, and water in a medium sized saucepan over medium heat. Bring it to a boil and cook until the rice is tender, 20-25 minutes. Drain and let it cool.
  • Make the salad dressing by whisking together rice vinegar, shallot, honey, chili garlic sauce, garlic, and ginger. While still whisking, drizzle in the olive oil and sesame oil until fully combined.
  • To assemble the salad, place now-cooled black rice, sugar snap peas (or shelled edamame), radishes, bell pepper, and cilantro in a large salad bowl. Drizzle it with the dressing and give it a gentle toss.
  • Give it a taste for seasoning and add in if necessary. Serve.

Notes

  • Make Ahead: You can make each part (cook the black rice, prep the veggies, and prepare the dressing) of this salad a day in advance but store them separately. Combine all the components just before serving.
  • Storage: The salad will keep for up to three days refrigerated in an airtight container.

Nutrition

Calories: 362kcal | Carbohydrates: 44g | Protein: 5g | Fat: 19g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 3g | Monounsaturated Fat: 12g | Sodium: 603mg | Potassium: 263mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 6g | Vitamin A: 1266IU | Vitamin C: 55mg | Calcium: 39mg | Iron: 2mg

The post Black Rice Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/black-rice-salad/feed/ 4
Piyaz – Turkish White Bean Salad https://foolproofliving.com/piyaz/ https://foolproofliving.com/piyaz/#comments Thu, 01 Jul 2021 18:40:21 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=41923 You can’t talk about Turkish Cuisine and not mention Piyaz, our version of White Bean Salad recipe. Growing up, this was a staple in our house. My mom would serve this as a side dish with her kofte (aka Turkish meatballs) or karniyarik (aka stuffed eggplants). Whenever we had this on the menu, she would call it the “Kofte Piyaz” dinner. It was her version of a weeknight meal because...

The post Piyaz – Turkish White Bean Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
You can’t talk about Turkish Cuisine and not mention Piyaz, our version of White Bean Salad recipe. Growing up, this was a staple in our house. My mom would serve this as a side dish with her kofte (aka Turkish meatballs) or karniyarik (aka stuffed eggplants).

Whenever we had this on the menu, she would call it the “Kofte Piyaz” dinner. It was her version of a weeknight meal because it comes together so quickly with minimal effort. If you are a fan of one of the most popular Turkish recipe kisir, aka tabbouleh, you will love this recipe.

A bowl of Piyaz Salad in a bowl with a spoon on the side

Why I love this recipe:

If you have ever traveled around the Middle Eastern and Mediterranean regions or visited one of the Turkish restaurants around the world, chances are you are familiar with this cold white bean salad recipe. Several cuisines like Greek, Turkish, Persian, and even Armenian offer a version of this salad. 

Here are a few reasons why I think this recipe is so popular and stood the test of time:

  1. Made with simple everyday ingredients in 10 minutes: You probably already have everything in your pantry.
  2. Easy to customize: Any type of white beans (Navy Bean, Cannellini, Butter Beans, etc.) would work here. Plus, there are a number of popular variations which I cover below.
  3. Special diet friendly: The traditional version is vegan and gluten free. Though some people also serve it with a few boiled eggs on top. Either way, it is a vegetarian, gluten free and low-carb recipe making it ideal for most special diets.

Ingredients:

As it is with most salad recipes, this Turkish white bean recipe has three sets of ingredients; a zesty salad dressing, fresh salad ingredients, and optional toppings.

Ingredients for Turkish salad dressing on a marble backdrop
  1. The dressing: This happens to be my favorite Turkish salad dressing and it takes just a few minutes to make. You will need olive oil, apple cider vinegar, fresh garlic, lemon juice, salt and pepper and optional red chili pepper flakes, such as Aleppo pepper.
ingredients for the recipe are individually placed in bowls from the top view
  1. Key Ingredients for the salad: For the rest, you will need home cooked or canned white navy beans, tomatoes, red onion, and Italian parsley.
  2. Optional Toppings: If you want to take it up a notch, you can garnish your Turkish beans salad with sumac, black olives, and even a few boiled eggs on top.

Substitutions:

  • White beans: You can cook your own white beans from dry beans or use canned beans. I personally like to make this salad with Navy beans, but Cannellini beans or even butter beans would also work. Here is a handy guide to show you how to cook beans for salad.
  • Vinegar: The traditional piyaz salad recipe is made with grape vinegar, which is slightly sweeter than your usual white wine vinegar. To me, apple cider vinegar offers the closest fruity tones, but you can also use white or red wine vinegar.
  • Tomatoes: I used two-medium-sized heirloom tomatoes but you can use cherry or roma tomatoes as well.
  • Sumac: If you are not familiar, sumac is a tangy spice with a sour acidic flavor similar to lemon juice. It is made from the dried and ground berries of the wild sumac flower. You can find it in any Middle Eastern market, but you can also buy it on Amazon. This sumac brand (affiliate link) is my favorite one.

How To Make This Turkish Salad?:

person whisking the dressing and red onions soaking in water
  1. Make the salad dressing: Place all ingredients in a bowl and whisk until fully combined.
  2. Prep the salad ingredients: Drain canned beans and rinse them under cold water. Slice the tomatoes in ½ inch and red onions in ¼ inch half moon shape. Place red onions in a bowl with water and let them soak for a few minutes. Doing so helps with removing the harsh flavors of raw onion and makes it easier to digest.
Person showing the steps for how to make the recipe for white bean salad with 4 photos
  1. Assemble: Add the beans, sliced tomatoes and red onion in a large salad bowl. Stir in the roughly chopped Italian parsley and drizzle it with the dressing.
  2. Cover & let it rest: While it is optional, I recommend letting it rest in the fridge for 30 minutes before serving. Doing so allows the white beans to soak in all the flavors and make it extra delicious.
  3. Serve: Sprinkle with sumac and if using, garnish with boiled eggs and olives.

Serving Suggestions:

Make Ahead and Storage Instructions:

  • Make Ahead: Most people include this navy bean salad recipe as a part of their meal prep because it gets better as it sits. You can make the whole recipe a day in advance and serve it on the next day.
  • Storage: Store leftovers in an airtight container up to 3 days in the fridge. You might have to taste the seasoning and add it if necessary.
Turkish side salad placed in an oval dish and garnished with eggs and parsley.

A Few Variations:

  • Antalya Piyazi made with tahini: If you are not familiar, Antalya province is located in the South of Turkey and this Turkish bean salad is one of their local dishes. However, their version is slightly different because they add a quarter cup of tahini into the dressing. Some recipes suggest that they use sesame oil instead of  olive oil but I usually make it with olive oil. The rest of the recipe is the same. It is a truly delicious version of serving it, especially if you want to try something different.
  • Play with the amount of tomatoes you use: During the summer months, when summer tomatoes are in abundance I usually use more than what I would use during the winter months. With that being said, an easy piyaz salad recipe can also be made without tomatoes. Simply omit them if you wish to do so.

FAQs:

What is piyaz?

Piyaz is a Turkish salad recipe that is made with cooked white beans, red onions, and a zesty grape vinegar and lemon juice salad dressing. It is also a popular dish served as a side dish, meze (small tapas like dishes), or a main meal in most Middle East and Mediterranean countries.

What is the meaning of word, “piyaz”?

The word piyaz, pronounced as peeh-has, in Turkish means bean salad. However, piyaz means onion in Farsi.

What does piyaz taste like?

Piyaz offers refreshingly zesty and creamy flavors with every bite. The soft white beans mixed with red onions and zesty vinaigrette delivers a bit of savory, sweet, creamy, and tangy all at the same time.

Other Bean Salad Recipes You Might Also Like:

If you liked this piyaz recipe, it is likely that you are a fan of bean salads like we do. Here are a few more recipes you might also like:

Piyaz - Turkish White Bean Salad in a bowl with a spoon on the side
Print

Piyaz – Turkish White Bean Salad Recipe

Piyaz, a refreshing, creamy and zesty Turkish white bean salad that is the perfect side dish when you want to impress. It comes together in 10 minutes and can be made in advance.
Course Side Dish – Salad
Cuisine Turkish
Prep Time 10 minutes
Total Time 10 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 136kcal

Ingredients

For The Dressing:

  • ¼ cup olive oil
  • 4 tablespoons apple cider vinegar
  • 1 garlic clove peeled and minced
  • 2 tablespoon lemon juice
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon black pepper

For Piyaz Salad:

  • 1/2 small red onion sliced thinly in half moon shape (1/2 cup)
  • 2 cans white bean Cannelini or Navy Beans would work – drained and rinsed
  • 2 medium sized tomatoes sliced ½ inch in half moon shape
  • ½ cup Italian Parsley roughly chopped
  • 1 tablespoon sumac

Optional:

  • 3 tablespoons Black pitted olives
  • 2 hard boiled eggs sliced

Instructions

  • To make the dressing: Place olive oil, apple cider vinegar, garlic clove, lemon juice, kosher salt, and black pepper in a bowl and whisk until fully incorporated. Set aside.
  • Place sliced red onion in a bowl of water and let soak for 5 minutes, drain.*
  • Assemble the salad: Place white beans, drained red onions, sliced tomatoes, and chopped parsley in a large bowl. Drizzle it with the dressing and sumac. Give it a gentle toss.
  • Cover it with plastic wrap and let it sit in the fridge for 30 minutes before serving. This is an optional step but allows flavors to mingle and deliver a next level delicious salad.
  • If preferred, garnish with black pitted olives and hard boiled eggs. Serve.

Video

Notes

  • Soaking red onions is an optional step. If you don’t have time, simply use sliced onions. I find that soaking them for a few minutes helps with digestion and tames their strong flavor.
  • Antalya Piyaz made with tahini: If you have ever been to the Antalya province of Turkey, you may have had their version of this piyaz recipe made with tahini. If you want to give that version a try, add in a quarter cup of tahini (sesame paste) into the dressing and follow the rest of the recipe exactly written.
  • Make Ahead: Most people include this navy bean salad recipe as a part of their meal prep because it gets better as it sits. You can make the whole recipe a day in advance and serve it on the next day.
  • Storage: Store leftovers in an airtight container upto 3 days in the fridge. You might have to taste the seasoning and add it if necessary.
  • The calorie values listed here do not include the optional toppings.

Nutrition

Calories: 136kcal | Carbohydrates: 3g | Protein: 1g | Fat: 14g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 10g | Sodium: 588mg | Potassium: 109mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 1g | Vitamin A: 705IU | Vitamin C: 15mg | Calcium: 19mg | Iron: 1mg

The post Piyaz – Turkish White Bean Salad appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/piyaz/feed/ 12
Grilled Shrimp Corn Salad Recipe https://foolproofliving.com/grilled-shrimp-corn-salad/ https://foolproofliving.com/grilled-shrimp-corn-salad/#comments Tue, 22 Jun 2021 12:52:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=9413 Whenever I need to put something on the table quickly, I go for seafood recipes. Lately, I am into cooking and grilling shrimp, thanks to my addictive easy shrimp marinade that takes otherwise boring shrimp to a whole new level. This Shrimp Corn Salad is a by-product of my shrimp addiction, and it is mixed with grilled sweet corn, butter lettuce, fresh tomatoes, feta cheese, and a simple lime vinaigrette....

The post Grilled Shrimp Corn Salad Recipe appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
Whenever I need to put something on the table quickly, I go for seafood recipes. Lately, I am into cooking and grilling shrimp, thanks to my addictive easy shrimp marinade that takes otherwise boring shrimp to a whole new level.

This Shrimp Corn Salad is a by-product of my shrimp addiction, and it is mixed with grilled sweet corn, butter lettuce, fresh tomatoes, feta cheese, and a simple lime vinaigrette. It is the perfect addition to your collection of summer salads.

A bowl of shrimp and corn salad from the top view from a close up view

Can’t get enough seafood salads? Also, try Salmon Nicoise, Orzo and Shrimp, Seared Ahi Tuna, Chickpea Tuna Salad and Ina Garten’s Roasted Shrimp Salad recipes.

Why I love this recipe:

In addition to being visually impressive with all the colors of the rainbow, this Grilled Shrimp and Corn Salad is:

  • Packed with flavor: Made with simple everyday ingredients, it is packed with zesty flavors thanks to the lime vinaigrette and charred corn.
  • Can be served as a side dish or a meal by itself: It is the perfect starter or side dish for your next barbecue spread, but it is filling enough to serve as a lighter main dish as well.

Ingredients:

This grilled shrimp and corn salad recipe has four sets of ingredients. 

Shrimp marinade ingredients
  1. Shrimp & Shrimp Marinade: I used my go-to easy shrimp marinade recipe. It is made with olive oil, lemon juice, garlic, honey, and parsley. In terms of shrimp, I used jumbo shrimp (21-25 count per pound) but extra-large shrimp (26-30 per pound) can also be used for this shrimp salad.
Freshly grilled corn in the hands of a woman
  1. Grilled Corn: I grilled my corn because it’s summer and I love those blackened corn kernels. If the weather is too cold to fire up the grill you can use canned, frozen (thawed), or sauteed fresh corn will work just as well.
Salad dressing ingredients on a marble background
  1. Lime Salad Dressing: You will need olive oil, zest, and juice of a lime, minced fresh garlic, and salt and black pepper.
Ingredients for the salad laid out one by one on a marble backdrop
  1. Salad ingredients: You will need grape tomatoes (or cherry tomatoes), butter lettuce, scallions (can be substituted with red onion), and feta cheese. 

How to make Grilled Corn Shrimp Salad:

To be honest, it takes longer to write the recipe than to make it. The steps look long but if you have mise-en-place ready, you can make each component while the other one is getting ready:

Start with the shrimp:

I used my grilled shrimp skewers recipe to use it in this salad. I recommend starting with this as it will take 30 minutes for it to marinade. To do so:

four images showing the steps of preparing shrimp to make the salad
  1. Soak the skewers: If using wooden skewers, soak them in water for at least 20 minutes.
  2. Make the marinade: Whisk the olive oil, lemon zest, lemon juice, honey, garlic, paprika, red pepper flakes, parsley, salt, and pepper in a large bowl until fully combined.
  3. Add shrimp to marinade and toss to coat: Cover with plastic wrap and chill for 15 minutes – just enough time to prep everything else.
  4. Thread the shrimp on skewers, inserting at the thickest part of the shrimp. Aim for 5-6 shrimp per skewer. Set aside on a plate.
  5. Cook shrimp on the grill: Heat grill to 400-450 degrees F. Grill the shrimp skewers on direct heat for 2-4 minutes, or until it turns pink along the edges. Flip shrimp skewers and cook for another 2 minutes, or until lightly charred.
  6. Set aside. Transfer to a plate and wait until the shrimp is cool enough to handle. Remove from skewers and set aside.

Don’t have time to fire up the grill? You can sauté marinated shrimp in a large skillet. Simply place the skillet over medium high heat. When it is sizzling hot, cook shrimp for 2-3 minutes on each side.

Grill The Corn:

You can grill the corn, while the shrimp is marinating to save time. To do so:

A woman is brushing corn on the grill with butter
  • Fold back the husk of each of the ears of corn and tie with kitchen twine, as shown in photos.
  • Brush corn kernels with oil and sprinkle with salt.
  • Cook corn on the grill over medium high heat until lightly charred on all sides. Brush with oil, turn and check every few minutes. Total grill time should be about 10-12 minutes.
  • Transfer the now-grilled corn to a cutting board and let it cool. When cool enough to handle, slice corn kernels from the cobs using a sharp knife and collect in a medium bowl. Set aside.

Weather is too cold to grill? Use canned or frozen (and thawed) corn instead.

Make The Lime Dressing:

person mixing the salad dressing

It takes less than 3 minutes to make the dressing, simply mix together olive oil, zest of a lime, fresh lime juice, garlic, and salt and black pepper in a small bowl (or a mason jar) and set it aside.

Assemble The Salad:

Once every component is ready, you can assemble the salad. To do so:

Four images showing the steps of assembling shrimp and corn salad recipe
  1. Place butter lettuce leaves, tomatoes, scallions, corn, and shrimp in a large salad bowl. Top it off with crumbled feta cheese.
  2. Drizzle with the dressing and give it a gentle toss.
  3. Serve immediately.

Make ahead and storage:

  • Make-Ahead: If you want to save on time, I recommend making the shrimp marinade and the lime vinaigrette in advance. And then when you are ready to serve, you can marinate the shrimp while grilling the corn. And while the grilled corn is cooling, you can thread the marinated shrimp on the skewers. I recommend assembling the salad at the last minute as Boston lettuce leaves do not stand well with the acidic ingredients in the salad. You can learn more about why in my Boston Lettuce Salad recipe.
  • Storage: You can store the leftovers in an airtight container to enjoy the next day. However, please be aware that the green leaves of the butter lettuce will wilt quite a bit.

Variations & Substitutions:

  • Switch up the salad dressing and try my Chili Lime Vinaigrette if you like Mexican/Southwestern Flavors.
  • Want to incorprate more veggies into your salad? Try my Grilled Shrimp Kabobs with vegetables recipe. It uses the same marinade and it is packed with bell peppers and mushrooms.
  • Use red onions instead of green onions: Both have so much flavor so you can use them interchangeably.
  • Make it a pasta salad. Add elbow macaroni as I did in this Mexican Street Corn Pasta Salad. If you prefer orzo, take a look at this delicious Orzo and Roasted Shrimp recipe as another option.
  • Add in red bell peppers: Chop up a bell pepper and add it in for more crunch and veggie goodness.
  • Make It a Grilled Shrimp Avocado Corn Salad by adding in a cubed ripe avocado
  • Switch up the greens: I used butter lettuce here, but a spring mix or romaine lettuce would also work great.
  • Make it dairy-free: You can easily omit the cheese here to accommodate a dairy-free diet.
  • Short on time? You can skip the marinade and simply brush it with a few tablespoons of olive oil and a dash of salt and pepper. In fact, you can nix the grill altogether and use a grill pan or saute it as I did in this Healthy Skinny Shrimp Scampi recipe.
A bowl of shrimp and corn salad with a spoon on the side from close up view

Tips for success

  • Have all ingredients (mise-en-place) ready before you start. This is one of those recipes with several components, but each component takes a little hands-on time to put together, so you would have to do one thing while waiting for the other to complete.
  • Be sure to taste test your feta before adding more salt: As it is with every recipe with feta cheese, you might want to check the saltiness of the one you are using before adding more salt into the recipe.

Other Healthy Salad Recipes You Might Like:

Shrimp Corn Salad in a bowl with a spoon
Print

Shrimp Corn Salad Recipe

This Shrimp and Corn Salad is everything you want in a summer salad: Grilled Shrimp and corn served on top of a bed of Boston lettuce mixed with tomatoes, scallions and then drizzled with a quick lime vinaigrette.
Course Salad
Cuisine American
Prep Time 20 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Shrimp Marinate Time 30 minutes
Total Time 1 hour 10 minutes
Servings 6 Servings
Calories 546kcal

Ingredients

For The Shrimp:

  • ¼ cup olive oil
  • 1 teaspoon lemon zest
  • ¼ cup lemon juice freshly squeezed
  • 3 tablespoons honey
  • 3 garlic cloves minced
  • 1 teaspoon paprika
  • Pinch of crushed red pepper flakes optional
  • 2 tablespoons chopped Italian parsley
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon black pepper
  • 1 lb. shrimp 16-20 or 21-25 count per lb., peeled and deveined

For The Corn:

  • 5 ears of corn
  • 3 tablespoons of olive oil or unsalted butter
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt

For The Salad Dressing:

  • ½ cup extra virgin olive oil
  • zest of a lime
  • 3 tablespoons of lime juice freshly squeezed
  • 1 clove of garlic minced
  • 1 teaspoon salt make sure to adjust the level of salt based on the saltines of your feta cheese
  • ½ teaspoon black pepper

For The Salad:

  • 1 large head of Boston or butter lettuce leaves separated, rinsed
  • 1 cup of cherry tomatoes
  • 3 scallions chopped
  • 1 cup of feta cheese crumbled

Instructions

For the Grilled Shrimp:

  • Soak the skewers: If using wooden skewers, soak them in water for at least 20 minutes.
  • Make the marinade: Place olive oil, lemon zest, lemon juice, honey, garlic, paprika, red pepper flakes, parsley salt, and pepper in a bowl. Give it a whisk until fully combined.
  • Place shrimp and marinade in the bowl and toss to coat. Cover it with plastic wrap and refrigerate for 15 minutes.
  • Skewer the shrimp: Thread the shrimp on skewers starting from the thickest part of the shrimp and arranging 5-6 shrimp per skewer. Place on a plate and set aside.
  • Grill: Heat the grill to 400 to 450 F degrees. Grill the shrimp skewers on direct heat for 2-3 minutes or as soon as it turns pink along the edges and then flip over and cook for another 2 minutes or until it is lightly charred.
  • Transfer the now-cooked shrimp onto a plate. When cool enough to handle, remove the shrimp from the skewers and set aside.

For The Grilled Corn:

  • Fold the husk of each corn back leaf by leaf and tie them with a kitchen twine.
  • Brush each ear with oil on all sides and sprinkle them with salt.
  • Grill over medium-high heat until lightly charred on all sides, brushing with oil, turning and checking every few minutes. This takes about 10-12 minutes.
  • Transfer the now-grilled corn onto a cutting board and let it cool. When cool enough to handle, cut corn kernels from the cobs. Transfer to a bowl and set it aside.

To Make The Dressing:

  • Mix all ingredients together in a small bowl and set it aside.

To Assemble The Salad:

  • Place butter lettuce leaves, tomatoes, scallions, corn, and shrimp in a large salad bowl. Top it off with crumbled feta cheese.
  • Drizzle it with the dressing and give it a gentle toss.
  • Serve immediately.

Notes

  • Have all ingredients (mise-en-place) ready before you start. This is one of those recipes with several components but each component takes a little hands-on time to put together so you would have to do one thing while waiting for the other to complete.
  • Be sure to taste test your feta before adding more salt: As it is with every recipe with feta cheese, you might want to check the saltiness of the one you are using before adding more salt into the recipe.
  • Make-Ahead: If you want to save on time, I recommend making the shrimp marinade and the lime vinaigrette in advance. And then when you are ready to serve, you can marinate the shrimp while grilling the corn. And while the grilled corn is cooling, you can thread the marinated shrimp on the skewers. I recommend assembling the salad at the last minute as Boston lettuce leaves do not stand well with the acidic ingredients in the salad. 
  • Storage: You can store the leftovers in an airtight container to enjoy the next day. However, please be aware that the green leaves of the butter lettuce will wilt quite a bit.

Nutrition

Calories: 546kcal | Carbohydrates: 28g | Protein: 23g | Fat: 40g | Saturated Fat: 11g | Trans Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 228mg | Sodium: 1855mg | Potassium: 463mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 16g | Vitamin A: 1646IU | Vitamin C: 26mg | Calcium: 263mg | Iron: 3mg

The post Grilled Shrimp Corn Salad Recipe appeared first on Foolproof Living.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/grilled-shrimp-corn-salad/feed/ 9